3F Filippi - General Catalogue 2023 - en
3F Filippi - General Catalogue 2023 - en
3F Filippi - General Catalogue 2023 - en
2023
/ 3F Filippi
/Commercial Network
Credits
The use of text, images, drawings or any other content from
this General Catalogue, or their modification or reproduction,
in whole or in part, is strictly prohibited without the express
authorisation of 3F Filippi S.p.A.
Any company or product names or registered trademarks
referred to in this publication are the property of their
corresponding owners.
Photographers
Beppe Giardino
Fabrizio Carbone
Fabio Lercara
Fiat Chrysler Automobiles
Francesco Rioda
Gabriottifotografi
Ing. Ferrari S.p.A.
Ivan Rossi
Martex S.p.A.
Massimo Spada
Miro Zagnoli
3F Filippi S.p.A. © | 06/2023 Stefano Anzini
/Product range Update New
/ 3F Architectural
/ Surface
luminaires and
suspensions
/ Recessed
luminaires
/ Systems and
track-mounted
products
/ Waterproof
and corrosion-
proof
2
/ Outdoor
Retrofit Beta
3F Cub A3F-i3F Retrofit Beta 430 Retrofit 3F Cub 3F Manta
Page 672 Page 680 Page 686 Page 690 Page 694 Page 696
/ Light
Management
/ Infopoint
Electrical
Lighting engineering and
Infopoint 3F LED Technology engineering Electronics Mechanics Analytical guide
Page 758 Page 760 Page 774 Page 792 Page 800 Page 806
3
/ The Group
With extensive experience and the Today the Group can meet and
combination of their respective satisfy any kind of design and project
expertise in technical and architectural requirements. Our partners can
lighting the three brands together choose from a huge selection of
provide a complete portfolio of products and solutions; from high-
products that proudly bringMade tech and functional products from
in Italy to more than 50 countries the 3F Filippi catalogue to indoor and
worldwide. outdoor architectural lighting fixtures
designed by Targetti, right up to a
wide range of LED lamps and fixtures
from the Duralamp brand.
4
/ 3F Filippi
7
/ Our values
over time.
with Lighting Europe to develop
increasingly advanced systems, in
line with European and International
standards.
It is also a member of ASSIL (Italian
Association of Lighting Manufacturers),
a partner and institutional supporter
of IES (Illuminating Engineering
Society of North America), AIDI
(Italian Lighting Association), and APIL
(Association of Lighting Professionals)
with whom it shares the values of the
Carta della Luce (Light Charter).
8
/ RELIABILITY first of all
Our commitment is to offer its
customers the best technology
available on the market. Whenever
a customer chose from our product
he must be certain he is chosing
the best technology available on
the market in terms of technical
performance, reduced energy
consumption, and reliability.
/ 100% SUSTAINABLE
We have always been
environmentally sensitive: each
product is designed as a platform
adaptable to our customers’
needs, so that it can be reused,
reconditioned, improved (upgraded)
and recycled.
9
/ Ecodesign and sustainability
11
/ The laboratories
The use of this technology allows us This makes it possible to carry out
to guarantee quality, reliability tests valid for product certification
and authenticity of the data independently, guaranteeing the
reported, through tests such as: quality and durability of products to
photometric measurements the benefit of the customer.
(intensity, distribution, luminance),
colorimetric measurements (light Within our laboratories, the following
spectrum, colour temperature, colour tests can be performed:
rendering) and punctual thermal
measurements on the luminaire’s Temperature
internal components. Electromagnetic compatibility
UL Conformity: Rain and Sprinkler
3F Filippi also has a Photometric EMC Compatibility: Burst and Surge
Laboratory and a Test and Liquid seal tests
Inspection Laboratory that have Ball impact resistance (DIN 18032-3)
obtained the Customer Testing Dust seal
Facilities CTF Stage2 recognition Resistance to salt spray
from IMQ S.p.A. capable of carrying Impact Resistance
out its activities under the supervision
of one of Italy’s major certification
bodies, IMQ S.p.A.
12
/ Connected. Everywhere.
Targetti UK Limited
London – United Kingdom
14
3F Filippi S.p.A.
Pianoro (BO)
Italy
15
/ Photobiological safety
Note:
3F Filippi is committed to providing the most technologically advanced luminaires and always chooses the LED sources with the lowest
photobiological risk group available on the market for its customers.
If customers are offered product solutions similar to those which 3F Filippi declares for a certain class (for example RG1 - low) but other
manufacturers state as being of a lower class (e.g. RG0 – risk absent), they can protect themselves by requesting that those manufacturers
provide the certificates proving that the sources actually meet this photobiological risk class.
16
Dangerous
RG3
RG2
RG1
The standard EN 60598-1:2021 on Currently, therefore, there is no The demand for RG0 light sources
indoor luminaires states in paragraph regulation that declares the various could be considered redundant,
4.24.2: photo-biological risk groups to be but it is not stated anywhere that it
“For luminaires that use light sources equivalent, or indeed that united them, is prohibited to request the use of
from risk group RG1 (unlimited), in rendering both exempt. RG0 luminaires, or that these can
accordance with IEC/TR 62778, Exposure to RG1-group luminaires be considered equivalent to those
or which have been judged as is not considered dangerous under belonging to the RG1 risk category.
being finished products ready ordinary conditions of use, due to the As explained above, the RG0 risk
for use, belonging to risk group fact that periods of exposure of over group represents a cautionary,
RG1 (unlimited), the requirements 100 seconds are considered to be optimal class of light source.
concerning blue light retinal risk do “unlikely”, although not impossible, as
not apply.” this cannot be predicted in the design A company that exhibits extra
For luminaires that have an ETHR phase. caution with regard to the safety of
illuminance threshold, evaluated in Risk group RG0, on the other hand, its operators, and decides to install
accordance with IEC/TR 62778, has a period of exposure greater equipment belonging to the risk-
additional requirements are applied than 2.8h and as such, it can be exempt RG0 category, could therefore
for evaluating how far the product is stated with greater confidence that a be seen to be excessively
from the threshold between RG2 and luminaire would not be viewed directly conservative, but cannot certainly
RG1. In such cases, although the for this long. be criticised for having requested
luminaire cannot be considered to be compliance with a parameter that
dangerous, warnings and markings provides greater safety for all involved.
are used to alert the installer or user
to the possible risks associated with
direct and prolonged viewing of the
source.
17
/ Instruments
The 3f-filippi.com website has All of our fixtures have identity cards
been designed to make the research showing their technical features and
process more straightforward. performance.
18
/ catalogue
_3F Architectural
/ 3F Filippi
20
Update New
3F Hal 3F HD
3F HD
3F HD Direct
3F Hal 3F Hal Direct Single
Direct Direct/Indirect Single Tunable White
Page 22 Page 32 Page 36 Page 42 Page 52 Page 62
3F HD R
3F HD 3F HD 3F HD 3F HD R 3F HD R
Direct Direct/Indirect Direct/Indirect Recessed Recessed
Channel Single Channel Single Channel
Page 66 Page 72 Page 78 Page 86 Page 90 Page 96
3F Trittico 3F Solo
3F Solo 3F Solo
3F Mirella Floor 3F Trittico Direct Direct/Indirect
Page 124 Page 128 Page 134 Page 138 Page 144 Page 148
3F Filoluce 3F Eldorado
3F Eldorado 3F Eldorado
3F Filoluce Frame Twin
Page 154 Page 160 Page 164 Page 168 Page 172
21
3F Hal
www.3F-Filippi.com/3F Hal
Design by [SCANDURRA]
Page Product
32 NEW 3F Hal Direct
36 NEW 3F Hal Direct/Indirect
23
Screens and finishes
3F Hal is composed of a microprismatic screen that This feature, which makes 3F Hal unique, transforms and
guarantees very high luminous uniformity with a luminance varies according to the type of configuration it is chosen
control <3000 cd/m2 and an internal spot mounted for the luminaire, making this product capable of recreating
between the light source and the LGS screen, which multiple lighting combinations according to different needs.
characterises the product by being invisible when the
luminaire is switched off.
3F Hal Spotlight
LGS screen
comfor table lighting
3F Hal Spotlight
Interior Spotlight
accent lighting
Finishes
White Black
3F Hal
LGS screen,
UGR <19
3F Hal Spotlight
Interior spot + LGS screen
full lighting
Versatility
3F Hal is available in 3 widths (75, 150 and 300 mm) and in 4 lengths (600, 1200, 1500 and 1800 mm), each characterised
by horizontal stripes that naturally slender the luminaire only 45 mm high, thanks to the wiring that is remotely mounted
above the product.
Inside the product, the spot is mounted differently depending on the type of version, due to its different width.
For the 75 version, in fact, the spotlight is installed centrally, while in the other two versions - 150 and 300 - the spot is
asymmetrically positioned towards one of the two closing heads.
This diversified set-up increases the versatility of the product, which is therefore able to meet the numerous design
requests while also offering the possibility of being configured as anyone wishes.
A. Hal 75
central Spot,
single suspension cable.
B. Hal 150
side Spot,
Y-shaped / four suspension cables.
C. Hal 300
side Spot,
Y-shaped / four suspension cables.
Scale 1:1
mm
26
A
75
150
300
27
Product advantages
All versions of 3F Hal, can also be channel mounted. This Furthermore, 3F Hal has been designed with DALI wiring to
type of solution is made possible by specially designed guarantee the regulability of the 3 different emissions (direct,
accessories that allow the product to be easily and quickly indirect and spot) individually and independently.
aligned and mounted head-to-head for pendant and ceiling
installations. This incredible versatility makes 3F Hal the perfect choice
for multifunctional spaces, both in terms of practicality and
efficiency.
28
Product range
Suspended Ceiling
3F Hal 81
Direct
Emission 75 150 300
3F Hal
Average luminance
for angles> 65 <3000 <3000 <3000
(cd / m²)
Photometric
distribution
30
Suspended
3F Hal 81
Direct / Indirect
Emission 75 150 300
3F Hal Spotlight
Average luminance
for angles> 65 <3000 <3000 <3000
(cd / m²)
Photometric
distribution
31
NEW
/ 3F Architectural
A A A
75 150 300
32
3F Hal Direct
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Ceiling mounted or suspension installation.
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). APPLICATIONS
Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
SOURCE Environments: architectural, commercial, staterooms, banks.
Environments where dynamic, soft and diffuse light is required for
Linear LED modules and COBs. optimal visual comfort.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3.
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
MECHANICAL
The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
Extruded aluminium housing with linear side grooves. 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
Steel end caps.
Removable flow recuperator.
LGS micro‑prismatic flat diffuser in transparent methacrylate (PMMA), ON REQUEST
multi‑lenticular exterior, anti‑glare.
Anti‑glare opal polycarbonate filter for brightness uniformity. • different powers or colour temperatures
Adjustable suspension fixtures with chrome studs and rapid adjusters, • housing in different RAL colours
galvanised steel cable of 2 m long. • wiring: CLO (page 752)
• CRI >90 sources
Spotlight version • emergency versions
Invisible interior spot in central position (75 mm version) or lateral
position (150 and 300 mm verions), for accent or service lighting.
Internal parabolic element in black aluminium.
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
5‑pole terminal block, single 230V circuit, 2 DALI addresses (depending
on the type of lighting fixture).
5‑pole transparent power cable protrudes by 1.5 m with sheared end.
33
3F Hal Spotlight
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Code 6886 L<3000 cd/m² 65° Version with central spot (SC) or side spot (SL).
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
34 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
3F Hal
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F Hal Direct 35
NEW
/ 3F Architectural
A A A
75 150 300
36
3F Hal Direct/Indirect
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Symmetric direct‑indirect distribution. Suspension installation.
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). APPLICATIONS
Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
SOURCE Environments: architectural, commercial, staterooms, banks.
Environments where dynamic, soft and diffuse light is required for
Linear LED modules and COBs. optimal visual comfort.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3.
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
MECHANICAL
The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
Extruded aluminium housing with linear side grooves. 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
Steel end caps.
Removable flow recuperator.
LGS micro‑prismatic flat diffuser in transparent methacrylate (PMMA), ON REQUEST
multi‑lenticular exterior, anti‑glare.
Anti‑glare opal polycarbonate filter for brightness uniformity. • different powers or colour temperatures
Translucent polycarbonate upper diffuser. • housing in different RAL colours
Adjustable suspension fixtures with chrome studs and rapid adjusters, • wiring: CLO (page 752)
galvanised steel cable of 2 m long. • CRI >90 sources
• emergency versions
Spotlight version
Invisible interior spot in central position (75 mm version) or lateral
position (150 and 300 mm verions), for accent or service lighting.
Internal parabolic element in black aluminium.
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
5‑pole terminal block, single 230V circuit, 2 DALI addresses (depending
on the type of lighting fixture).
5‑pole transparent power cable protrudes by 1.5 m with sheared end.
37
3F Hal DI Spotlight
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Code 6901 L<3000 cd/m² 65° Version with central spot (SC) or side spot (SL).
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
38 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
3F Hal DI
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F Hal Direct/Indirect 39
3F Hal | Accessories
Code Item
A01587 Slid.brack.w/reg.susp. 3F Hal 75
NEW
Free‑position sliding bracket with regulator in galvanised steel. Accessory dedicated to suspended
installation.
In the case of purchase of only one sliding bracket with controller (code A01587), the suspension
cable must be made of galvanised steel with 49 elementary wires of minimum 1.5 mm diameter
(for a weight of 15 kg).
Code Item
A01588 NEW kit 4 adjust. 1m susp. 3F Hal 150-300
Code Item
A01591 Y-Susp. 3F Hal 150
NEW
Code Item
A20485 Suspension without adjustment - 0.5 m
A20486 Suspension without adjustment - 1 m
Suspension without controller, galvanised steel cable 1.5 mm diameter, load 15 kg.
Code Item
A01593 5 pole round rose Ø90 (no cable) WH
NEW
Code Item
A01598 NEW Conn. brack. for susp. 3F Hal 75
A01599 NEW Conn. brack. for susp. 3F Hal 150
A01600 NEW Conn. brack. for susp. 3F Hal 300
Pair of galvanised steel connecting brackets to form linear channels, for suspended installation.
Code Item
A01595 NEW Pair of brack. ceiling instal. 3F Hal 75
A01596 NEW Pair of brack. ceiling instal. 3F Hal 150
A01597 NEW Pair of brack. ceiling instal. 3F Hal 300
Pair of galvanised steel connecting brackets to form linear channels, for ceiling installation.
3F Hal 41
3F HD
www.3F-Filippi.com/3F HD
43
Product range
Suspended Ceiling
80
3F HD 50 57
Single/Channel
80
57
3F HD
Direct Emission
Average luminance
for angles> 65 >3000 <3000 <3000 <200 <1500
(cd / m²)
Photometric
distribution
44
NEW Arrange the version that best suits your needs quickly and easily
www.3f-filippi.com/en/3F-HD-configurator
Suspended Ceiling
80
3F HD 100 100
Single/Channel
80
100
3F HD
Direct / Indirect
Emission
Average luminance
for angles> 65 >3000 <3000 <3000 <200 <1500
(cd / m²)
Photometric
distribution
45
Screens and finishes
3F HD can satisfy all lighting needs. The system can be Both filters do not require any visible joints for lengths of up to
equipped with two different rollable flat PMMA filters, a 15 metres thus ensuring the uniformity of the light diffusion.
prismatic screen designed especially for 3F Filippi and a
series of OCB (Optics Control Black) optics, depending on the The GSP (Glare Screen Prismatic) prismatic screen allows 3F
intended use of the environments. HD to reduce progressive luminance, using the OCB optic
The FDO opal screen is suitable for areas that are not visually on the other hand meets and widely exceeds luminance limits
demanding such as waiting rooms and corridors, while the provided for in LEED certification for corners of more than 45°
FDP (Flat Diffuser Micro prismatic) standard micro prismatic (<2500 cd/m²) and those of more than 65° (<200 cd/m²).
one ensures increased visual comfort for work stations.
GSP
Prismatic screen
FDP
Flat micro prismatic
diffuser
OCW
Optics Control White
FDO Complies with LEED regulations
Flat opal diffuser
OCB
Optics Control Black
Complies with LEED regulations
Scale 1:1
Optimized distribution
The new optics from the OC (Optic Control) range were designed with the aim of obtaining the best lighting performance in
terms of low luminance and uniformity of light distribution in the space: modern offices need spaces where the furniture can be
arranged in a flexible way. For this reason the first step is to accept an ambitious challenge: to create an optic that can meet
the stringent requirements of LEED certification with a product that can be installed at wide distances. With the solutions that
were previously available on the market the distance was too contained and meant it was necessary to install a large number of
fixtures to achieve the required performance in compliance with existing legislation.
DT=fino a 1,50 x hu
DT competitors =1 x hu
Thanks to innovative Optic Control optics, the DT (transversal installation step, ie the installation distance between the luminaires)
offered by 3F HD OCB is up to 50% more than the average of the homologous products proposed by the major brands on the
market. The performance is obtained by maintaining 500 lux and ensuring, thanks to direct emission only, complete uniformity of
the luminous flux on work stations (Direct/Indirect emission versions are also available).
3F HD Competitors
48
LEED compliant
3F HD is the ideal technical solution to comply with indications from the most stringent environmental certifications and current
legislation. The 3F Filippi system is LEED compliant, with a luminance of less than 2500 cd/m² for corners of more than
45°. The performance of 3F HD substantially meets the requirements of European standard EN 12464-1: if the maximum
luminance required at 65° must be between 3000 cd/m² and 1500 cd/m², the performance of the fixture at the same angle
is lower than 200 cd/m² with UGR value <16.
EN 12464-1
<200 cd/m2
65° 45°
LEED COMPLIANT
<2500 cd/m2
49
Product advantages
END CAPS
3F HD is a product created with two different types of end caps While the OC (Optic Control - OCB and OCW) have blind caps,
given that lighting and lighting distribution control are managed completely by the cells, those with screens use lighted end caps
that perform the following functions:
- Aesthetic: the lower screen connected to the two end caps creates luminosity that eliminates the typical two-dimensional
effect of similar products.
- Functional: when the product is installed near walls, the lighted caps mitigate the typical smudged light effect. On the other
hand, when installed in open areas, its perception and light diffusion improve, even in the most open corners.
- Lighting: the luminous front component reduces the visual contrast, making the perceived light under the same product axis
more comfortable.
All versions have a mirrored aluminium decoration that hides the access, giving the product visual depth.
3F HD 100 3F HD 50
GSP GSP 3F HD 50
FDP FDP OCB
FDO FDO OCW
Reflector in Reflector in
mirrored aluminium mirrored aluminium
FASTWIRING SYSTEM
In the channel versions, the FastWiring system
drastically reduces the installation time.
50
/ 3F Architectural
A A
H H
50 100 20
L
52
3F HD Direct - Single
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Ceiling mounted or suspension installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
Environments: architectural, commercial, staterooms, banks.
Linear LED modules. Environments where dynamic, soft and diffuse light is required for
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. optimal visual comfort.
FDO version
MECHANICAL Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
comfort and total shielding of the source.
Extruded aluminium housing.
Removable gear‑tray.
Lighting head caps with specular aluminium frieze. LIGHT MANAGEMENT
The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
ELECTRICAL 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
53
3F HD OCW Single
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F HD OCB Single
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
54 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
3F HD GSP Single
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F HD Direct - Single 55
3F HD HO GSP Single
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
56 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
3F HD FDP Single
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F HD Direct - Single 57
3F HD HO FDP Single
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
58 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
3F HD FDO Single
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F HD Direct - Single 59
3F HD HO FDO Single
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
60 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
/ 3F Architectural
Martignoni concessionario
Volkswagen
Gallarate (VA)
Italia/Italy
A
H
100 20
L
62
3F HD Direct - Single - Tunable White
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Ceiling mounted or suspension installation.
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°.
The colour temperature can be adjusted between 2700 K and 6500 K.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) APPLICATIONS
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
Any environments requiring light which aims for the wellness of people.
Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
SOURCE Environments: architectural, commercial, staterooms, banks.
Environments where dynamic, soft and diffuse light is required for
Linear LED modules. optimal visual comfort.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3.
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
MECHANICAL
Tunable White products can be controlled with wired control systems
Extruded aluminium housing. (page 742) or 3F & Casambi (page 746).
Removable gear‑tray.
Lighting end caps with mirrored aluminium frieze.
Non‑iridescent high efficiency specular aluminium with a titanium and ON REQUEST
magnesium surface treatment flow recuperator.
Externally micro prismatic transparent flat anti‑glare polycarbonate • different power levels or colour rendering indices
diffuser. • housing in different RAL colours
Anti‑glare opal polycarbonate filter for brightness uniformity. • emergency versions
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
Entrance to the upper power supply in proximity to a power head.
Branching via an irreversible quick coupling plug to connect the cable
housing element to the socket.
Cable with a DALI DT8 driver.
5‑pole terminal block (L‑N‑PE‑DA/DA) for line connection with
connection capacity 2x2.5 mm² per poles.
63
3F HD Tunable White FDP
S AF E
TW
FL
IC K ER
Code 6869 L<3000 cd/m² 65° Variable light intensity and colour temperature.
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
64 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
/ 3F Architectural
A A
H H
50 100 L
66
3F HD Direct - Channel
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Ceiling mounted or suspension installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
Environments: architectural, commercial, staterooms, banks.
Linear LED modules. Environments where dynamic, soft and diffuse light is required for
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. optimal visual comfort.
FDO version
MECHANICAL Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
comfort and total shielding of the source.
Extruded aluminium housing.
Removable gear‑tray.
Hot‑dip galvanised steel linear connecting element installed on the body LIGHT MANAGEMENT
for rapid mechanical connection.
The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. ON REQUEST
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • different powers or colour temperatures
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • housing in different RAL colours
Entrance to the upper power supply in proximity to a power head. • OC optic in different RAL colours
5 mm² section 2.5 pin through line with an irreversible quick coupling • wiring: CLO (page 752)
plug plug/socket fixed on the body for rapid electrical connection. • CRI >90 sources
Branching via an irreversible quick coupling plug to connect the cable • emergency versions
housing element to the socket.
67
3F HD OCW Channel
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F HD OCB Channel
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
68 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
3F HD GSP Channel
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F HD Direct - Channel 69
3F HD FD Channel
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
70 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
/ 3F Architectural
Radio Deejay
Milano
Italia/Italy
A A
H H
50 100 20
L
72
3F HD Direct/Indirect - Single
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct‑indirect distribution. Suspension installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
Environments: architectural, commercial, staterooms, banks.
Linear LED modules. Environments where dynamic, soft and diffuse light is required for
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. optimal visual comfort.
FDO version
MECHANICAL Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
comfort and total shielding of the source.
Extruded aluminium housing.
Removable gear‑tray.
Translucent polycarbonate upper diffuser. LIGHT MANAGEMENT
Lighting head caps with specular aluminium frieze.
The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. ON REQUEST
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • different powers or colour temperatures
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • housing in different RAL colours
5‑pole terminal block, single 230V circuit, 2 DALI addresses (depending • OC optic in different RAL colours
on the type of lighting fixture). • wiring: CLO (page 752)
Entrance to the upper power supply in proximity to a power head. • CRI >90 sources
Branching via an irreversible quick coupling plug to connect the cable • emergency versions
housing element to the socket.
73
3F HD DI OCW Single
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F HD DI OCB Single
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
74 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
3F HD DI GSP Single
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F HD Direct/Indirect - Single 75
3F HD DI FDP Single
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
76 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
3F HD DI FDO Single
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F HD Direct/Indirect - Single 77
/ 3F Architectural
HDI Assicurazioni
Roma
Italia/Italy
A A
H H
50 100 L
78
3F HD Direct/Indirect - Channel
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct‑indirect distribution. Suspension installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
Environments: architectural, commercial, staterooms, banks.
Linear LED modules. Environments where dynamic, soft and diffuse light is required for
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. optimal visual comfort.
FDO version
MECHANICAL Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
comfort and total shielding of the source.
Extruded aluminium housing.
Removable gear‑tray.
Hot‑dip galvanised steel linear connecting element installed on the body LIGHT MANAGEMENT
for rapid mechanical connection.
Translucent polycarbonate upper diffuser. The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
ELECTRICAL
ON REQUEST
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • different powers or colour temperatures
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • housing in different RAL colours
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • OC optic in different RAL colours
5‑pole terminal block, single 230V circuit, 2 DALI addresses (depending • wiring: CLO (page 752)
on the type of lighting fixture). • CRI >90 sources
Entrance to the upper power supply in proximity to a power head. • emergency versions
Branching via an irreversible quick coupling plug to connect the cable
housing element to the socket.
79
3F HD DI OCW Channel
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F HD DI OCB Channel
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
80 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
3F HD DI GSP Channel
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F HD Direct/Indirect - Channel 81
3F HD DI FD Channel
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
82 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
3F HD | Accessories
Code Item
A01536 Channels diffusers 3F HD50 - FDP - 6m
A01537 Channels diffusers 3F HD50 - FDP - 9m
A01538 Channels diffusers 3F HD50 - FDP - 15m
A01544 Channels diffusers 3F HD100 - FDP - 6m
A01545 Channels diffusers 3F HD100 - FDP - 9m
A01546 Channels diffusers 3F HD100 - FDP - 15m
FDP Flat diffuser, externally microprismatic and made of transparent polycarbonate, with internal anti‑glare
opal polycarbonate filter for luminous uniformity. Supplied in roll.
Accessory compatible with 3F HD FD Channel and 3F HD DI FD Channel.
Code Item
A01540 Channels diffusers 3F HD50 - FDO - 6m
A01541 Channels diffusers 3F HD50 - FDO - 9m
A01542 Channels diffusers 3F HD50 - FDO - 15m
A01548 Channels diffusers 3F HD100 - FDO - 6m
A01549 Channels diffusers 3F HD100 - FDO - 9m
A01550 Channels diffusers 3F HD100 - FDO - 15m
FDO Flat diffuser, smooth outside and made of opal polycarbonate. Supplied in roll.
Accessory compatible with 3F HD FD Channel and 3F HD DI FD Channel.
Code Item
A01563 Dilator joint FD channels>15m - HD50 WH
A01564 Dilator joint FD channels>15m - HD100 WH
A01568 Dilator joint FD channels>15m - HD50 BK
A01569 Dilator joint FD channels>15m - HD100 BK
A01570 Dilator joint FD channels>15m - HD50 AL
A01571 Pair of end caps 3F HD50R WH channel GSP
Code Item
A01558 Pair end caps for 3F HD50 WH channel OC
A01559 Pair end caps for 3F HD50 BK channel OC
A01560 Pair end caps for 3F HD50 AL channel OC
Pair of end caps for light channels equipped with OCB and OCW optics; made of plastic material reinforced
with fibreglass and supplied with fixing screws. Thickness: 20 mm each cap.
Accessory compatible with 3F HD OCW Channel, 3F HD OCB Channel, 3F HD DI OCW Channel
and 3F HD DI OCB Channel.
These accessories are not suitable for single‑unit installation.
3F HD 83
Code Item
A01578 Pair of end caps for 3F HD50 WH channel GSP
A01579 Pair of end caps for 3F HD50 BK channel GSP
A01580 Pair of end caps for 3F HD50 AL channel GSP
A01581 Pair of end caps for 3F HD100 WH channel GSP
A01582 Pair of end caps for 3F HD100 BK channel GSP
A01583 Pair of end caps for 3F HD100 AL channel GSP
Pair of end caps for light channels equipped with GSP screens; made of plastic material reinforced with
fibreglass and supplied with fixing screws. Thickness: 20 mm each cap.
Accessory compatible with 3F HD GSP Channel and 3F HD DI GSP Channel.
These accessories are not suitable for single‑unit installation.
Code Item
A01552 Pair of end caps for 3F HD50 WH channel FD
A01553 Pair of end caps for 3F HD50 BK channel FD
A01554 Pair of end caps for 3F HD50 AL channel FD
A01555 Pair of end caps for 3F HD100 WH channel FD
A01556 Pair of end caps for 3F HD100 BK channel FD
A01557 Pair of end caps for 3F HD100 AL channel FD
Pair of end caps for light channels equipped with FDP and FDO screens; made of plastic material reinforced
with fibreglass and supplied with fixing screws. Thickness: 20 mm each cap.
Accessory compatible with 3F HD FD Channel and 3F HD DI FD Channel.
These accessories are not suitable for single‑unit installation.
Code Item
A01530 Ceiling/recessed sliding brack. 3F HD50
A01531 Ceiling/recessed sliding brack. 3F HD100
Stainless steel sliding bracket that can be positioned freely. Accessory dedicated to ceiling installation.
Code Item
A01532 Slid.brack.w/reg.susp.instal. 3F HD50
A01528 Slid.brack.w/reg.susp.instal. 3F HD100
Free‑position sliding bracket with regulator in stainless steel. Accessory dedicated to suspended installation.
In the event of buying the sliding bracket with a regulator (code A01532 ‑ A01528) on its own, the
suspension cable must be made of galvanised steel with 49 elementary wires with a minimum
diameter of 1,5 mm² (for a load of 15 kg).
Suspension without controller, galvanised steel cable 1.5 mm diameter, load 15 kg.
Accessory compatible with sliding bracket code A01532 and A01528.
In the case of purchase of only one sliding bracket with controller (codes A01532 ‑ A01528), the
suspension cable must be made of galvanised steel with 49 elementary wires of minimum 1.5 mm
diameter (for a weight of 15 kg).
Code Item
A0716 Coil galv. cable diam. 1.5mm - 100m
The pack contains 100 metres.
A0717 Coil galv. cable diam. 1.5mm - 500m
The pack contains 500 metres.
A0718 Coil galv. cable diam. 1.5mm - 1000m
The pack contains 1000 metres.
Galvanised steel cable, diameter 1.5 mm, composed of 49 wires. 15 kg capacity (ratio 5:1).
Accessory compatible with one of the following codes: A01532 ‑ A01528 ‑ A0714.
Code Item
A0714 Clamp 2 holes susp.- 100 pcs
The pack contains 100 pieces.
Clamp in nickel‑plated brass suitable for fixing and adjustment of galvanised steel wire (diameter 1,25 mm
1,5 mm ‑ 2 mm), complete with locking screws. The 2 hole clamp allows to block and adjust the cable on a
bearing element (part of the building) or on rounded eye bolt.
Accessory compatible with one of the following codes: A0716 ‑ A0717 ‑ A0718.
Code Item
A01567 3F HD - 5P socket/plug terminal block
Terminal block (plug/socket) with irreversible snap‑in double clamp, for power‑supply connection at
beginning and end of the channel, 5 poles.
Accessory compatible with 3F HD - Direct - Single - Tunable White, 3F HD - Direct - Channel, 3F
HD - Direct/Indirect - Channel.
Code Item
A0679 5 pole rectangular rose (no cable) WH
Electric supply with white polycarbonate case, internal bracket in galvanised steel.
Accessory compatible with 3F HD - Direct - Single, 3F HD - Direct - Single - Tunable White, 3F HD
- Direct/Indirect - Single, 3F HD - Direct/Indirect - Channel.
3F HD 85
3F HD R
www.3F-Filippi.com/3F HD R
87
Product range
Recessed
3F HD R 50 71
67
3F HD 50 R
Average luminance
for angles> 65 >3000 <3000 <3000 <1500
(cd / m²)
Finishes White
Photometric
distribution
88
NEW Arrange the version that best suits your needs quickly and easily
www.3f-filippi.com/en/3F-HD-configurator
Recessed
3F HD R 100 71
110
3F HD 100 R
Average luminance
for angles> 65 >3000 <3000 <3000
(cd / m²)
Finishes White
Photometric
distribution
89
/ 3F Architectural
A A
H H
50 100 L
90
3F HD R Recessed - Single
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Recessed installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
Environments: architectural, commercial, staterooms, banks.
Linear LED modules. Environments where dynamic, soft and diffuse light is required for
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. optimal visual comfort.
FDO version
MECHANICAL Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
comfort and total shielding of the source.
Housing in white painted extruded aluminium.
Removable gear‑tray.
End caps in white steel. LIGHT MANAGEMENT
The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
ELECTRICAL 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
91
3F HD R OCW Single
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F HD R GSP Single
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
92 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
3F HD R HO GSP Single
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F HD R FDP Single
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F HD R Recessed - Single 93
3F HD R HO FDP Single
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F HD R FDO Single
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
94 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
3F HD R HO FDO Single
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F HD R Recessed - Single 95
/ 3F Architectural
A A
H H
50 100 L
96
3F HD R Recessed - Channel
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Recessed installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
Environments: architectural, commercial, staterooms, banks.
Linear LED modules. Environments where dynamic, soft and diffuse light is required for
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. optimal visual comfort.
FDO version
MECHANICAL Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
comfort and total shielding of the source.
Housing in white painted extruded aluminium.
Removable gear‑tray.
Hot‑dip galvanised steel linear connecting element installed on the body LIGHT MANAGEMENT
for rapid mechanical connection.
The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. ON REQUEST
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • different powers or colour temperatures
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • housing in different RAL colours
Entrance to the upper power supply in proximity to a power head. • OC optic in different RAL colours
5 mm² section 2.5 pin through line with an irreversible quick coupling • wiring: CLO (page 752)
plug plug/socket fixed on the body for rapid electrical connection. • CRI >90 sources
Branching via an irreversible quick coupling plug to connect the cable • emergency versions
housing element to the socket.
97
3F HD R OCW Channel
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F HD R GSP Channel
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
98 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
3F HD R FD Channel
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F HD R Recessed - Channel 99
3F HD R | Accessories
Code Item
A01536 Channels diffusers 3F HD50 - FDP - 6m
A01537 Channels diffusers 3F HD50 - FDP - 9m
A01538 Channels diffusers 3F HD50 - FDP - 15m
A01544 Channels diffusers 3F HD100 - FDP - 6m
A01545 Channels diffusers 3F HD100 - FDP - 9m
A01546 Channels diffusers 3F HD100 - FDP - 15m
FDP Flat diffuser, externally microprismatic and made of transparent polycarbonate, with internal anti‑glare
opal polycarbonate filter for luminous uniformity. Supplied in roll.
Accessory compatible with 3F HD R FD Channel.
Code Item
A01540 Channels diffusers 3F HD50 - FDO - 6m
A01541 Channels diffusers 3F HD50 - FDO - 9m
A01542 Channels diffusers 3F HD50 - FDO - 15m
A01548 Channels diffusers 3F HD100 - FDO - 6m
A01549 Channels diffusers 3F HD100 - FDO - 9m
A01550 Channels diffusers 3F HD100 - FDO - 15m
FDO Flat diffuser, smooth outside and made of opal polycarbonate. Supplied in roll.
Accessory compatible with 3F HD R FD Channel.
Code Item
A01563 Dilator joint FD channels>15m - HD50 WH
A01564 Dilator joint FD channels>15m - HD100 WH
A01568 Dilator joint FD channels>15m - HD50 BK
A01569 Dilator joint FD channels>15m - HD100 BK
A01570 Dilator joint FD channels>15m - HD50 AL
A01571 Pair of end caps 3F HD50R WH channel GSP
Code Item
A01561 Pair end caps 3F HD50R WH chan. FD
A01562 Pair end caps 3F HD100R WH chan. FD
A01572 Dilator joint FD channels>15m - HD100 AL
A01573 Pair of end caps 3F HD100R WH chann GSP
A01574 Pair of end caps 3F HD50R WH channel OCW
Pair of end caps for channels, in grey painted aluminium, with screws for fixing to housing, always required.
Thickness: 10 mm each cap.
Accessory compatible with 3F HD R FD Channel.
These accessories are not suitable for single‑unit installation.
Code Item
A01565 Pair fixing brack. plasterboard 3F HD50R
A01566 Pair fixing brack.plasterboard 3F HD100R
Set of galvanised steel brackets necessary to recess install the fixture in plasterboard.
Terminal block (plug/socket) with irreversible snap‑in double clamp, for power‑supply connection at
beginning and end of the channel, 5 poles.
Accessory compatible with 3F HD R - Recessed - Channel.
3F HD R 101
3F Mirella
www.3F-Filippi.com/3F Mirella
103
Screens and finishes
3F Filippi takes their lighting competence to the architectural sector with products with advanced technology and excellent per-
formance.
3F Mirella was developed with an optical system composed of three elements that make it possible to have extraordinary glare
values and luminance without compromising on luminous flux output.
Finishes
A . Secondar y transparent PMMA
lens to optimise light distribution.
B. Secondar y satin PMMA lens
for sof t lighting.
OP SP
Flat opal PMMA filter Flat prismatic PMMA filter
Transparent lens Transparent lens
A
B
/ 3F Architectural
Ciotti Associates
Varese
Italia/Italy
H
L
A
106
3F Mirella Direct
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Controlled symmetric distribution. Suspension installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments involving accurate visual tasks where a diffused and soft
light for an optimum visual comfort and the source total shielding are
Linear LED modules. required.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. In environments with VDTs, managerial offices and staterooms.
OP version
MECHANICAL Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
comfort and total shielding of the source.
Extruded aluminium body, zamak heads.
External lens of particular aesthetic value in transparent methacrylate
(PMMA). LIGHT MANAGEMENT
Adjustable suspension fixtures with chrome studs and rapid adjusters,
galvanised steel cable of 2 m long. The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
ELECTRICAL
ON REQUEST
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical temperatures
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • wiring: CLO (page 752)
• power and suspension cables of >2 m long
ON/OFF versions • CRI >90 sources
Transparent 3‑pole power cable with white ceiling power supply case. • emergency versions
DALI versions
Transparent 5‑pole power cable with white ceiling power supply case.
107
3F Mirella SP
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
108 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
/ 3F Architectural
LCA Architetti
Varese
Italia/Italy
H
L
A
110
3F Mirella Direct/Indirect
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct‑indirect distribution. Suspension installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments involving accurate visual tasks where a diffused and soft
light for an optimum visual comfort and the source total shielding are
Linear LED modules. required.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. In environments with VDTs, managerial offices and staterooms.
OP version
MECHANICAL Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
comfort and total shielding of the source.
Extruded aluminium body, zamak heads.
External lens of particular aesthetic value in transparent methacrylate
(PMMA). LIGHT MANAGEMENT
Adjustable suspension fixtures with chrome studs and rapid adjusters,
galvanised steel cable of 2 m long. The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
ELECTRICAL
ON REQUEST
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical temperatures
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • power and suspension cables of >2 m long
• twin‑circuit
ON/OFF versions • wiring: CLO (page 752)
Transparent 3‑pole power cable with white ceiling power supply case, • CRI >90 sources
single ignition. • emergency versions
DALI versions
5‑pole transparent power cable with white power supply case for
ceiling, single 230V circuit, 2 DALI addresses.
111
3F Mirella DI SP
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
112 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
/ 3F Architectural
OLI S.p.A.
Medolla (MO)
Italia/Italy
H
L
A
114
3F Mirella Soft Direct
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Controlled symmetric distribution. Suspension installation.
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). APPLICATIONS
Environments involving accurate visual tasks where a diffused and soft
SOURCE light for an optimum visual comfort and the source total shielding are
required.
Linear LED modules. In environments with VDTs, managerial offices and staterooms.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3.
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
MECHANICAL
The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
Extruded aluminium body, zamak heads. 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
Methacrylate (PMMA) primary lens for total source shielding.
Brushed methacrylate (PMMA) prismatic flat anti‑glare filter, multi
lenticular on the outside. ON REQUEST
External lens of particular aesthetic value in satin methacrylate (PMMA).
Adjustable suspension fixtures with chrome studs and rapid adjusters, • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
galvanised steel cable of 2 m long. temperatures
• wiring: CLO (page 752)
• power and suspension cables of >2 m long
ELECTRICAL • CRI >90 sources
• emergency versions
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
ON/OFF versions
Transparent 3‑pole power cable with white ceiling power supply case.
DALI versions
Transparent 5‑pole power cable with white ceiling power supply case.
115
3F Mirella Soft SP
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
116 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
/ 3F Architectural
Huda Lighting
Il Cairo
Misr/Egypt
H
L
A
118
3F Mirella Soft Direct/Indirect
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct‑indirect distribution. Suspension installation.
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). APPLICATIONS
Environments involving accurate visual tasks where a diffused and soft
SOURCE light for an optimum visual comfort and the source total shielding are
required.
Linear LED modules. In environments with VDTs, managerial offices and staterooms.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3.
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
MECHANICAL
The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
Extruded aluminium body, zamak heads. 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
Methacrylate (PMMA) primary lens for total source shielding.
Brushed methacrylate (PMMA) prismatic flat anti‑glare filter, multi
lenticular on the outside. ON REQUEST
External lens of particular aesthetic value in satin methacrylate (PMMA).
Adjustable suspension fixtures with chrome studs and rapid adjusters, • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
galvanised steel cable of 2 m long. temperatures
• wiring: CLO (page 752)
• power and suspension cables of >2 m long
ELECTRICAL • twin‑circuit
• CRI >90 sources
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • emergency versions
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
ON/OFF versions
Transparent 3‑pole power cable with white ceiling power supply case,
single ignition.
DALI versions
5‑pole transparent power cable with white power supply case for
ceiling, single 230V circuit, 2 DALI addresses.
119
3F Mirella Soft DI SP
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
120 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
3F Mirella Floor
www.3F-Filippi.com/3F Mirella Floor
123
/ 3F Architectural
H H
124
3F Mirella Floor
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct‑indirect distribution. Floor installation.
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). APPLICATIONS
Environments which cannot, for technical reasons, be equipped with
SOURCE points of light directed onto the ceiling.
Open‑space offices and environments in which a high degree of
Linear LED modules. workstation flexibility is required.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Environments: staterooms, with VDTs, offices.
Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
comfort.
MECHANICAL
Extruded aluminium body, zamak heads. LIGHT MANAGEMENT
Transparent methacrylate (PMMA) micro prismatic primary anti‑glare
lens, multi lenticular on the outside. DALI versions
Anti‑glare opal polycarbonate filter for brightness uniformity. The TOUCH DALI control integrated in the stem, allows independent
External lens of particular aesthetic value in satin methacrylate (PMMA). switching on, off and adjustment of the two emissions.
Painted stainless steel square section pole.
Base in painted steel.
ON REQUEST
ELECTRICAL • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
temperatures
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • body, pole and base in different RAL colours
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • wiring: CLO (page 752)
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • different power cables
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • CRI >90 sources
Power supply with a 2.5 m long transparent cable, schuko plug.
ON/OFF versions
Foot switch, single switch‑on.
DALI versions
TOUCH DALI control integrated in the stem.
125
3F Mirella Floor
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
126 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
3F Trittico
www.3F-Filippi.com/3F Trittico
129
130
Versatility
Minimum angle between light elements of 52 degrees.
Maximum angle between light elements 308 degrees.
131
Screens and finishes
3F Trittico is available with an opaque black and white finish with aluminium arms and a steel supporting rod.
Indirect lighting is filtered by a translucent PMMA screen, while the desktop version is diffused with a satin extruded PMMA lens
with a design that minimises the level of glare.
INDIRECT LIGHT
Flat opal
PMMA filter
132
Finish
White Black
DIRECT LIGHT
Hybrid optic with ex truded lens
and an anti-glare filter
133
/ 3F Architectural
Banca Ersel
Milano
Italia/Italy
H
Ø
134
3F Trittico
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct‑indirect distribution. Installing mineral fibre or metal panels in plasterboard ceilings.
Lifetime (L85/B10): 50000 h. (tq+25°C) Warning: to install this fixture it is necessary to buy one of the following
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). four accessories (A0828 / A0829 / A0830 / A0831) depending on the
kind of ceiling to be used.
SOURCE
APPLICATIONS
Linear LED modules.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
Environments: architectural, commercial, staterooms, banks.
Environments where dynamic, soft and diffuse light is required for
MECHANICAL optimal visual comfort.
135
3F Trittico
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Code 6104
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
136 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
3F Trittico | Accessories
Code Item
A0828 Trittico fixing metal panels 60x60
Hot‑dip galvanised steel fixture installation bracket for metal panel false ceilings 600x600 with hidden
structure with perpendicular adjustment rod screws.
Code Item
A0829 Trittico fixing mineral fiber pan. 60x60
Hot‑dip galvanised steel fixture installation bracket for mineral fibre panel false ceilings 600x600 with visible
structure with perpendicular adjustment rod screws.
Code Item
A0830 Fixing Trittico plasterboard WH
Hot‑dip galvanised steel fixture installation bracket for plasterboard false ceilings with perpendicular
adjustment rod screws. White painted canopy with a Ø 120 mm hole.
Code Item
A0831 Fixing Trittico plasterboard BK
Hot‑dip galvanised steel fixture installation bracket for plasterboard false ceilings with perpendicular
adjustment rod screws. Black painted canopy with a Ø 120 mm hole.
3F Trittico 137
3F Solo
www.3F-Filippi.com/3F Solo
139
Product range
Suspended Ceiling
100
3F Solo L
35
100
35
3F Solo
Direct Emission
Model L L HO HO SP
Average luminance
for angles> 65 <3000 >3000 >3000
(cd / m²)
Percentage of Up 0 0 0
emission D/DI (%) Down 100 100 100
Photometric
distribution
140
Suspended Ceiling
70
3F Solo SP
35
70
35
3F Solo
Direct / Indirect
Emission
Model L L HO HO SP
Average luminance
for angles> 65 <3000 >3000 >3000
(cd / m²)
Percentuale di Up 76 61 60
emissione D/DI (%) Down 24 39 40
Photometric
distribution
141
PRECISION LIGHTING
3F Solo distinguishes itself given the precision of the lighting provided
and as a result complete visual comfort. In particular, the version
equipped with a fluted U shaped opaque PMMA lens makes it possible
to widen the distance between fixtures without increasing luminance and
decreasing the number of products installed in the space. Luminous flux
of the fixture from 1800 to 15000 lumen. Symmetrical direct (or direct
and indirect) distribution. Installation distance Dt 1,35 x hu - Dl = 1,13 x
hu. Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for >65° radial angles. UGR <19
(EN 12464-1). Product length from 1475 mm, 2205 mm and 2935 mm.
142
Screens and finishes
3F Solo is designed as a flexible element thanks to the various into the architectural context of the workplace. Developed as a
options provided by the designer. In addition to being able to single element the light fixture comes in three different lengths
choose the version with the prismatic screen or the one with (1500mm, 2200mm and 2900mm), to increase the options
the U-shaped fluted lens, lighting designers can choose from available to architects and lighting designers.
a black or white finish to facilitate the insertion of the fixture
3F Solo 3F Solo
LENS SCREEN
70 mm Finishes
100 mm
White Black
LENS
in frosted PMMA
SCREEN
Flat PMMA prismatic
dif fuser
143
/ 3F Architectural
Banca Ersel
Milano
Italia/Italy
L H
L
A
SP H
L
A
144
3F Solo Direct
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Ceiling mounted or suspension installation.
Lifetime (L85/B10): 50000 h. (tq+25°C) Warning: to install this fixture it is necessary to buy the accessory
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). (A0820 ‑ A0821), according to the type of installation.
SOURCE APPLICATIONS
Linear LED modules. Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Environments: architectural, commercial, staterooms, banks.
Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
comfort.
MECHANICAL
Extruded aluminium housing with horizontal side stripes. LIGHT MANAGEMENT
End caps in polycarbonate.
Upper film in translucent polycarbonate, self‑extinguishing, UV The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
stabilised. 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
ELECTRICAL ON REQUEST
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • different colour temperatures
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • housing in different RAL colours
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • wiring: CLO (page 752)
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • CRI >90 sources
5‑pole terminal block, single 230V circuit. • emergency versions
5‑pole transparent power cable of 2 m long.
145
3F Solo L
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F Solo L HO
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
146 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
3F Solo HO SP
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Banca Ersel
Milano
Italia/Italy
L H
L
A
SP H
L
A
148
3F Solo Direct/Indirect
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Symmetric direct‑indirect distribution. Suspension installation.
Lifetime (L85/B10): 50000 h. (tq+25°C) Warning: to install this fixture it is necessary to buy the accessory
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). A0820.
SOURCE APPLICATIONS
Linear LED modules. Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Environments: architectural, commercial, staterooms, banks.
Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
comfort.
MECHANICAL
Extruded aluminium housing with horizontal side stripes. LIGHT MANAGEMENT
End caps in polycarbonate.
Upper film in translucent polycarbonate, self‑extinguishing, UV The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
stabilised. 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
ELECTRICAL ON REQUEST
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • different colour temperatures
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • housing in different RAL colours
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • wiring: CLO (page 752)
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • CRI >90 sources
5‑pole terminal block, single 230V circuit. • emergency versions
5‑pole transparent power cable of 2 m long.
149
3F Solo L DI
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F Solo L DI HO
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
150 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
3F Solo DI HO SP
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Free‑position sliding bracket with regulator in stainless steel. Accessory dedicated to suspended installation.
This accessory must ALWAYS be used with one of the following codes: A20485 ‑ A20486 ‑ A20487.
Code Item
A0821 Pair of sliding brack. ceiling 3F Solo
Stainless steel sliding bracket that can be positioned freely. Accessory dedicated to ceiling installation.
Code Item
A20485 Suspension without adjustment - 0.5 m
A20486 Suspension without adjustment - 1 m
A20487 Suspension without adjustment - 2 m
Suspension without controller, galvanised steel cable 1.5 mm diameter, load 15 kg.
Attention: each product requires two suspensions with regulator.
Code Item
A0679 5 pole rectangular rose (no cable) WH
Electric supply with white polycarbonate case, internal bracket in galvanised steel.
155
The light element has a 180 degree rotation
angle.
156
Product advantages
Particularly eye-catching opal and transparent prismatic PMMA Touch DALI touch control integrated in the stem, for
diffuser to optimise light distribution. switching on and off and independent adjustment of the
two emissions.
157
Screens and finishes
3F Filoluce is available in black, white, red and anthracite opal element: a mix that makes the working environment
versions. Its direct and indirect light is distributed downwards relaxing while at the same time ensuring excellent visual
using a trapezoidal prismatic diffuser and upwards using an comfort on work stations.
OP
Flat opal
PMMA filter
SP
Prismatic
PMMA filter
158
Finishes
159
/ 3F Architectural
H H
160
3F Filoluce
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct‑indirect distribution. Floor installation.
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for radial angles >65° (direct
emission).
Lifetime (L85/B10): 50000 h. (tq+25°C) APPLICATIONS
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
Environments which cannot, for technical reasons, be equipped with
points of light directed onto the ceiling.
SOURCE Open‑space offices and environments in which a high degree of
workstation flexibility is required.
Linear LED modules. Environments: staterooms, with VDTs, offices.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
comfort.
MECHANICAL
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
Painted steel filiform tubular body.
Aluminium LED housing compartment with a thermal heat sink function. The TOUCH DALI control integrated in the stem, allows independent
Particularly eye‑catching opal and transparent prismatic methacrylate switching on, off and adjustment of the two emissions.
(PMMA) diffuser to optimise light distribution.
The luminous part can be rotated 180° horizontally to optimise
positioning in the workplace. ON REQUEST
• different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
ELECTRICAL temperatures
• single‑circuit wiring
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • different power cables
TOUCH DALI control integrated in the stem. • CRI >90 sources
Power supply with a 2.5 m long transparent cable, schuko plug.
161
3F Filoluce
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
162 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
3F Eldorado
www.3F-Filippi.com/3F Eldorado
165
Product range
Recessed
3F Eldorado
Lay-in
installation
Model Frame
Average luminance
for angles> 65 <3000
(cd / m²)
UGR <19
Finishes White
Photometric
distribution
166
Recessed
3F Eldorado
Pull-up
installation
Average luminance
for angles> 65 <3000 >3000
(cd / m²)
Finishes White
Photometric
distribution
167
/ 3F Architectural
A=L
A H
L
168
3F Eldorado Frame
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Controlled symmetric distribution. Lay‑in installation.
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). APPLICATIONS
Any environment in which flexibility of lighting and customisation is
SOURCE required, capable of integrating perfectly into the areas and furnishings
of different workspaces.
Linear LED modules. Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Environments: architectural, commercial, staterooms, banks.
Environments where dynamic, soft and diffuse light is required for
optimal visual comfort.
MECHANICAL
Housing in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester. LIGHT MANAGEMENT
LGS micro‑prismatic flat diffuser in transparent methacrylate (PMMA),
multi‑lenticular exterior, anti‑glare. The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
Anti‑glare opal polycarbonate filter for brightness uniformity. 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
Central part in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester.
The 621x621 version is dedicated to false ceilings that have modular
dimensions of 625x625. ON REQUEST
• different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
ELECTRICAL temperatures
• emergency versions
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • different central screens and screen prints
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • equippable central covers
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
169
3F Eldorado Frame White LGS
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
170 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
/ 3F Architectural
A=L
A H
L
172
3F Eldorado Twin
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Symmetrical distribution controlled and diffused according to the type of Lay‑in installation.
use.
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) APPLICATIONS
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
Any environment in which flexibility of lighting and customisation is
required, capable of integrating perfectly into the areas and furnishings
SOURCE of different workspaces.
Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
Squared or linear LED modules. Environments: architectural, commercial, staterooms, banks.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Environments where dynamic, soft and diffuse light is required for
optimal visual comfort.
MECHANICAL
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
Housing in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester.
LGS micro‑prismatic flat perimeter diffuser in transparent methacrylate The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
(PMMA), multi‑lenticular exterior, anti‑glare. 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
Anti‑glare opal polycarbonate filter for brightness uniformity.
OP flat screen in the central part in opal methacrylate (PMMA),
anti‑glare. ON REQUEST
The 621x621 version is dedicated to false ceilings that have modular
dimensions of 625x625. • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
temperatures
• emergency versions
ELECTRICAL • different central screens and screen prints
173
3F Eldorado Twin White LGS + OP
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
174 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: architectural.3f-filippi.com
3F Eldorado | Accessories
Code Item
A0579 Safety wire with brackets
Anti‑fall safety cable with pair of brackets for fixing the housing to the building structure. Length 2.5 m.
3F Eldorado 175
/ catalogue
/ 3F Filippi
176
Update New
Zero 3F 3F C8
Zero 3F Zero 3F 3F C8
Zero 3F Channel Tunable White Direct
Page 178 Page 182 Page 188 Page 194 Page 198 Page 198
3F Travetta 3F Zeta
3F Dìagon P
3F Petra P 200
3F Dìagon P 3F Petra
Tunable White 3F Petra 3F Petra Sensor Suspended
Page 248 Page 252 Page 252 Page 256 Page 260 Page 264
P 250 Mira
P 200 P 250
P 200 IP54 P 250 Diffused Light
Page 264 Page 268 Page 272 Page 272 Page 276 Page 280
Mira Wall
Page 280
177
Zero 3F
www.3F-Filippi.com/Zero 3F
Overview
In modern study and work spaces, the homogeneity of light is a • Luminous efficacy up to 140 lumen/watt.
fundamental element to reduce shadow areas and improve volume • Luminous fluxes from 1897 to 6227 lumens.
perception. • Average luminance <3000 cd/m².
Minimising the contrast between areas that are lit differently limits • Extensive installation pitch.
eye stress making the environment more comfortable. • UGR <19.
The new Zero 3F was designed specifically to cope with visual tasks • Uniformly illuminated screen.
efficiently in task-areas, thanks to an increase in the surrounding • Asymmetrical version.
and background areas. • Driver integrated in the fixture.
Light is distributed widely even on the walls to limit the "cave effect" • Quick and easy cleaning.
and to enhance the furnishings and information present on vertical • Luminous end caps.
surfaces. • Essential and functional design.
• EcoDesign: power supplies and sources replaceable at the end
This product is also available in this version Zero 3F Track (page of product life.
422). • Ease of assembly and maintenance.
• Can be installed on the 3F Linux S electrified track.
• Versatility of use in different environments.
• Continuous Channel version.
• Tunable White version.
179
Zero 3F
QUALITY OF LIGHT
Zero 3F is the result of more than a decade of experience The result is a fixture with a micro prismatic lower surface to
of 3F Filippi in school and work environments, where visual obtain the shielding required by regulations and an opal side
comfort and light diffusion are the basis of a lighting project. area to softly diffuse light into the space and give a sensation
To obtain low luminance values we maximised the area of the of suspension to the fixture.
emitting surface to obtain the best luminous intensity possible. It is a simple, clean design that integrates discreetly in all types
of environment.
microprismatic lower
screen for increased
luminace control.
180
THE BENEFITS OF HOMOGENEOUSLY DIFFUSED LIGHT
As you can see from the simulations below increasing the if it is installed on the ceiling, and the mix between this and the
luminosity of vertical surfaces is a significant element that direct light rays generate a uniform light right up to the joins
improves the visibility of information like that contained in between the walls and the ceiling.
bookshelves. The indirect light component reduces visual
contrast and makes the product seem to be suspended even
181
UPDATE
182
Zero 3F
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Ceiling, suspension or wall installation.
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). Luminaires suitable, from a hygienic point of view, for use in production
plants in the food industry (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
Thanks to the full compatibility for dimensions and fixing distances, this
SOURCE product becomes the perfect solution for updating existing installations.
ELECTRICAL
ON REQUEST
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical temperatures
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • wiring: CLO (page 752)
The luminaires with EP permanent emergency wiring on board comply • emergency versions
with EN 60598‑2‑22 standard, high risk areas excluded.
183
Zero 3F
S AF E
EP HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
184 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
EP maintained emergency wiring, 1hr duration with 24hrs recharge (page 772)
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
1819 NEW
03F 28W/830 EP L1204 32 3868 3000 >80 1204x119x64
1820 NEW 03F 35W/830 EP L1506 40 5251 3000 >80 1506x119x64
1821 NEW
03F 42W/830 EP L1787 47 5800 3000 >80 1787x119x64
1871 03F 28W/840 EP L1204 32 4029 4000 >80 1204x119x64
1872 03F 35W/840 EP L1506 41 5469 4000 >80 1506x119x64
1873 03F 42W/840 EP L1787 47 6042 4000 >80 1787x119x64
1874 03F 35W/940 EP L1204 43 4152 4000 >90 1204x119x64
1875 03F 44W/940 EP L1506 51 5190 4000 >90 1506x119x64
1876 03F 53W/940 EP L1787 59 6227 4000 >90 1787x119x64
DALI - EP maintained emergency wiring, 1hr duration with 24hrs recharge (page 772)
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
1822 NEW
03F 28W/830 DALI EP L1204 32 3868 3000 >80 1204x119x64
1823 NEW 03F 35W/830 DALI EP L1506 40 5251 3000 >80 1506x119x64
1824 NEW
03F 42W/830 DALI EP L1787 47 5800 3000 >80 1787x119x64
1877 03F 28W/840 DALI EP L1204 32 4029 4000 >80 1204x119x64
1878 03F 35W/840 DALI EP L1506 40 5469 4000 >80 1506x119x64
1879 03F 42W/840 DALI EP L1787 47 6042 4000 >80 1787x119x64
1880 03F 35W/940 DALI EP L1204 41 4152 4000 >90 1204x119x64
1881 03F 44W/940 DALI EP L1506 50 5190 4000 >90 1506x119x64
1882 03F 53W/940 DALI EP L1787 58 6227 4000 >90 1787x119x64
Zero 3F 185
Zero 3F AS
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Asymmetric distribution.
Code 1885 Internal recuperator in white painted steel.
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
186 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
Zero 3F HO
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Zero 3F 187
UPDATE
188
Zero 3F Channel
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Controlled symmetric distribution. Continuous light channel installation on ceiling or suspension.
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). APPLICATIONS
Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
SOURCE Environments: recreational, transit areas, corridors, schools, stairwells.
Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
Linear LED modules. comfort.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
(HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
MECHANICAL
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
Housing in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester.
Diffuser with differentiated geometry, made of transparent methacrylate The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
(PMMA) with microprismatic finish, anti‑glare on the flat part and opal on 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
the side.
Anti‑glare opal methacrylate (PMMA) filter for brightness uniformity.
ON REQUEST
ELECTRICAL • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
temperatures
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • wiring: CLO (page 752)
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • emergency versions
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
Entrance to the upper power supply in proximity to a power head.
5 mm² section 1.5 pin through line with an irreversible quick coupling
plug plug/socket fixed on the body for rapid electrical connection.
189
Zero 3F Starting channel
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
190 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
Zero 3F Central channel
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Code 1920 L<3000 cd/m² 65° Opal methacrylate (PMMA) luminous end cap.
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
192 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Surface luminaires and suspensions
194
Zero 3F Tunable White
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Controlled symmetric distribution. Ceiling, suspension or wall installation.
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°. Thanks to the full compatibility for dimensions and fixing distances, this
The colour temperature can be adjusted between 2700 K and 6500 K. product becomes the perfect solution for updating existing installations.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Any environments requiring light which aims for the wellness of people.
Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
Linear LED modules. Environments: recreational, transit areas, corridors, schools, stairwells.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
comfort.
Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
MECHANICAL (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
ON REQUEST
ELECTRICAL
• different power levels or colour rendering indices
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • emergency versions
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
Cable with a DALI DT8 driver.
5‑pole terminal block (L‑N‑PE‑DA/DA) for line connection with
connection capacity 2x2.5 mm² per poles.
195
Zero 3F Tunable White
S AF E
TW HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Code 1932 L<3000 cd/m² 65° Variable light intensity and colour temperature.
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
196 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
Zero 3F | Accessories
Code Item
A0052 Wall-mounting brack
Code Item
A0660 Suspension with adjustment - 1m
A0661 Suspension with adjustment - 2 m
A0662 Suspension with adjustment - 3 m
A0663 Suspension with adjustment - 4 m
A0664 Suspension with adjustment - 5 m
A0665 Suspension with adjustment - 6 m
Suspension with regulator, galvanised steel cable 1.5 mm diameter, load 15 kg.
Attention: each product requires two suspensions with regulator.
Code Item
A0679 5 pole rectangular rose (no cable) WH
Electric supply with white polycarbonate case, internal bracket in galvanised steel.
Code Item
A0455 Wireguard 180x1330 3F Linda
A0456 Wireguard 180x1630 3F Linda
Wire‑guard for applications in dry environments, against shocks coming from any directions, galvanised steel
rod Ø 5 mm.
Only for luminaires fixed without hooks.
Zero 3F 197
/ Surface luminaires and suspensions
H
L A
198
3F C8 Direct
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Suspension installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments involving accurate visual tasks where a diffused and soft
light for an optimum visual comfort and the source total shielding are
Linear LED modules. required.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. In environments with VDTs, managerial offices and staterooms.
199
3F C8 GSP
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Code 6128 L<3000 cd/m² 65° Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for angles >65°.
3F C8 HO GSP
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Code 6140
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
200 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Surface luminaires and suspensions
H
L A
202
3F C8 Direct/Indirect
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Symmetric direct‑indirect distribution. Suspension installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments involving accurate visual tasks where a diffused and soft
light for an optimum visual comfort and the source total shielding are
Linear LED modules. required.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. In environments with VDTs, managerial offices and staterooms.
203
3F C8 DI GSP
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Code 6130 L<3000 cd/m² 65° Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for angles >65°.
3F C8 DI HO GSP
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Code 6142
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
204 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Surface luminaires and suspensions
206
3F Travetta Direct
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Ceiling mounted or suspension installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Thanks to the full compatibility of dimensions, fixing spacing and
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). accessories with the previous fluorescent version, this product becomes
the perfect solution for updating existing installations.
SOURCE
APPLICATIONS
Linear LED modules.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 2. Environments: exhibition areas, staterooms, with VDTs, halls, shops,
great halls, offices.
Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
MECHANICAL comfort.
207
3F Travetta 2MG
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F Travetta OP
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
208 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Travetta LGS
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
210
3F Travetta Direct/Indirect
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct‑indirect distribution. Suspension installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Thanks to the full compatibility of dimensions, fixing spacing and
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). accessories with the previous fluorescent version, this product becomes
the perfect solution for updating existing installations.
SOURCE
APPLICATIONS
Linear LED modules.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 2. Environments: exhibition areas, staterooms, with VDTs, halls, shops,
great halls, offices.
Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
MECHANICAL comfort.
211
3F Travetta DI 2MG
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
212 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Travetta DI LGS
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Politecnico di Torino
Torino
H
Italia/Italy
214
3F Travetta Tunable White
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Ceiling mounted or suspension installation.
Average luminance <1000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°. Thanks to the full compatibility of dimensions, fixing spacing and
The colour temperature can be adjusted between 2700 K and 6500 K. accessories with the previous fluorescent version, this product becomes
Lifetime (L70/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) the perfect solution for updating existing installations.
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE
Any environments requiring light which aims for the wellness of people.
Linear LED modules. Environments with VDTs.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Environments where demanding visual tasks are performed and soft
diffuse light is required for optimal visual comfort and total shielding of
the light source.
MECHANICAL
Housing with squared shape in white painted galvannealed steel, with LIGHT MANAGEMENT
nonreflecting surface.
2MG parabolic louvre, high efficiency, in specular aluminium with Tunable White products can be controlled with wired control systems
superficial titanium‑magnesium treatment, non‑iridescent, with (page 742) or 3F & Casambi (page 746).
transverse blades closed at the top.
Opal methacrylate (PMMA) diffuser for total shielding of the louvre
compartment. ON REQUEST
Film protective against dust and finger marks, adhesive, attached to
louvre. • different power levels or colour rendering indices
• different dimensions
• housing and accessories in different RAL colours
ELECTRICAL • emergency versions
215
3F Travetta Tunable White 2MG
S AF E
TW
FL
IC K ER
Code 10763 L<1000 cd/m² 65° Variable light intensity and colour temperature.
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
216 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Travetta | Accessories
Code Item
A0052 Wall-mounting brack
Code Item
A0875 Connecting bracket Travetta
Connecting bracket to form linear channels or branches of single luminaires, in galvanised steel with upper
holes for adjustable suspensions.
Code Item
A0892 White connect.elem.190x190 3F Travetta
A0894 White connect.elem.190x210 3F Travetta
A0895 White connect.elem.190x510 3F Travetta
A0896 White connect.elem.190x810 3F Travetta
A0897 White connect.elem.190x1110 3F Travetta
A0941 White con.elem.lum/wall 810 3F Travetta
A0942 Wh.conn.elem.lum/wall 1110 3F Travetta
Linear connecting element and for branch, between luminaires or between luminaires and wall, to form
channels, in steel with accessorizable cover, white colour. It allows the passage of the power‑supply line.
Concerning the use of connecting elements in false ceilings 600x600, see installation.
On request: elements of desired length. Connecting elements for false ceiling 625x625.
Code Item
A0951 White branch elem. 190x310 3F Travetta
A0952 White branches elem. 190x460 3F Travetta
A0877 Bracket for T-branch for 3F Travetta
A0878 Bracket for X-branch for 3F Travetta
Branching in correspondence with the steel linear connecting elements with a white colour accessory cover.
It allows the passage of the power‑supply line. The 190x190 linear connecting element can also
be used for T junctions (request a bracket code A0875) and X junctions (request two brackets
code A0875). To obtain an excellent T or X junction for connecting elements of a false ceiling with
600x600 visible profiles, the combination of a 1110 mm linear element with a 460 mm junction and
the combination of a 810 mm linear element with a 310 mm junction are recommended.
Code Item
A0870 White conn. elem. with boss for lum.
A0872 White conn.elem. to wall w/boss for lum.
Connecting element between luminaires or between luminaire and wall, white colour, composed of
aluminium tube 1.5 m long Ø20 mm, which can be sectioned to any desired length, it allows the passage of
the power‑supply line.
3F Travetta 217
Code Item
A01368 Travetta B joint closing cap
Linear connecting element end cap to be used when there are connecting elements at the beginning or end
of a channel.
Code Item
A01318 White rectangular case adj. susp. 1 m
A01325 Wired adj. susp. 5P wh.rect.case 1 m
Adjustable suspension with polycarbonate case in white colour, internal bracket in galvanised steel. Wired
version with transparent power‑supply cable 5x1.5 mm². Stainless steel cables Ø 1.25 mm, length 1 m,
leaded at one end with adjusters for coupling on the luminaire.
On request: for suspensions longer than 1 m, it is necessary order stainless steel cables Ø
1,25 mm in spool of 100 m and pack of n° 100 clamps.
Accessory always required for 2200 mm long products.
Code Item
A01314 White rectangular case fixed susp. 0,3m
A01315 White rectangular case fixed susp. 0,5m
A01317 White rectangular case fixed susp. 1m
A01321 Wired fixed susp. 5P wh.rect.case 0,3m
A01322 Wired fixed susp. 5P wh.rect.case 0,5m
A01324 Wired fixed susp. 5P wh.rect.case 1m
Fixed suspension with white polycarbonate case, internal bracket in galvanised steel. Wired version with
transparent power‑supply cable 5x1.5 mm². Ø 1.25 mm stainless steel cables leaded at the end for coupling
on the luminaire.
Code Item
A0620 Spool stain.ste.cab.diam. 1,25mm 100 m
The pack contains 100 metres.
Code Item
A0622 Clamp 1 hole suspension - 100 pcs
The pack contains 100 pieces.
Clamps in nickel‑plated brass suitable for fixing of steel wire (diameter 1.25 mm 1.5 mm ‑ 2 mm), complete
with locking screws.
Code Item
A0679 5 pole rectangular rose (no cable) WH
Electric supply with white polycarbonate case, internal bracket in galvanised steel.
H H
A A D D E E F F
H H
600
B B
A0895 510
A H H A B C
A0896 810
H A0897 1110
C C
Ceiling mounting H
A A A A B B C/C* C/C*
A D E F
600 600
A A B B
A D E F
H Connecting bracket Connecting element
Versions A B C C*
code code
3F Travetta 1290 (C) 1075
H A0875 215 A0892 405
A (C) A
3F Travetta 1590 1375 A0875A A B
215 B A0892 405 690
3F Travetta 2200 (C*) 1700 A0875 500 A0894 425 710
600 600 A AA A B A0895 725 C/C* 1010
A0896 1025 1310
600
600
B B
A A B A0897 1325
C/C* 1610
C C
Installation on 3F Linux system A A B B
C C D D
SospensioneSospensione
fissa fissa
This type of installation avoids the use of connecting elements for 3F Travetta direct version.
A A B
A E E A B
600
A 600
A B B
C C D D
Versions A B
3F Travetta 1290 1075 215
SospensioneSospensione
regolabile regolab
3F Travetta 1590 1375 215
3F Travetta 2200 1700 500
600 600 A A
600
600
B B
600
220 C C
A A B B
600
C C D D
SospensioneSospensione
fissa fissa
E F
A A B
A A B
C
C
E
E
C D
C D
Wall power-supply Sospensione regolabile
Sospensione regolabile
A B Fixed suspension
Versions A Connecting bracket B
Sospensione fissa
code
3F Travetta 1290 1200 A0941 855
A0942 1155
3F Travetta 1590 1200E A0941F 1005
E A0942F 1305
Fissaggio a soffitto
3F Travetta 2200 1800 A0941 1010
C D A0942 1310
Fissaggio a soffitto
Adjustable suspension
Versions
Sospensione regolabile C Connecting bracket D
code
3F Travetta 1290 1270 A0941 810
A0942 1110
3F Travetta 1590 1570 A0941 810
A0942 1110
3F Travetta 2200 2180 A0941 810
E F A0942 1110
Ceiling mounting
Versions
Fissaggio a soffitto E Connecting bracket F
code
3F Travetta 1290 1075 A0941 918
A0942 1218
3F Travetta 1590 1375 A0941 918
A0942 1218
3F Travetta 2200 1700 A0941 1060
A0942 1360
221
/ Surface luminaires and suspensions
222
3F Zeta L
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Wide, direct and asymmetric controlled distribution. Ceiling, suspension or wall installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
L UGR version
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°. Environments: architectural, commercial, transit areas, cornices, boards.
Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
(HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
SOURCE
L UGR version
Linear LED modules. Environments: exhibition areas, staterooms, with VDTs, halls, shops,
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. great halls, offices.
223
3F Zeta L
S AF E
EP HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
224 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Zeta L UGR
S AF E
EP HACCP
FL
IC K ER
3F Zeta L 225
3F Zeta L AS
S AF E
EP HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
226 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Surface luminaires and suspensions
Hangar Fashion
Bat Yam
Yisra'el/Israel
H
228
3F Zeta D
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Diffused symmetric distribution. Ceiling, suspension or wall installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments: architectural, commercial, transit areas, cornices, large
mirrors, boards.
Linear LED modules. Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
229
3F Zeta D
S AF E
EP HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Code 10873
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
230 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Surface luminaires and suspensions
232
3F Zeta DR
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Diffused, direct and asymmetric controlled distribution. Ceiling, suspension or wall installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments: architectural, commercial, transit areas, cornices, large
mirrors, boards.
Linear LED modules. Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
UGR version
MECHANICAL Environments: exhibition areas, staterooms, with VDTs, halls, shops,
great halls, offices.
Housing in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester, obtained
through rolling process.
Light unit in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester base with LIGHT MANAGEMENT
fixing springs and retractable safety hooks in stainless steel.
End caps in white polycarbonate. The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
Stainless steel mounting brackets with anti‑slip screws. 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
ELECTRICAL ON REQUEST
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a temperatures
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • housing and accessories in different RAL colours
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • wiring: CLO (page 752)
The luminaires with EP permanent emergency wiring on board comply • class II
with EN 60598‑2‑22 standard, high risk areas excluded. • CRI >90 sources
• emergency versions
233
3F Zeta DR
S AF E
EP HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
234 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Zeta DR AS
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Asymmetric distribution.
Rectangular screen in self‑extinguishing polycarbonate, UV
stabilised, opal, with smooth outer surface.
Code 10887 Internal recuperator in white painted steel.
3F Zeta DR 235
3F Zeta DR UGR
S AF E
EP HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
236 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
NEW
Belval Campus
Esch‑sur‑Alzette
Luxembourg
H
238
3F Zeta DT
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Controlled symmetric distribution. Ceiling, suspension or wall installation.
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°. Luminaires suitable, from a hygienic point of view, for use in production
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) plants in the food industry (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE
Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
Linear LED modules. Environments: recreational, transit areas, corridors, schools, stairwells.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
comfort.
MECHANICAL
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
Housing in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester, obtained
through rolling process. The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
Light unit in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester base with 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
fixing springs and retractable safety hooks in stainless steel.
Diffuser with differentiated geometry, made of transparent methacrylate
(PMMA) with microprismatic finish, anti‑glare on the flat part and opal on ON REQUEST
the side.
Anti‑glare opal methacrylate (PMMA) filter for brightness uniformity. • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
End caps in white polycarbonate. temperatures
Stainless steel mounting brackets with anti‑slip screws. • housing and accessories in different RAL colours
• wiring: CLO (page 752)
• class II
ELECTRICAL • emergency versions
239
3F Zeta DT UGR
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
240 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Zeta | Accessories
Code Item
A0660 Suspension with adjustment - 1m
A0661 Suspension with adjustment - 2 m
A0662 Suspension with adjustment - 3 m
A0663 Suspension with adjustment - 4 m
A0664 Suspension with adjustment - 5 m
A0665 Suspension with adjustment - 6 m
Suspension with regulator, galvanised steel cable 1.5 mm diameter, load 15 kg.
Attention: each product requires two suspensions with regulator.
Code Item
A02562 Caddy for exposed profiles of 24 mm
Caddy hook to create a point from which to suspend the system or the loads to false ceilings with visible
profiles.
To be installed on exposed profiles (width 24 mm) of false ceilings. We recommend reinforcing the
false‑ceiling fixing at the point where the Caddy is to be installed. Supplied complete with nut and
washer. The suspension must be purchased separately.
These accessories must ALWAYS be used with one of the following codes: A0660 ‑ A0661 ‑
A0662 ‑ A0663 ‑ A0664 ‑ A0665.
Code Item
A20452 Stainless steel hook for chain
Code Item
A20433 Linear connecting element
Code Item
A0716 Coil galv. cable diam. 1.5mm - 100m
The pack contains 100 metres.
A0717 Coil galv. cable diam. 1.5mm - 500m
The pack contains 500 metres.
A0718 Coil galv. cable diam. 1.5mm - 1000m
The pack contains 1000 metres.
Galvanised steel cable, diameter 1.5 mm, composed of 49 wires. 15 kg capacity (ratio 5:1).
These accessories must ALWAYS be used with one of the following codes: A20452 ‑ A0714 ‑
A0659.
Code Item
A0714 Clamp 2 holes susp.- 100 pcs
The pack contains 100 pieces.
Clamp in nickel‑plated brass suitable for fixing and adjustment of galvanised steel wire (diameter 1,25 mm
1,5 mm ‑ 2 mm), complete with locking screws. The 2 hole clamp allows to block and adjust the cable on a
bearing element (part of the building) or on rounded eye bolt.
3F Zeta 241
Code Item
A0659 Adjustable clamp 2 holes - 10 pcs
The pack contains 10 pieces.
Clamp suitable for fixing and adjustment of galvanised steel wire (diameter 1.5 mm), with quick adjustment
through unlock buttons. The clamp with 2 holes allow to fix and adjust the cable on the carrier structural
element (belonging to the building) or with eye screw fixing.
This accessory can be used with one of the following codes: A0716 ‑ A0717 ‑ A0718.
Code Item
A20478 Anti-slip term. incli. 3F Linux
Safety bracket in white painted steel to secure lighting elements if installed vertically.
This accessory must always be used in combination with end terminals.
Code Item
A0052 Wall-mounting brack
Code Item
A0679 5 pole rectangular rose (no cable) WH
Electric supply with white polycarbonate case, internal bracket in galvanised steel.
H
A L
244
3F Dìagon P
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Ceiling installation.
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for angles >65°.
Colour temperature available /830 ‑ /840, /930 ‑ /940.
Lifetime (L75/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) APPLICATIONS
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
Environments: staterooms, with VDTs, offices.
Environments with exacting visual tasks, where diffused soft light for
SOURCE optimum visual comfort is required.
245
3F Dìagon P Soft UGR
S AF E
EP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
246 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Surface luminaires and suspensions
H
A L
248
3F Dìagon P Tunable White
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Ceiling installation.
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for angles >65°.
The colour temperature can be adjusted between 2700 K and 6500 K.
Lifetime (L75/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) APPLICATIONS
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
Any environments requiring light which aims for the wellness of people.
Environments: staterooms, with VDTs, offices.
SOURCE Environments with exacting visual tasks, where diffused soft light for
optimum visual comfort is required.
Squared LED modules.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3.
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
MECHANICAL Tunable White products can be controlled with wired control systems
(page 742) or 3F & Casambi (page 746).
White painted frame.
Height only 40 mm.
Housing in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester. ON REQUEST
Honeycombed diagonal screen in white anti‑glare polycarbonate.
Opal methacrylate (PMMA) rhomboid lenses with differentiated, • suspension installation
engraved and prismatic surfaces for diffused, soft lighting and excellent • different power levels or colour rendering indices
visual comfort. • emergency versions
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
Cable with a DALI DT8 driver.
Quick connection.
249
3F Dìagon P Soft UGR Tunable White
S AF E
TW
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
250 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Surface luminaires and suspensions
Scuola dell'infanzia
Cappella (CR)
Italia/Italy
252
3F Petra
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Diffuse distribution. Wall or ceiling installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Thanks to the full compatibility of dimensions, fixing spacing and
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). accessories with the previous fluorescent version, this product becomes
the perfect solution for updating existing installations.
SOURCE
APPLICATIONS
Circular LED module.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Environments: architectural, transit areas, lobbies or waiting rooms,
stairwells.
Environments where ceiling indirect lighting and direct lighting supply a
MECHANICAL visual comfort.
Virtually in all environments compatibly with the use of any chemicals
Housing in self‑extinguishing V2 polycarbonate, UV stabilised, injection which could compromise the use of plastic materials.
moulded, glazed. Completely insect and dust proof.
Ecologic anti‑aging injected sealing gasket. Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
Diffuser in opal methacrylate (PMMA), injection moulded. (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
Gear‑tray reflector unit in aluminium, painted in white epoxy‑polyester,
fixed to the housing by quick‑fastening steel devices, hinged opening.
Snug fit safety snap‑lock clips for diffuser mounting in transparent LIGHT MANAGEMENT
polycarbonate, screwdriver opening.
The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. ON REQUEST
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
data sheets of each individual device on our website. temperatures
The luminaires with EP permanent emergency wiring on board comply • wiring: CLO (page 752)
with EN 60598‑2‑22 standard, high risk areas excluded. • emergency versions
Entry for power‑supply cable at the top by means of sealing grommet or
lateral after drilling.
253
3F Petra
S AF E
EP HACCP
FL
IC K ER
ø300‑380: IP64.
Code 34330 ø620: IP65.
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
254 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Surface luminaires and suspensions
256
3F Petra Sensor
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Diffuse distribution. Wall or ceiling installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Thanks to the full compatibility of dimensions, fixing spacing and
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). accessories with the previous fluorescent version, this product becomes
the perfect solution for updating existing installations.
SOURCE
APPLICATIONS
Circular LED module.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Environments: architectural, transit areas, lobbies or waiting rooms,
stairwells.
Environments where ceiling indirect lighting and direct lighting supply a
MECHANICAL visual comfort.
Virtually in all environments compatibly with the use of any chemicals
Housing in self‑extinguishing V2 polycarbonate, UV stabilised, injection which could compromise the use of plastic materials.
moulded, glazed. Completely insect and dust proof.
Ecologic anti‑aging injected sealing gasket. Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
Diffuser in opal methacrylate (PMMA), injection moulded. (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
Gear‑tray reflector unit in aluminium, painted in white epoxy‑polyester,
fixed to the housing by quick‑fastening steel devices, hinged opening.
Snug fit safety snap‑lock clips for diffuser mounting in transparent LIGHT MANAGEMENT
polycarbonate, screwdriver opening.
The products use 3F Sensor technology (page 726).
ELECTRICAL
ON REQUEST
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Entry for power‑supply cable at the top by means of sealing grommet or • 3F Petra OP 620 50W Sensor
lateral after drilling. • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
Sensor mode: turns on and off depending on persons present. temperatures
Integrated presence sensor with ON/OFF function. • emergency versions
257
3F Petra Sensor
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Code 34334
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
258 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Surface luminaires and suspensions
260
3F Petra Suspended
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Diffuse distribution. Suspension installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments: transit areas, great halls.
Environments where ceiling indirect lighting and direct lighting supply a
Circular LED module. visual comfort.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Virtually in all environments compatibly with the use of any chemicals
which could compromise the use of plastic materials.
Completely insect and dust proof.
MECHANICAL
Housing in self‑extinguishing V2 polycarbonate, UV stabilised, injection ON REQUEST
moulded, glazed.
Ecologic anti‑aging injected sealing gasket. • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
Diffuser in opal methacrylate (PMMA), injection moulded. temperatures
Gear‑tray reflector unit in aluminium, painted in white epoxy‑polyester, • wiring: dimmable, CLO (page 752)
fixed to the housing by quick‑fastening steel devices, hinged opening. • emergency versions
Snug fit safety snap‑lock clips for diffuser mounting in transparent
polycarbonate, screwdriver opening.
Adjustable suspension with Rose in white polycarbonate, with stainless
steel cables, 2 m long.
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
Entry for power‑supply cable at the top by means of double‑membrane
sealing grommet, or side‑entry after drilling.
Transparent 5x1.5 mm² power‑supply cable.
261
3F Petra Suspended
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Code 34411
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
262 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Surface luminaires and suspensions
264
P 200
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Ceiling mounted installation.
Average luminance <1000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). APPLICATIONS
Environments: with VDTs, schools, offices.
SOURCE
Linear LED modules. ON REQUEST
10W version • parabolic louvres 2M, 2MG, 3AO
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 2. • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
24W, 30W versions temperatures
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. • housing in RAL colours
• wiring: dimmable, CLO (page 752)
• emergency versions
MECHANICAL
Housing in galvannealed steel, painted in white epoxy‑polyester.
2US parabolic louvre in semi‑glossy aluminium with transverse blades
closed at the top and prismatic methacrylate (PMMA) diffusers for total
shielding of the louvre compartment.
Prismatic methacrylate (PMMA) diffuser for total shielding of the louvre
compartment.
Film protective against dust and finger marks, adhesive, attached to
louvre.
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
265
P 200 2US
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
266 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Surface luminaires and suspensions
268
P 200 IP54
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Ceiling mounted installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments: sterilized, aseptic.
Particularly suitable for environments where protection against water
Linear LED modules. and dust is required, such as hospitals, pharmaceutical and chemical
laboratories.
10W version In environments with foodstuffs or machines with moving parts, with
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 2. considerable sudden temperature changes, and in general in any
24W version environments requiring total protection against falling fragments, use the
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. P 200 LED IP54 SP PC version (polycarbonate diffuser) available on
request.
Tempered glass is not immune to falling fragments from harmless and
MECHANICAL caused by shocks or exceptionally derived from the tempering process.
SP version
Housing in galvannealed steel, painted in white epoxy‑polyester. Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
(HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
ELECTRICAL
ON REQUEST
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical temperatures
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • diffuser in SMP microprismatic methacrylate (PMMA) or
SP polycarbonate, Selfextinguishing V2
• housing in different RAL colours
• wiring: dimmable, CLO (page 752)
• emergency versions
269
P 200 IP54 VS
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
P 200 IP54 SP
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
270 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
P 200 | Accessories
Code Item
A0052 Wall-mounting brack
P 200 271
/ Surface luminaires and suspensions
272
P 250
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Ceiling mounted installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SP version
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°. Particularly suitable for low height environments.
LGS version Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
Average luminance <1500 cd/m² for radial angles >65°. (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
SP version
SOURCE Environments with video terminals, offices.
Environments with exacting visual tasks, where diffused soft light for
Linear LED modules. optimum visual comfort is required.
OP version
10W version Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 2. comfort and total shielding of the source.
24W, 30W versions LGS version
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Environments: with video terminals, representative areas, offices.
Environments with exacting visual tasks, where diffused soft light for
optimum visual comfort is required.
MECHANICAL
Housing in galvannealed steel, painted in white epoxy‑polyester. ON REQUEST
Height only 55 mm.
• different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
temperatures
ELECTRICAL • diffuser in SMP microprismatic methacrylate (PMMA) or
SP polycarbonate, Selfextinguishing V2
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • housing in different RAL colours
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • wiring: dimmable, CLO (page 752)
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • emergency versions
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
273
P 250 SP
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
P 250 OP
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
274 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
P 250 LGS
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
P 250 275
/ Surface luminaires and suspensions
276
P 250 Diffused Light
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Ceiling mounted installation.
Lifetime (L80/B20): 50000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
LGS version
Average luminance <1500 cd/m² for radial angles >65°. Particularly suitable for low height environments.
Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
(HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
SOURCE
LGS version
Squared LED modules. Environments: with video terminals, representative areas, offices.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Environments with exacting visual tasks, where diffused soft light for
optimum visual comfort is required.
MECHANICAL OP version
Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
Housing in galvannealed steel, painted in white epoxy‑polyester. comfort and total shielding of the source.
Height only 55 mm.
ON REQUEST
ELECTRICAL
• different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. temperatures
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • wiring: CLO (page 752)
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • diffuser in SMP microprismatic methacrylate (PMMA) or
data sheets of each individual device on our website. SP polycarbonate, Selfextinguishing V2
• housing in different RAL colours
• emergency versions
277
P 250 Diffused Light LGS
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
278 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
P 250 | Accessories
Code Item
A0052 Wall-mounting brack
P 250 279
/ Surface luminaires and suspensions
Liceo Brocchi
Bassano del Grappa (VI)
Italia/Italy
A L
280
Mira Wall
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Asymmetric indirect distribution. Wall installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Thanks to the full compatibility of dimensions, fixing spacing and
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). accessories with the previous fluorescent version, this product becomes
the perfect solution for updating existing installations.
SOURCE
APPLICATIONS
Linear LED modules.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
Environments: transit areas, lobbies or waiting rooms, corridors,
stairwells.
MECHANICAL Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
comfort.
Housing in galvannealed steel, painted in white epoxy‑polyester with
reticular slots for high direct light emission.
Flow recuperator in specular aluminium with superficial LIGHT MANAGEMENT
titanium‑magnesium treatment.
The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. ON REQUEST
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • housing in different RAL colours
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • wiring: dimmable, CLO (page 752)
• emergency versions
281
Mira Par Ind
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Indirect lighting.
Upper closing diffuser in selfextinguishing V2 transparent
Code 1959 polycarbonate, UV stabilised.
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
282 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
Mira | Accessories
Code Item
A0090 Bracket/5-pole terminal block
5‑pole terminal block, connection capacity from 2.5 to 6 mm², on galvanised steel bracket for cascade
connection lines.
Mira 283
/ catalogue
_Recessed luminaires
/ 3F Filippi
284
Update New
3F Dìagon
3F Six R 3F LED Panel Lay-in installation
Page 286 Page 290 Page 296 Page 298 Page 302 Page 310
L 320 L 340
3F Dìagon
Lay-in installation 3F Dìagon L 340
Tunable White Pull-up installation L 320 Diffused Light
Page 316 Page 320 Page 326 Page 326 Page 338 Page 340
L 350 L 360
L 340 L 340
Lite Tunable White L 350 L 360
Page 348 Page 352 Page 356 Page 356 Page 362 Page 362
L 600
L 490 L 560 Diffused Light
Page 366 Page 366 Page 370 Page 370 Page 376 Page 376
Lucequadro
Page 414
285
3F Six R
www.3F-Filippi.com/3F Six R
Overview
3F Six R is the new recessed luminaire particularly suitable for • Luminous efficacy up to 154 lumen/watt.
shopping centres, exhibition areas and warehouses with important • Luminous fluxes from 6628 to 13622 lumens.
installation heights. • Average luminance <3000 cd/m² (UGR version).
Thanks to the use of six methacrylate (PMMA) optical lenses • UGR <19 (UGR version).
installed on the fixture is it possible to obtain customised luminous • Essential and functional design.
distribution by choosing from the three types of optics available: • EcoDesign: power supplies and sources replaceable at the end
wide, medium and UGR. of product life.
The latter configuration, designed to be used in environments with • Ease of assembly and maintenance.
more stringent vision requirements or where there are VDTs, uses • Versatility of use in different environments.
lenses with controlled luminance and a UGR<19 glare index. • Product suitable for use in the food industry (HACCP / IFS /
3F Six R is available in a version with ON/OFF wiring or DALI control BRC-Standard).
to manage the fixture and the energy consumption of the entire
lighting system.
287
Product range
Recessed
3F Six R
70
596
3F Six R
Average luminance
for angles> 65 >3000 >3000 <3000
(cd / m²)
Photometric
distribution
288
/ Recessed luminaires
A=L
290
3F Six R
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Lay‑in installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments: commercial, exhibition areas, transit areas, lobbies or
waiting rooms, shops.
Linear LED modules. Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
UGR version
MECHANICAL Environments that need luminance control.
291
3F Six R Wide
HACCP
3F Six R Medium
HACCP
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
292 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Six R UGR
HACCP
3F Six R 293
3F Six R | Accessories
Code Item
A0798 621x621 frame + brackets
Adapter frame in white‑painted steel, for installing luminaries with dimensions of 596x596 mm for pull‑up
installations on plasterboard false ceilings.
Code Item
A0579 Safety wire with brackets
Anti‑fall safety cable with pair of brackets for fixing the housing to the building structure. Length 2.5 m.
Code Item
A01489 3FLPLAFO604 - 60x60 ceiling frame kit
Overview
3F LED Panel is 3F Filippi's new entry-level proposal: a functional • Luminous efficacy up to 130 lumen/watt.
product that aims to provide good lighting in indoor environments. • Luminous fluxes from 2316 to 5272 lumens.
Simplicity does not mean economy: the LED sources (available • Average luminance <3000 cd/m².
with CRI >80 and CRI >90) don't cause any photobiological risk, • Extensive installation pitch.
belonging to the RG0 class (Risk Exempt). • UGR <19.
Furthermore, the very low level of Flickering guarantees more • Excellent quality/price ratio.
comfort and safety, especially after prolonged use in environments • Technology by 3F Filippi.
with VDTs. • Multi-current power supply to choose different lighting levels.
The aluminium body guarantees lightness and gives a remarkable • Ease of assembly and maintenance.
rigidity to the product, supplied as standard with the anti-fall safety • Versatility of use in different environments.
cable to secure the body to the building structure. • Mechanical and electrical assembly without tools.
Particular attention was paid to the frame that outlines the perimeter • Reliability guaranteed over time.
(made in a single piece) and to the rapidity of installation: the quick- • Product suitable for use in the food industry (HACCP / IFS /
coupling terminal block also allows the connection in cascade of BRC-Standard).
several appliances.
297
UPDATE
/ Recessed luminaires
Porto di Savona
Savona
Italia/Italy
A H
L
298
3F LED Panel
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Lay‑in or pull‑up installation, Ceiling or suspension via accessory.
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°.
Lifetime (L75/B20): 80000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). APPLICATIONS
Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
SOURCE Environments: recreational, transit areas, corridors, schools, stairwells.
Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
Linear LED modules. comfort.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
(HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
MECHANICAL
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
Housing in white painted epoxy‑polyester powder aluminium.
Diffuser in SMP trasparent microprismatic methacrylate (PMMA) The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
externally, anti‑glare with high transmittance. 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
Perimetral frame in white polycarbonate. In electrical systems without a regulation system (manual or automatic)
Anti‑fall safety cable. and DALI bus, a suitable jumper must be made on the DA‑DA terminals
of the appliance.
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Multi‑current power supply, to be ordered separately, that allows you to
choose the driving current of the fixture at the time of installation
according to the required illuminance.
Fixtures in compliance with EN 60598‑2‑22, for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system.
Class II.
EP permanent emergency kit, to be ordered separately, compliant with
the EN S60598‑2‑22, high risk areas excluded.
299
3F LED Panel
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
23W, 27W, 29W, 31W, 34W, 36W, 39W, and 43W powers, are
available with DALI wiring.
27W, 29W, 31W, 34W and 36W powers, are available with ON/
Code 22802 OFF wiring.
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
300 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F LED Panel | Accessories
Code Item
A01485 ZK700-900EL DRIVER ON-OFF DIP-SWITCH
A01486 DELT40C-MEL DRIVER DALI DIP-SWITCH
Code Item
A01490 3FLPLAFO603 - 60x60 ceiling frame kit
A01491 3FLPLAFO1203 - 30x120 ceiling frame kit
Frame for ceiling installation of the product (driver included), made of white extruded aluminium. Kit to
assemble. Dowels and screws supplied as standard.
Attention: the code 3FLPLAF0603 is dedicated to 60x60 cm panels, while the code
3FLPLAF01203 is dedicated to 120x30 cm panels.
Code Item
A01495 600x600 carter for metal panels
600x600 carter in white painted steel, for installing 596x596 mm luminaires in abutment on false ceilings with
metal panels.
This accessory is suitable for square products only.
Code Item
A01492 3FKTLP-SPU - Suspension with adjustment - 1,5m
Code Item
A01493 3FKTLPW1-MS - Built-in springs
Code Item
A01496 3FLP Kit EP 1h-24h
NEW
EP maintained emergency wiring, 1h or 3hrs duration with 24hrs recharge. EN 60598‑2‑22 standard
compliant, high‑risk areas excluded. Dimensions 135x45x23 mm.
EP
Overview
Light to improve working environments, shops and passage ways: • Luminous efficacy up to 161 lumen/watt.
providing this is 3F Dìagon, a square shaped recessed fixture whose • Luminous fluxes from 2738 to 5547 lumens.
16 recessed cells are equipped with state-of-the-art LED sources. • Average luminance <1500 cd/m².
The fixture is only 30 millimetres high which allows installation in • UGR <16.
ceiling cavities up to a minimum height of 110 mm. • Optics with 45° oriented light cells.
Every truncated square pyramid shaped cell is equipped with a lens • Available with integrated sensors.
that is designed to maximise the light output of the state-of-the-art • Emergency version with kit integrated into the body.
LED sources. • Driver integrated in the fixture.
This means a system efficiency of up to 160 lm/ W for the version • Essential and functional design.
with transparent lenses and up to 135 lm/ W for the Soft UGR • Tunable White version.
version. • EcoDesign: power supplies and sources replaceable at the end
Available in three different sizes (596x596 mm, 599x599mm and of product life.
621x621mm) and with two different types of lenses (transparent • Ease of assembly and maintenance.
and Soft UGR), the fixture comes with on/off wiring, DALI control, • Versatility of use in different environments.
Tunable White and an Emergence light. • Mechanical and electrical assembly without tools.
3F Dìagon is suitable for surface installation on false ceilings with a
visible support system, a pull-up installation version on plasterboard
false ceilings, metal ceilings and for ceiling installation.
303
Product range
Recessed
3F Dìagon
Lay-in 30
installation
599
3F Dìagon
Lay-in
installation
Average luminance
for angles> 65 <1500 <3000 <3000
(cd / m²)
IP20
Protection class
IP43
Photometric
distribution
304
Recessed
3F Dìagon
Pull-up 60
installation
599
3F Dìagon
Pull-up installation
Average luminance
for angles> 65 <1500 <1500 <1500 <3000
(cd / m²)
IP20
Protection class
IP43
Photometric
distribution
305
Screens and finishes
Versions equipped with transparent lenses, suitable for boardrooms with visual display terminals, offices or environments with
exacting visual tasks where a diffused soft light is required for optimal visual comfort.
The 15W, 19W and 25W power versions provide a glare degree lower than 1500 cd/m² and UGR <16. The 39W power version
provides luminances with values below 3000 cd/m², despite output fluxes from the luminaire exceeding 5500 lumens.
306
Finishes On request
The versions equipped with Soft UGR lens are particularly suitable for illuminating environments where maximum comfort is
required for diffused and soft lighting.
Suitable for representative environments, with video terminals, offices, meeting rooms, transit areas, reception and waiting
rooms. They provide luminance control with values lower than 3000 cd/m² for angles> 65°.
307
Product advantages
45° ANGLE CELLS
The 45° angle cells were designed to minimise shadow areas inside the illuminated space. This idea came from careful analysis
of multi-lens fixtures on the market that have the lenses parallel to the edge of the fixture:
Market solution
3F Dìagon
As can be seen with 45 degree angled cells uniformity on the ground is higher because the light distribution of the cell fills most
of the available space even by using micro prisms on the lens edges and state-of-the-art LED sources.
LED/Lens Features
308
Body Wiring
White painted, hot-dipped Rapid connection with a satin
galvanized steel body. polycarbonate shell.
Source
State-of-the-art
square LED modules.
Lens
Rhomboid lens
with a differentiated
surface.
Springs
Mounted using steel springs.
Screen
Anti-glare white polycarbonate alveolar diagonal screen.
Thanks to the compact height of 30 millimetres, 3F Dìagon is the ideal solution for installation in
false ceilings with limited space.
30 mm
309
/ Recessed luminaires
A=L Fimar
Villa Verucchio (RI)
Italia/Italy
H
A
L
310
3F Dìagon Lay-in installation
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Lay‑in installation.
Colour temperature available /830 ‑ /840, /930 ‑ /940. Installation and assembly diagrams on page 319.
Lifetime (L75/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
comfort and total shielding of the source.
Squared LED modules. Representative environments, with video terminals, offices, meeting
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. rooms, transit areas, reception and waiting rooms.
311
3F Dìagon
S AF E
EP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
312 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Dìagon 621x621 - ON/OFF electronic wiring 230V-50/60Hz
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
23409 3F Diagon 15W/840 621x621 17 2694 4000 >80 621x621x30
23408 3F Diagon 19W/840 621x621 21 3354 4000 >80 621x621x30
23482 3F Diagon 25W/930 621x621 28 3294 3000 >90 621x621x30
23506 3F Diagon 25W/940 621x621 28 3485 4000 >90 621x621x30
23386 3F Diagon 25W/830 621x621 28 4080 3000 >80 621x621x30
23410 3F Diagon 25W/840 621x621 28 4250 4000 >80 621x621x30
23411 3F Diagon 39W/840 621x621 40 5796 4000 >80 621x621x30
23507 3F Diagon 39W/940 621x621 40 4861 4000 >90 621x621x30
3F Dìagon 621x621 - DALI electronic wiring 230V-50/60Hz
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
23413 3F Diagon 15W/840 DALI 621x621 17 2694 4000 >80 621x621x30
23412 3F Diagon 19W/840 DALI 621x621 21 3354 4000 >80 621x621x30
23486 3F Diagon 25W/930 DALI 621x621 28 3294 3000 >90 621x621x30
23510 3F Diagon 25W/940 DALI 621x621 28 3485 4000 >90 621x621x30
23390 3F Diagon 25W/830 DALI 621x621 28 4080 3000 >80 621x621x30
23414 3F Diagon 25W/840 DALI 621x621 28 4250 4000 >80 621x621x30
23415 3F Diagon 39W/840 DALI 621x621 40 5796 4000 >80 621x621x30
23511 3F Diagon 39W/940 DALI 621x621 40 4861 4000 >90 621x621x30
3F Dìagon 621x621 - EP maintained emergency wiring, 1hr duration with 24hrs recharge (page 772)
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
23417 3F Diagon 15W/840 EP 621x621 18 2694 4000 >80 621x621x30
23416 3F Diagon 19W/840 EP 621x621 22 3354 4000 >80 621x621x30
23490 3F Diagon 25W/930 EP 621x621 29 3294 3000 >90 621x621x30
23514 3F Diagon 25W/940 EP 621x621 29 3485 4000 >90 621x621x30
23394 3F Diagon 25W/830 EP 621x621 29 4080 3000 >80 621x621x30
23418 3F Diagon 25W/840 EP 621x621 29 4250 4000 >80 621x621x30
23419 3F Diagon 39W/840 EP 621x621 41 5796 4000 >80 621x621x30
23515 3F Diagon 39W/940 EP 621x621 41 4861 4000 >90 621x621x30
EP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
314 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Recessed luminaires
H
A
L
316
3F Dìagon Lay-in installation - Tunable White
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Lay‑in installation.
The colour temperature can be adjusted between 2700 K and 6500 K. Installation and assembly diagrams on page 319.
Lifetime (L75/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Any environments requiring light which aims for the wellness of people.
Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
Squared LED modules. comfort and total shielding of the source.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Representative environments, with video terminals, offices, meeting
rooms, transit areas, reception and waiting rooms.
MECHANICAL
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
Housing in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester.
Honeycombed diagonal screen in white anti‑glare polycarbonate. Tunable White products can be controlled with wired control systems
Height only 30 mm. (page 742) or 3F & Casambi (page 746).
Installation in false ceilings with exposed structure.
ON REQUEST
ELECTRICAL
• different power levels or colour rendering indices
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • CRI >90 sources
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • emergency versions
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
Cable with a DALI DT8 driver.
5‑pole terminal block (L‑N‑PE‑DA/DA) quick connection for line
connection with connection capacity 2x2.5 mm² per poles.
317
3F Dìagon Soft UGR Tunable White
S AF E
TW
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
318 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
Mounting details 3F Dìagon | Lay-in installation
Standard versions
Installation
100
60
Installation following false ceiling mounting, supported by Installation simultaneously with the false ceiling, minimum
the exposed structure, minimum void of 110 mm from the void of 60 mm from the structure’s lower edge.
structure’s lower edge.
319
/ Recessed luminaires
Sushi Zero
A=L 575 Varese
FP H Italia/Italy
30
L
575
FCH H
A 30
L
575
FCL H 30
L
320
3F Dìagon Pull-up installation
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Pull‑up installation.
Lifetime (L75/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Installation and assembly diagrams on page 324.
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). Do not hesitate to contact our Sales Network or our Technical Offices to
check the compatibility of the FCH and FCL models with the various
types of metallic false ceilings.
SOURCE
Squared LED modules. APPLICATIONS
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3.
ELECTRICAL
ON REQUEST
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical temperatures
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • wiring: twin‑circuit, CLO (page 752)
The luminaires with EP permanent emergency wiring on board comply • luminaires for pull‑up installation with brackets
with EN 60598‑2‑22 standard, high risk areas excluded. • 3F Tunable White versione
Quick connection. • 3F Dìagon Soft UGR, for FCL and FCH versions
• CRI >90 sources
• emergency versions
321
3F Dìagon FCL
S AF E
EP
FL
IC K ER
3F Dìagon FCH
S AF E
EP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
322 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Dìagon FP
S AF E
EP
FL
IC K ER
EP
FL
IC K ER
Standard versions
29 mm
38 mm
FCL - Version for metal panels with low structures
40 mm
60 mm
FCH - Version for metal panels with high structures
Do not hesitate to contact our Sales Network or our Technical Offices to check the compatibility of the FCH and FCL
models with the various types of metallic false ceilings.
In the event that the type of false ceiling reported is not that envisaged by the installation, it is necessary to consult our
Sales Network.
324
3F Dìagon | Accessories
Code Item
A0477 Safety wire
Anti‑fall safety cable for fixing the housing to the building structure. Length 2.5 m.
Code Item
A0686 596x596 Diagon frame ceiling instal.
White painted polyester hot‑dip galvanised steel frame for 3F Dìagon Plafone. Height only 40 mm.
Accessory compatible with 3F Dìagon - Lay-in installation, 3F Dìagon - Lay-in installation -
Tunable White.
Code Item
A0702 Suction cup for Diagon maintenance
Suction cup to extract "3F Dìagon" installed in abutment. To be used in false ceilings with metal panels,
where the space between the luminaire and the surrounding panels does not allow the use of other tools.
Accessory compatible with 3F Dìagon - Pull-up installation.
3F Dìagon 325
/ Recessed luminaires
Electrolux
3-4 x Forlì
Italia/Italy
H
6 6
12.5 12.5
A=L
2x
H
6 6
12.5 12.5
A L
326
L 320
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Lay‑in or pull‑up installation with brackets.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Installation and assembly diagrams on page 336.
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE
Environments: staterooms, with VDTs, offices.
Linear LED modules. Environments where demanding visual tasks are performed and soft
diffuse light is required for optimal visual comfort and total shielding of
10W version the light source.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 2.
18W version SP, LGS versions
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Environments: sterilized, aseptic.
Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
(HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
MECHANICAL
Housing in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester. LIGHT MANAGEMENT
Attention: before ordering these products, we ask you to check
the Installation instructions if the type of installation requires The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
accessory brackets. 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
ELECTRICAL ON REQUEST
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a temperatures
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • wiring: CLO (page 752)
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • Sensor version
The luminaires with EP permanent emergency wiring on board comply • diffuser in OP opal methacrylate (PMMA) or SP polycarbonate,
with EN 60598‑2‑22 standard, high risk areas excluded. self‑extinguishing V2
• luminaires for pull‑up installation with brackets
• CRI >90 sources
• emergency versions
327
L 320 2MG
S AF E
EP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
328 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
L 320 2S
S AF E
EP
FL
IC K ER
L 320 329
L 320 SP
S AF E
EP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
330 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
L 320 599x599 - DALI electronic wiring 230V-50/60Hz
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
21619 L 323x10W LED DALI SP 599x599 34 4163 4000 >80 599x599x80
21620 L 323x10W/940 LED DALI SP 599x599 34 3413 4000 >90 599x599x80
L 320 599x599 - EP maintained emergency wiring, 1hr duration with 24hrs recharge (page 772)
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
21621 L 323x10W LED EP SP 599x599 35 4163 4000 >80 599x599x80
21622 L 323x10W/940 LED EP SP 599x599 35 3413 4000 >90 599x599x80
L 320 296x1196 - ON/OFF electronic wiring 230V-50/60Hz
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
21287 L 322x18W LED SP 296x1196 40 5114 4000 >80 1196x296x95
L 320 296x1196 - DALI electronic wiring 230V-50/60Hz
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
21290 L 322x18W LED DALI SP 296x1196 40 5114 4000 >80 1196x296x95
L 320 296x1196 - EP maintained emergency wiring, 1hr duration with 24hrs recharge (page 772)
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
21293 L 322x18W LED EP SP 296x1196 41 5114 4000 >80 1196x296x95
L 320 331
L 320 LGS
S AF E
EP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
332 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
L 320 | Accessories
Code Item
A0477 Safety wire
Anti‑fall safety cable for fixing the housing to the building structure. Length 2.5 m.
Code Item
A0720 Wieland (white plug)
A0721 Wago (white plug)
A0722 Ensto white plug + adapter
A0725 Wieland (black plug)
A0726 Wago (black plug)
A0727 Ensto black plug + adapter
Plug for quick connection of the luminaire, 3‑pole irreversible to be snapped (Snap‑in), with integrated
locking device, H07 V2‑U HT90° 1.5 mm² cables, for the connection to the terminal block of the luminaire.
Connection for single‑circuit wiring: order white plug. Connection for twin‑circuit, dimmable, emergency
wiring: order white plug plus black plug.
This accessory is suitable for square products only.
Code Item
A0798 621x621 frame + brackets
Adapter frame in white‑painted steel, for installing luminaries with dimensions of 596x596 mm for pull‑up
installations on plasterboard false ceilings.
This accessory is suitable for square products only.
Code Item
A0173 15HI Brackets - L320-L350-L450
The pack contains 4 pieces.
Galvanised steel fixing bracket for pull‑up installation on plasterboard. Pack for 1 luminaire.
Excursion min. 0 mm, max. 25 mm.
This accessory is suitable for square products only.
Code Item
A0177 15ZH Brackets - L320-L350-L560
The pack contains 4 pieces.
Code Item
A0170 15BS Brackets - L320-L400-L560
The pack contains 4 pieces.
Fixing bracket in galvanised steel for ceiling pull‑up installation. Pack for 1 luminaire.
For rectangular luminaires with louvre (excursion min. 18 mm, max. 45 mm), with diffuser
(excursion min. 0 mm, max. 40 mm).
Not suitable for diffused light recessed luminaires.
L 320 333
Code Item
A0179 15LB Brackets - L320-350 met.pan.
The pack contains 4 pieces.
Fixing bracket in galvanised steel for installation coplanar with metal panels with concealed structure. Pack
for 1 luminaire.
For square luminaires with louvre, mounting in two positions (23/36 mm, 53/66 mm) with diffuser
(36 mm and 66 mm).
Not suitable for diffused light recessed luminaires.
Panels in mineral fibre with exposed structure 600x600. Panels in mineral fibre with decoration 600x600, small voids.
Installed flush with bracket accessory 15 ZH.
Metal panels with structures 600x600. Metal panels with structures 600x600.
336
H80 version - 296x1196
Installation
H80 version
200
85 80
337
L 340
www.3F-Filippi.com/L 340
Overview
L 340 is the new recessed fixture dedicated to the world of • Luminous efficacy up to 131 lumen/watt.
offices, banks, architectural environments and commercial and • Luminous fluxes from 3338 to 6537 lumens.
representative spaces. • Average luminance <1500 cd/m² (LGS version).
Thanks to the low glare values obtained using glass or methacrylate • UGR <19.
(PMMA) prismatic and micro prismatic diffusers, it is particularly • Uniformly illuminated screen.
suitable for environments with video terminals, meeting rooms and • Essential and functional design.
offices where diffused and soft lighting is required for excellent visual • IP65 version, visible part for more severe applications.
comfort and to completely shield the source. • Tunable White version.
Furthermore, the L 340 is suitable from a hygiene point of view for • EcoDesign: power supplies and sources replaceable at the end
use in production plants in the food industry (HACCP / IFS / BRC- of product life.
Standard). • Ease of assembly and maintenance.
The fixture can be installed on lintels or abutments (thanks to the • Versatility of use in different environments.
frame accessory). • Product suitable for use in the food industry (HACCP / IFS /
From a photometric point of view the excellent visual comfort is BRC-Standard).
supported by LGS methacrylate (PMMA) (average luminance <1500
cd/m² >65° radial), SP (average luminance <3000 cd/m² >65°
radials) and VS glass screens (Average luminance <3000 cd/m²
>65° radials).
The L 340 is available in a version with on/off electronic cabling
or DALI, while there are also versions with Permanent Emergency
cabling.
Versions equipped with DALI drivers can be controlled manually
with 3F Easy Dim technology or automatically/manually with 3F
Smart Dimming technology.
339
/ Recessed luminaires
Porto di Savona
Savona
Italia/Italy
A=L
340
L 340 Diffused Light
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Lay‑on or pull‑up installation using the frame accessory.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE In environments requiring protection and simplified cleaning.
Hospitals, pharmaceutical, chemical, aseptic laboratories, sterilised
Squared LED modules. rooms.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
Environments: architectural, commercial, staterooms, banks.
Environments where demanding visual tasks are performed and soft
MECHANICAL diffuse light is required for optimal visual comfort and total shielding of
the light source.
Housing in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester. Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
Perimetral frame in white polycarbonate. (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
The 621x621 version is dedicated to false ceilings that have modular
dimensions of 625x625.
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
ELECTRICAL The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical ON REQUEST
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
The luminaires with EP permanent emergency wiring on board comply • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
with EN 60598‑2‑22 standard, high risk areas excluded. temperatures
Wiring on a separate unit. • wiring: CLO (page 752)
Class II. • diffuser in SP prismatic methacrylate (PMMA) or SP polycarbonate,
Selfextinguishing V2
• emergency versions
341
L 340 Diffused Light LGS
S AF E
EP HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
342 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
L 340 621x621 - ON/OFF electronic wiring 230V-50/60Hz
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
23860 L 340 25W/840 LGS 621x621 29 3785 4000 >80 621x621x80
23883 L 340 29W/940 LGS 621x621 35 3611 4000 >90 621x621x80
23861 L 340 38W/840 LGS 621x621 45 5677 4000 >80 621x621x80
23862 L 340 45W/840 LGS 621x621 52 6537 4000 >80 621x621x80
23884 L 340 45W/940 LGS 621x621 52 5361 4000 >90 621x621x80
L 340 621x621 - DALI electronic wiring 230V-50/60Hz
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
23866 L 340 25W/840 DALI LGS 621x621 29 3785 4000 >80 621x621x80
23887 L 340 29W/940 DALI LGS 621x621 35 3611 4000 >90 621x621x80
23867 L 340 38W/840 DALI LGS 621x621 43 5677 4000 >80 621x621x80
23868 L 340 45W/840 DALI LGS 621x621 50 6537 4000 >80 621x621x80
23888 L 340 45W/940 DALI LGS 621x621 52 5361 4000 >90 621x621x80
L 340 621x621 - EP maintained emergency wiring, 1hr duration with 24hrs recharge (page 772)
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
23891 L 340 29W/940 EP LGS 621x621 36 3611 4000 >90 621x621x80
23872 L 340 25W/840 EP LGS 621x621 30 3785 4000 >80 621x621x80
23873 L 340 38W/840 EP LGS 621x621 46 5677 4000 >80 621x621x80
23874 L 340 45W/840 EP LGS 621x621 53 6537 4000 >80 621x621x80
23892 L 340 45W/940 EP LGS 621x621 53 5361 4000 >90 621x621x80
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
344 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
L 340 621x621 - ON/OFF electronic wiring 230V-50/60Hz
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
23975 L 340 25W/840 LGS IP65V 621x621 29 3785 4000 >80 621x621x80
23998 L 340 29W/940 LGS IP65V 621x621 35 3611 4000 >90 621x621x80
23976 L 340 38W/840 LGS IP65V 621x621 45 5677 4000 >80 621x621x80
23977 L 340 45W/840 LGS IP65V 621x621 52 6537 4000 >80 621x621x80
23999 L 340 45W/940 LGS IP65V 621x621 52 5361 4000 >90 621x621x80
L 340 621x621 - DALI electronic wiring 230V-50/60Hz
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
23981 L 340 25W/840 DALI LGS IP65V 621x621 29 3785 4000 >80 621x621x80
24002 L 340 29W/940 DALI LGS IP65V 621x621 35 3611 4000 >90 621x621x80
23982 L 340 38W/840 DALI LGS IP65V 621x621 43 5677 4000 >80 621x621x80
23983 L 340 45W/840 DALI LGS IP65V 621x621 50 6537 4000 >80 621x621x80
24003 L 340 45W/940 DALI LGS IP65V 621x621 52 5361 4000 >90 621x621x80
L 340 621x621 - EP maintained emergency wiring, 1hr duration with 24hrs recharge (page 772)
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
23987 L 340 25W/840 EP LGS IP65V 621x621 30 3785 4000 >80 621x621x80
24006 L 340 29W/940 EP LGS IP65V 621x621 36 3611 4000 >90 621x621x80
23988 L 340 38W/840 EP LGS IP65V 621x621 46 5677 4000 >80 621x621x80
23989 L 340 45W/840 EP LGS IP65V 621x621 53 6537 4000 >80 621x621x80
24007 L 340 45W/940 EP LGS IP65V 621x621 53 5361 4000 >90 621x621x80
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
346 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
L 340 621x621 - ON/OFF electronic wiring 230V-50/60Hz
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
23900 L 340 25W/840 VS IP65V 621x621 29 3499 4000 >80 621x621x80
23923 L 340 29W/940 VS IP65V 621x621 35 3338 4000 >90 621x621x80
23901 L 340 38W/840 VS IP65V 621x621 45 5248 4000 >80 621x621x80
23902 L 340 45W/840 VS IP65V 621x621 52 6044 4000 >80 621x621x80
23924 L 340 45W/940 VS IP65V 621x621 52 4956 4000 >90 621x621x80
L 340 621x621 - DALI electronic wiring 230V-50/60Hz
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
23906 L 340 25W/840 DALI VS IP65V 621x621 29 3499 4000 >80 621x621x80
23927 L 340 29W/940 DALI VS IP65V 621x621 35 3338 4000 >90 621x621x80
23907 L 340 38W/840 DALI VS IP65V 621x621 43 5248 4000 >80 621x621x80
23908 L 340 45W/840 DALI VS IP65V 621x621 50 6044 4000 >80 621x621x80
23928 L 340 45W/940 DALI VS IP65V 621x621 52 4956 4000 >90 621x621x80
L 340 621x621 - EP maintained emergency wiring, 1hr duration with 24hrs recharge (page 772)
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
23912 L 340 25W/840 EP VS IP65V 621x621 30 3499 4000 >80 621x621x80
23931 L 340 29W/940 EP VS IP65V 621x621 36 3338 4000 >90 621x621x80
23913 L 340 38W/840 EP VS IP65V 621x621 46 5248 4000 >80 621x621x80
23914 L 340 45W/840 EP VS IP65V 621x621 53 6044 4000 >80 621x621x80
23932 L 340 45W/940 EP VS IP65V 621x621 53 4956 4000 >90 621x621x80
Unicoop
Pontedera (PI)
Italia/Italy
A=L
348
L 340 Lite
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Lay‑on or pull‑up installation using the frame accessory.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
Environments: architectural, commercial, staterooms, banks.
Linear LED modules. Environments where demanding visual tasks are performed and soft
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. diffuse light is required for optimal visual comfort and total shielding of
the light source.
Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
MECHANICAL (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
ELECTRICAL
ON REQUEST
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical temperatures
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • wiring: CLO (page 752)
The luminaires with EP permanent emergency wiring on board comply • Sensor version
with EN 60598‑2‑22 standard, high risk areas excluded. • IP65 exposed part version
Wiring on a separate unit. • diffuser in LGS microprismatic methacrylate (PMMA) or
Class II. SP polycarbonate, Selfextinguishing V2
• emergency versions
349
L 340 Lite SP
S AF E
EP HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
350 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Recessed luminaires
Porto di Savona
Savona
Italia/Italy
A=L
352
L 340 Tunable White
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Lay‑on or pull‑up installation using the frame accessory.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Any environments requiring light which aims for the wellness of people.
Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
Squared LED modules. Environments: architectural, commercial, staterooms, banks.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Environments where demanding visual tasks are performed and soft
diffuse light is required for optimal visual comfort and total shielding of
the light source.
MECHANICAL Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
(HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
Housing in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester.
Perimetral frame in white polycarbonate.
The 621x621 version is dedicated to false ceilings that have modular LIGHT MANAGEMENT
dimensions of 625x625.
Tunable White products can be controlled with wired control systems
(page 742) or 3F & Casambi (page 746).
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. ON REQUEST
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • different power levels or colour rendering indices
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • diffuser in SP prismatic methacrylate (PMMA) or SP polycarbonate,
Wiring on a separate unit. Selfextinguishing V2
Class II. • IP65 exposed part version
• emergency versions
353
L 340 Tunable White LGS
S AF E
TW HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
354 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
L 340 | Accessories
Code Item
A0579 Safety wire with brackets
Anti‑fall safety cable with pair of brackets for fixing the housing to the building structure. Length 2.5 m.
Code Item
A0798 621x621 frame + brackets
Adapter frame in white‑painted steel, for installing luminaries with dimensions of 596x596 mm for pull‑up
installations on plasterboard false ceilings.
L 340 355
/ Recessed luminaires
Ipercoop
Imola (BO)
H Italia/Italy
6
12.5
A=L
H
6
12.5
356
L 350
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Lay‑in or pull‑up installation with brackets.
Lifetime (L70/B20): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Installation and assembly diagrams on page 360.
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE
Environments: architectural, commercial, exhibition areas.
Linear LED modules. Environments where high levels of light are required.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Warning: 3AO luminaire not suitable for installation in false ceilings
Zhaga Book 7 compliant. without heat removal capacity.
Minimum void of 200 mm required.
MECHANICAL
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
Housing in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester.
Attention: before ordering these products, we ask you to check The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
the Installation instructions if the type of installation requires 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
accessory brackets.
ON REQUEST
ELECTRICAL
• different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. temperatures
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • SELV luminaires for pull‑up installation with brackets
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • wiring: CLO (page 752)
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • CRI >90 sources
Quick connection. • emergency versions
357
L 350 SP
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
358 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
L 350 | Accessories
Code Item
A0720 Wieland (white plug)
A0721 Wago (white plug)
A0722 Ensto white plug + adapter
A0725 Wieland (black plug)
A0726 Wago (black plug)
A0727 Ensto black plug + adapter
Plug for quick connection of the luminaire, 3‑pole irreversible to be snapped (Snap‑in), with integrated
locking device, H07 V2‑U HT90° 1.5 mm² cables, for the connection to the terminal block of the luminaire.
Connection for single‑circuit wiring: order white plug. Connection for twin‑circuit, dimmable, emergency
wiring: order white plug plus black plug.
This accessory is suitable for square products only.
Code Item
A0173 15HI Brackets - L320-L350-L450
The pack contains 4 pieces.
Galvanised steel fixing bracket for pull‑up installation on plasterboard. Pack for 1 luminaire.
Excursion min. 0 mm, max. 25 mm.
Code Item
A0177 15ZH Brackets - L320-L350-L560
The pack contains 4 pieces.
Code Item
A0179 15LB Brackets - L320-350 met.pan.
The pack contains 4 pieces.
Fixing bracket in galvanised steel for installation coplanar with metal panels with concealed structure. Pack
for 1 luminaire.
For square luminaires with louvre, mounting in two positions (23/36 mm, 53/66 mm) with diffuser
(36 mm and 66 mm).
Code Item
A0477 Safety wire
Anti‑fall safety cable for fixing the housing to the building structure. Length 2.5 m.
Code Item
A0798 621x621 frame + brackets
Adapter frame in white‑painted steel, for installing luminaries with dimensions of 596x596 mm for pull‑up
installations on plasterboard false ceilings.
This accessory is suitable for square products only.
L 350 359
L 350 Mounting details
Panels in mineral fibre with exposed structure 600x600. Panels in mineral fibre with decoration 600x600, small voids.
Installed flush with bracket accessory 15 ZH.
Installation
H80 version
200
85 80
Installation following false ceiling mounting supported by the By using fixing brackets item
exposed structure, minimum void 15 ZH, minimum void of 80
of 200 mm from the structure’s lower edge. mm from the structure’s lower
edge.
Installation simultaneously with 3x25 version with minimum
the false ceiling, minimum void void of 200 mm and with
of 85 mm from the structure’s capability of heat dissipation.
lower edge.
3x25 version with minimum
void of 200 mm and with
capability of heat dissipation.
360
/ Recessed luminaires
L
H
L A
362
L 360
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Lay‑in installation.
Average luminance <2500 cd/m² for angles >45°.
Average luminance <1500 cd/m² for angles >65°.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) APPLICATIONS
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
Environments with very exacting visual tasks and control of luminance at
angles of >45° compared to the LEED certification.
SOURCE Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
Environments: architectural, commercial, staterooms, banks.
Linear LED modules.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3.
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
MECHANICAL The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
Housing in galvannealed steel, painted in white epoxy‑polyester.
Transparent methacrylate (PMMA) lenses with different facets to
optimise the direction of the luminous flux. ON REQUEST
Anti‑reflective white polycarbonate alveolar optic.
The 308x1246 version is dedicated to false ceilings that have modular • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
dimensions of 312x1250. temperatures
• wiring: CLO (page 752)
• anti‑reflective black polycarbonate alveolar optic
ELECTRICAL • CRI >90 sources
• different dimensions
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • emergency versions
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
363
L 360 OCW
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Code 22783 L<2500 cd/m² 45° Optics Control White ‑ LEED Compliant.
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
364 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
NEW
/ Recessed luminaires
CNA
Bologna
Italia/Italy
A L
366
L 490
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Pull‑up installation with brackets.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
Environments: architectural, commercial, staterooms, banks.
Linear LED module.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. OP version
Environments where dynamic, soft and diffuse light is required for
optimal visual comfort.
MECHANICAL
Housing in steel painted in white epoxy‑polyester. LIGHT MANAGEMENT
The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
ELECTRICAL 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
367
L 490 GSP
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
L 490 OP
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
368 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
L 490 | Accessories
Code Item
A0173 15HI Brackets - L320-L350-L450
The pack contains 4 pieces.
Galvanised steel fixing bracket for pull‑up installation on plasterboard. Pack for 1 luminaire.
Excursion min. 0 mm, max. 20 mm.
Code Item
A0177 15ZH Brackets - L320-L350-L560
The pack contains 4 pieces.
L 490 369
/ Recessed luminaires
Autostazione di Bologna
Bologna
H
Italia/Italy
6
25
A
H
6
25
L
370
L 560
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Slat ceiling installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Installation and assembly diagrams on page 374.
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE
2S version
Linear LED modules. Environments: with VDTs, schools, offices.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. SP version
Environments where demanding visual tasks are performed and soft
diffuse light is required for optimal visual comfort and total shielding of
MECHANICAL the light source.
371
L 560 2S
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
L 560 SP
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
372 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
L 560 | Accessories
Code Item
A0177 15ZH Brackets - L320-L350-L560
The pack contains 4 pieces.
Code Item
A0170 15BS Brackets - L320-L400-L560
The pack contains 4 pieces.
Fixing bracket in galvanised steel for ceiling pull‑up installation. Pack for 1 luminaire.
Brackets for lay‑in installation on load bearing side profiles parallel to the luminaire with louvre
(min. adjustment 18 mm, max 45 mm) with diffuser (min. adjustment 0 mm, max 40 mm).
Code Item
A0174 15DP Brackets - L560
The pack contains 4 pieces.
Head fixings bracket for installation of the luminaire on load bearing structures (transverse by the luminaire).
Pack for 1 luminaire.
The bracket protruding 55 mm beyond the head side. Excursion min. 55 mm, max. 75 mm. Not
suitable for diffused light recessed luminaires.
Code Item
A0175 15GF Brackets - L560
The pack contains 4 pieces.
Head fixings bracket for installation of the luminaire on load bearing structures (transverse by the luminaire).
Pack for 1 luminaire.
The bracket protruding 60 mm beyond the head side. Excursion min. 37 mm, max. 55 mm.
Code Item
A0176 15XB Brackets - L560
The pack contains 4 pieces.
Head fixings bracket for installation of the luminaire on load bearing structures (transverse by the luminaire).
Pack for 1 luminaire.
The bracket protruding 55 mm beyond the head side. Excursion min. 20 mm, max. 37 mm.
L 560 373
L 560 Mounting details
For perfect installation of the luminaires, the load-bearing profile sections should be positioned at the distances indicated
above (net space between profiles).
374
/ Recessed luminaires
376
L 600 Diffused Light
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. 596 version
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Lay‑on or pull‑up installation using the frame accessory.
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). 599 version
Coplanar installation with inspectable metal panels, through an
accessory which is always required.
SOURCE 621 version
Lay‑in installation.
Squared LED modules.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3.
APPLICATIONS
MECHANICAL Environments: hospital premises, aseptic, sterilised rooms, laboratories.
Environments requiring a high level of protection, high levels of light,
Housing in galvannealed steel, painted in white epoxy‑polyester. lamp shielding and simplified cleaning.
Perimetral frame in white polycarbonate with sealing gasket. Tempered glass is not immune to falling fragments from harmless and
caused by shocks or exceptionally derived from the tempering process.
Environments in which there are foodstuffs or machines with moving
ELECTRICAL parts, with large temperature fluctuations, and generally, in any
environments that require total protection against falling fragments,
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. SP PC version with a polycarbonate diffuser can be supplied. If
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a necessary an L/E version i.e. with the smooth part mounted externally,
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical or specific luminaries with laminated glass with suitable frame can also
data sheets of each individual device on our website. be supplied.
The luminaires with EP permanent emergency wiring on board comply
with EN 60598‑2‑22 standard, high risk areas excluded. LGS, VSS versions
5‑pole terminal block (L‑N‑PE‑DA/DA) quick connection for line Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
connection with connection capacity 2x2.5 mm² per poles. (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
ON REQUEST
• diffuser in OP opal methacrylate (PMMA) or SP polycarbonate,
self‑extinguishing V2
• different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
temperatures
• 3F Tunable White versione
• wiring: CLO (page 752)
• brackets for pull‑up installation
• emergency versions
377
L 600 Diffused Light LGS
S AF E
IP64
EP HACCP
FL
IC K ER IP65
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
378 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
L 600 599x599 - DALI - EP maintained emergency wiring, 1hr duration with 24hrs recharge (page 772)
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
22833 L 600 28W/840 DALI EP LGS 599x599 33.5 3978 4000 >80 599x599x95
22851 L 600 35W/940 DALI EP LGS 599x599 40 3978 4000 >90 599x599x95
22834 L 600 42W/840 DALI EP LGS 599x599 46 5776 4000 >80 599x599x95
22852 L 600 52W/940 DALI EP LGS 599x599 56.5 5843 4000 >90 599x599x95
22835 L 600 63W/840 DALI EP LGS 599x599 68 8000 4000 >80 599x599x95
22853 L 600 75W/940 DALI EP LGS 599x599 82.5 7936 4000 >90 599x599x95
L 600 621x621 - DALI electronic wiring 230V-50/60Hz
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
22827 L 600 28W/840 DALI LGS 621x621 32.5 3978 4000 >80 621x621x95
22845 L 600 35W/940 DALI LGS 621x621 39 3978 4000 >90 621x621x95
22828 L 600 42W/840 DALI LGS 621x621 45 5776 4000 >80 621x621x95
22846 L 600 52W/940 DALI LGS 621x621 55.5 5843 4000 >90 621x621x95
22829 L 600 63W/840 DALI LGS 621x621 67 8000 4000 >80 621x621x95
22847 L 600 75W/940 DALI LGS 621x621 81.5 7936 4000 >90 621x621x95
L 600 621x621 - DALI - EP maintained emergency wiring, 1hr duration with 24hrs recharge (page 772)
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
22836 L 600 28W/840 DALI EP LGS 621x621 33.5 3978 4000 >80 621x621x95
22854 L 600 35W/940 DALI EP LGS 621x621 40 3978 4000 >90 621x621x95
22837 L 600 42W/840 DALI EP LGS 621x621 46 5776 4000 >80 621x621x95
22855 L 600 52W/940 DALI EP LGS 621x621 56.5 5843 4000 >90 621x621x95
22838 L 600 63W/840 DALI EP LGS 621x621 68 8000 4000 >80 621x621x95
22856 L 600 75W/940 DALI EP LGS 621x621 82.5 7936 4000 >90 621x621x95
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
380 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
L 600 599x599 - DALI - EP maintained emergency wiring, 1hr duration with 24hrs recharge (page 772)
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
22869 L 600 28W/840 DALI EP VS 599x599 33.5 3863 4000 >80 599x599x95
22887 L 600 35W/940 DALI EP VS 599x599 40 3863 4000 >90 599x599x95
22870 L 600 42W/840 DALI EP VS 599x599 46 5612 4000 >80 599x599x95
22888 L 600 52W/940 DALI EP VS 599x599 56.5 5677 4000 >90 599x599x95
22871 L 600 63W/840 DALI EP VS 599x599 68 7785 4000 >80 599x599x95
22889 L 600 75W/940 DALI EP VS 599x599 82.5 7724 4000 >90 599x599x95
L 600 621x621 - DALI electronic wiring 230V-50/60Hz
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
22863 L 600 28W/840 DALI VS 621x621 32.5 3863 4000 >80 621x621x95
22881 L 600 35W/940 DALI VS 621x621 39 3863 4000 >90 621x621x95
22864 L 600 42W/840 DALI VS 621x621 45 5612 4000 >80 621x621x95
22882 L 600 52W/940 DALI VS 621x621 55.5 5677 4000 >90 621x621x95
22865 L 600 63W/840 DALI VS 621x621 67 7785 4000 >80 621x621x95
22883 L 600 75W/940 DALI VS 621x621 81.5 7724 4000 >90 621x621x95
L 600 621x621 - DALI - EP maintained emergency wiring, 1hr duration with 24hrs recharge (page 772)
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
22872 L 600 28W/840 DALI EP VS 621x621 33.5 3863 4000 >80 621x621x95
22890 L 600 35W/940 DALI EP VS 621x621 40 3863 4000 >90 621x621x95
22873 L 600 42W/840 DALI EP VS 621x621 46 5612 4000 >80 621x621x95
22891 L 600 52W/940 DALI EP VS 621x621 56.5 5677 4000 >90 621x621x95
22874 L 600 63W/840 DALI EP VS 621x621 68 7785 4000 >80 621x621x95
22892 L 600 75W/940 DALI EP VS 621x621 82.5 7724 4000 >90 621x621x95
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
382 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
L 600 | Accessories
Code Item
A0579 Safety wire with brackets
Anti‑fall safety cable with pair of brackets for fixing the housing to the building structure. Length 2.5 m.
Accessory compatible with luminaries with dimensions of 596x596 mm or 621x621 mm.
Code Item
A0477 Safety wire
Anti‑fall safety cable for fixing the housing to the building structure. Length 2.5 m.
Accessory compatible with luminaries with dimensions of 599x599 mm.
Code Item
A0798 621x621 frame + brackets
Adapter frame in white‑painted steel, for installing luminaries with dimensions of 596x596 mm for pull‑up
installations on plasterboard false ceilings.
Accessory not compatible with VSS versions.
Code Item
A0537 Pair of flush ceiling mounting brackets
Pair of brackets in galvanised steel, for installing luminaries with dimensions of 599x599 mm coplanar with
metal panels with concealed structure. For square luminaires (height profiles min. 29.6 mm, max 62.5 mm)
with possible intermediate adjustments of 3.7 mm.
Code Item
A0187 Anti-condensation cable gland
Code Item
A0521 Reducing sealing ring diam.8mm
Reducing sealing ring, dedicated to the use of cables with an external diameter of up to 8 mm.
These accessories must ALWAYS be used with one of the following codes: A0187.
L 600 383
/ Recessed luminaires
384
L 650 Diffused Light
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. 596 version
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Lay‑in installation.
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). 599 version
Coplanar installation with inspectable metal panels, through an
accessory which is always required.
SOURCE
Squared LED modules. APPLICATIONS
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3.
Environments: hospital premises, transit areas, laboratories,
platform‑roof, underpasses.
MECHANICAL Environments: sterilized, aseptic.
In hospital environments, food industry or machines with parts in
Housing in galvannealed steel, painted in white epoxy‑polyester. motion, with considerable sudden temperature changes, and in general
Perimetral frame in white stainless steel. in any environments requiring total protection against falling fragments,
use luminaires with laminated glass only.
Tempered glass is not immune to falling fragments from harmless and
ELECTRICAL caused by shocks or exceptionally derived from the tempering process.
Environments requiring a high level of protection and simplified cleaning.
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. Environments with exacting visual tasks, where diffused soft light for
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a optimum visual comfort is required.
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
data sheets of each individual device on our website. (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
The luminaires with EP permanent emergency wiring on board comply
with EN 60598‑2‑22 standard, high risk areas excluded.
5‑pole terminal block (L‑N‑PE‑DA/DA) quick connection for line LIGHT MANAGEMENT
connection with connection capacity 2x2.5 mm² per poles.
The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
ON REQUEST
• diffuser in OP opal methacrylate (PMMA) or SP polycarbonate,
self‑extinguishing V2
• different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
temperatures
• wiring: CLO (page 752)
• emergency versions
385
L 650 Diffused Light LGS
S AF E
IP64
EP HACCP
FL
IC K ER IP66
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
386 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
L 650 Diffused Light VSS
S AF E
IP64
EP HACCP
FL
IC K ER IP66
Anti‑fall safety cable with pair of brackets for fixing the housing to the building structure. Length 2.5 m.
Accessory compatible with luminaries with dimensions of 596x596 mm.
Code Item
A0477 Safety wire
Anti‑fall safety cable for fixing the housing to the building structure. Length 2.5 m.
Accessory compatible with luminaries with dimensions of 599x599 mm.
Code Item
A0537 Pair of flush ceiling mounting brackets
Pair of brackets in galvanised steel, for installing luminaries with dimensions of 599x599 mm coplanar with
metal panels with concealed structure. For square luminaires (height profiles min. 29.6 mm, max 62.5 mm)
with possible intermediate adjustments of 3.7 mm.
Code Item
A0187 Anti-condensation cable gland
Code Item
A0521 Reducing sealing ring diam.8mm
Reducing sealing ring, dedicated to the use of cables with an external diameter of up to 8 mm.
These accessories must ALWAYS be used with one of the following codes: A0187.
Overview
To combine comfort, effectiveness and efficiency: this is the • Luminous efficacy up to 125 lumen/watt.
objective of 3F Reno, the new recessed spotlight designed to • Luminous fluxes from 1150 to 4103 lumens.
provide quality lighting in every context, from professional to • Extensive installation pitch.
commercial environments. • UGR <16 (UGR version).
Available in 3 different sizes (100, 150 and 200 millimetre recessed • Essential and functional design.
holes), it provides maximum installation flexibility: a wide range of • EcoDesign: power supplies and sources replaceable at the end
luminous fluxes (from 900 lumen right up to more than 4000 lumen), of product life.
excellent colour rendering and a high level of visual comfort. • Ease of assembly and maintenance.
3F Reno is available with 4 different luminous flux distributions: • Versatility of use in different environments.
Wide, Spot, Elliptical and UGR. • Product suitable for use in the food industry (HACCP / IFS /
3F Reno comes in two different colours (black and white) to adapt BRC-Standard).
better to the different contexts it is used in.
391
392
Progetto 1 Progetto 1 Progetto 1 Progetto 1
29.03.2018 29.03.2018 29.03.2018 29.03.2018
3F Filippi S.p.A. - Ufficio Progettazione Illuminotecnica Redattore Marco Dalle Donne 3F Filippi S.p.A. - Ufficio Progettazione Illuminotecnica Redattore Marco Dalle Donne 3F Filippi S.p.A. - Ufficio Progettazione Illuminotecnica Redattore Marco Dalle Donne 3F Filippi S.p.A. - Ufficio Progettazione Illuminotecnica Redattore Marco Dalle Donne
Via del Savena, 28 - 40065 Pian di Macina - Pianoro (Bologna/Italy) Telefono (+39) 051.6529611 Via del Savena, 28 - 40065 Pian di Macina - Pianoro (Bologna/Italy) Telefono (+39) 051.6529611 Via del Savena, 28 - 40065 Pian di Macina - Pianoro (Bologna/Italy) Telefono (+39) 051.6529611 Via del Savena, 28 - 40065 Pian di Macina - Pianoro (Bologna/Italy) Telefono (+39) 051.6529611
CF. 01033260371 - P.I. IT00529461204 Fax (+39) 051.775884 CF. 01033260371 - P.I. IT00529461204 Fax (+39) 051.775884 CF. 01033260371 - P.I. IT00529461204 Fax (+39) 051.775884 CF. 01033260371 - P.I. IT00529461204 Fax (+39) 051.775884
Registro imprese di Bologna n. 01033260371 - REA N. 234613 e-Mail 3f-filippi@3f-filippi.it Registro imprese di Bologna n. 01033260371 - REA N. 234613 e-Mail 3f-filippi@3f-filippi.it Registro imprese di Bologna n. 01033260371 - REA N. 234613 e-Mail 3f-filippi@3f-filippi.it Registro imprese di Bologna n. 01033260371 - REA N. 234613 e-Mail 3f-filippi@3f-filippi.it
Capitale Sociale Euro 3.000.000 i.v. Capitale Sociale Euro 3.000.000 i.v. Capitale Sociale Euro 3.000.000 i.v. Capitale Sociale Euro 3.000.000 i.v.
30409 3F Reno 150 WH 2000/840 UGR / Superficie utile / Livelli di grigio (E) 30453 3F Reno 150 WH 2000/840 ELL / Superficie utile / Livelli di grigio (E) 30341 3F Reno 150 WH 2000/840 WIDE / Superficie utile / Livelli di grigio (E) 30273 3F Reno 150 WH 2000/840 SPOT / Superficie utile / Livelli di grigio (E)
Scala 1 : 29 Scala 1 : 29 Scala 1 : 29 Scala 1 : 29
Posizione della superficie nel locale: Posizione della superficie nel locale: Posizione della superficie nel locale: Posizione della superficie nel locale:
Punto contrassegnato: Punto contrassegnato: Punto contrassegnato: Punto contrassegnato:
(0.000 m, 0.000 m, 0.000 m) (0.000 m, 0.000 m, 0.000 m) (0.000 m, 0.000 m, 0.000 m) (0.000 m, 0.000 m, 0.000 m)
Reticolo: 64 x 64 Punti Reticolo: 64 x 64 Punti Reticolo: 64 x 64 Punti Reticolo: 64 x 64 Punti
Em [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] Emin / Em Emin / Emax Em [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] Emin / Em Emin / Emax Em [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] Emin / Em Emin / Emax Em [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] Emin / Em Emin / Emax
133 43 190 0.321 0.224 94 52 132 0.549 0.393 110 68 132 0.615 0.513 143 35 386 0.244 0.090
distribution
Pagina 19 Pagina 15 Pagina 11 Pagina 23
Photometric
<19 <21 <21 <19 200
<19 <21 / <21 150 UGR
/ <21 / <21 100
(cd / m²)
<1000 >3000 >3000 <3000 for angles> 65
Average luminance
UGR Elliptical Wide SPOT Model
White
3F Reno
200 150 100
135 100 90
3F Reno
Recessed
Product range
393
Progetto 1 Progetto 1 Progetto 1 Progetto 1
29.03.2018 29.03.2018 29.03.2018 29.03.2018
3F Filippi S.p.A. - Ufficio Progettazione Illuminotecnica Redattore Marco Dalle Donne 3F Filippi S.p.A. - Ufficio Progettazione Illuminotecnica Redattore Marco Dalle Donne 3F Filippi S.p.A. - Ufficio Progettazione Illuminotecnica Redattore Marco Dalle Donne 3F Filippi S.p.A. - Ufficio Progettazione Illuminotecnica Redattore Marco Dalle Donne
Via del Savena, 28 - 40065 Pian di Macina - Pianoro (Bologna/Italy) Telefono (+39) 051.6529611 Via del Savena, 28 - 40065 Pian di Macina - Pianoro (Bologna/Italy) Telefono (+39) 051.6529611 Via del Savena, 28 - 40065 Pian di Macina - Pianoro (Bologna/Italy) Telefono (+39) 051.6529611 Via del Savena, 28 - 40065 Pian di Macina - Pianoro (Bologna/Italy) Telefono (+39) 051.6529611
CF. 01033260371 - P.I. IT00529461204 Fax (+39) 051.775884 CF. 01033260371 - P.I. IT00529461204 Fax (+39) 051.775884 CF. 01033260371 - P.I. IT00529461204 Fax (+39) 051.775884 CF. 01033260371 - P.I. IT00529461204 Fax (+39) 051.775884
Registro imprese di Bologna n. 01033260371 - REA N. 234613 e-Mail 3f-filippi@3f-filippi.it Registro imprese di Bologna n. 01033260371 - REA N. 234613 e-Mail 3f-filippi@3f-filippi.it Registro imprese di Bologna n. 01033260371 - REA N. 234613 e-Mail 3f-filippi@3f-filippi.it Registro imprese di Bologna n. 01033260371 - REA N. 234613 e-Mail 3f-filippi@3f-filippi.it
Capitale Sociale Euro 3.000.000 i.v. Capitale Sociale Euro 3.000.000 i.v. Capitale Sociale Euro 3.000.000 i.v. Capitale Sociale Euro 3.000.000 i.v.
30409 3F Reno 150 WH 2000/840 UGR / Superficie utile / Livelli di grigio (E) 30453 3F Reno 150 WH 2000/840 ELL / Superficie utile / Livelli di grigio (E) 30341 3F Reno 150 WH 2000/840 WIDE / Superficie utile / Livelli di grigio (E) 30273 3F Reno 150 WH 2000/840 SPOT / Superficie utile / Livelli di grigio (E)
Scala 1 : 29 Scala 1 : 29 Scala 1 : 29 Scala 1 : 29
Posizione della superficie nel locale: Posizione della superficie nel locale: Posizione della superficie nel locale: Posizione della superficie nel locale:
Punto contrassegnato: Punto contrassegnato: Punto contrassegnato: Punto contrassegnato:
(0.000 m, 0.000 m, 0.000 m) (0.000 m, 0.000 m, 0.000 m) (0.000 m, 0.000 m, 0.000 m) (0.000 m, 0.000 m, 0.000 m)
Reticolo: 64 x 64 Punti Reticolo: 64 x 64 Punti Reticolo: 64 x 64 Punti Reticolo: 64 x 64 Punti
Em [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] Emin / Em Emin / Emax Em [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] Emin / Em Emin / Emax Em [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] Emin / Em Emin / Emax Em [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] Emin / Em Emin / Emax
133 43 190 0.321 0.224 94 52 132 0.549 0.393 110 68 132 0.615 0.513 143 35 386 0.244 0.090
distribution
Pagina 19 Pagina 15 Pagina 11 Pagina 23
Photometric
<19 <21 <19 <19 200
<19 <21 <21 <21 150 UGR
/ <21 / <21 100
(cd / m²)
<500 >3000 >3000 <3000 for angles> 65
Average luminance
UGR Elliptical Wide SPOT Model
Black
3F Reno
Black White
3F Reno 150 3F Reno 150
Product advantages
3F Reno was developed to obtain the lowest luminance level from the product (as in open plan offices).
possible by working with the lens on flow distribution: the In installations where minimum luminance values are required,
percentage of light emitted directly (which therefore does not the BK version with black reflector has reduced values up to
interact with the reflector) is higher than 95%. 95%
The stepped surface visibly halves the reflective surface: this (3F Reno 200 BK WIDE) compared to the WH version made of
structure practically eliminates annoying reflections that can white polycarbonate.
affect the viewer’s eye even if they are at a discrete distance
394
Heat sink
Die-cast aluminium oversi-
zed passive heat sink, for
Springs excellent thermal manage-
Fixing with stanless steel ment of the LED module.
springs.
Thermal interface
Optimises thermal conductivity
LED source and heat transfer, improving
COB both cooling and dissipation.
Lens
Transparent outer lens with
differentiated glass and satin
surface with methacrylate coo-
ling and anti-insect system.
Direct symmetric distribution:
Wide, Spot, UGR or Elliptical.
Parabola
Polycarbonate
parabola with
graded/concentric rings
Every environment is unique: to provide the most appropriate All versions share a significant advantage in terms of practica-
lighting according to specific needs and requirements 3F Reno lity: we have developed a highly efficient, compact heat sink
comes in 3 different sized recessed holes: 100mm, 150mm that facilitates installation in shallow technical spaces, ensuring
and 200mm (actual sizes 116mm, 166mm and 216mm). To that these sizes do not vary regardless of the photometric
facilitate the installation of every product every fixture is sup- distribution used (unlike what happens for most products
plied with a template to make the hole. on the market). This way the recessed dimensions from the
external edge of the plasterboard are as follows:
395
/ Recessed luminaires
135 H 135 H
100 H 100 H
90 H
396
3F Reno White
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution: wide, spot, UGR, elliptical. Pull‑up installation.
Lifetime (L70/B10): 80000 h. (tq+25°C)
Colour temperature available /840 and /930.
APPLICATIONS
UGR version
Average luminance <1000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°. Environments: architectural, commercial, exhibition areas, transit areas,
corridors, shops, display windows, service areas.
In false ceilings with narrow voids.
SOURCE
Wide version
Compact LED module. Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
Zhaga Book 3 compliant.
UGR version
In environments with VDTs, managerial offices and staterooms, public
MECHANICAL offices and schools.
397
3F Reno White Wide
S AF E
EP 4
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
398 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Reno 150 - EP maintained emergency wiring, 1hr duration with 24hrs recharge (page 772)
Code Item α° W lm K CRI øxH
30358 3F Reno 150 WH 2000/840 EP WIDE 84° 21 2054 4000 >80 166x107
30362 3F Reno 150 WH 2000/930 EP WIDE 84° 25 1967 3000 >90 166x107
30366 3F Reno 150 WH 3000/840 EP WIDE 84° 29 2757 4000 >80 166x107
30370 3F Reno 150 WH 3000/930 EP WIDE 84° 38 2766 3000 >90 166x107
3F Reno 200 - ON/OFF electronic wiring 230V-50/60Hz
Code Item α° W lm K CRI øxH
30621 3F Reno 200 WH 2000/840 WIDE 85° 20 1963 4000 >80 216x142
30625 3F Reno 200 WH 2000/930 WIDE 85° 24 1880 3000 >90 216x142
30629 3F Reno 200 WH 3000/840 WIDE 85° 28 2635 4000 >80 216x142
30637 3F Reno 200 WH 4000/840 WIDE 85° 36 3521 4000 >80 216x142
30633 3F Reno 200 WH 3000/930 WIDE 85° 37 2644 3000 >90 216x142
30641 3F Reno 200 WH 4000/930 WIDE 85° 43 3192 3000 >90 216x142
3F Reno 200 - DALI electronic wiring 230V-50/60Hz
Code Item α° W lm K CRI øxH
30671 3F Reno 200 WH 2000/840 DALI WIDE 85° 20 1963 4000 >80 216x142
30675 3F Reno 200 WH 2000/930 DALI WIDE 85° 24 1880 3000 >90 216x142
30679 3F Reno 200 WH 3000/840 DALI WIDE 85° 28 2635 4000 >80 216x142
30687 3F Reno 200 WH 4000/840 DALI WIDE 85° 36 3521 4000 >80 216x142
30683 3F Reno 200 WH 3000/930 DALI WIDE 85° 37 2644 3000 >90 216x142
30691 3F Reno 200 WH 4000/930 DALI WIDE 85° 43 3192 3000 >90 216x142
3F Reno 200 - EP maintained emergency wiring, 1hr duration with 24hrs recharge (page 772)
Code Item α° W lm K CRI øxH
30646 3F Reno 200 WH 2000/840 EP WIDE 85° 21 1963 4000 >80 216x142
30650 3F Reno 200 WH 2000/930 EP WIDE 85° 25 1880 3000 >90 216x142
30654 3F Reno 200 WH 3000/840 EP WIDE 85° 29 2635 4000 >80 216x142
30662 3F Reno 200 WH 4000/840 EP WIDE 85° 37 3521 4000 >80 216x142
30658 3F Reno 200 WH 3000/930 EP WIDE 85° 38 2644 3000 >90 216x142
30666 3F Reno 200 WH 4000/930 EP WIDE 85° 44 3192 3000 >90 216x142
EP 4
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
400 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Reno 150 - EP maintained emergency wiring, 1hr duration with 24hrs recharge (page 772)
Code Item α° W lm K CRI øxH
30470 3F Reno 150 WH 2000/840 EP ELL 90° - 62° 21 2139 4000 >80 166x107
30474 3F Reno 150 WH 2000/930 EP ELL 90° - 62° 25 2048 3000 >90 166x107
30478 3F Reno 150 WH 3000/840 EP ELL 90° - 62° 29 2871 4000 >80 166x107
30482 3F Reno 150 WH 3000/930 EP ELL 90° - 62° 38 2880 3000 >90 166x107
3F Reno 200 - ON/OFF electronic wiring 230V-50/60Hz
Code Item α° W lm K CRI øxH
30785 3F Reno 200 WH 2000/840 ELL 90° - 65° 20 2093 4000 >80 216x142
30789 3F Reno 200 WH 2000/930 ELL 90° - 65° 24 2005 3000 >90 216x142
30793 3F Reno 200 WH 3000/840 ELL 90° - 65° 28 2810 4000 >80 216x142
30801 3F Reno 200 WH 4000/840 ELL 90° - 65° 36 3754 4000 >80 216x142
30797 3F Reno 200 WH 3000/930 ELL 90° - 65° 38 2819 3000 >90 216x142
30805 3F Reno 200 WH 4000/930 ELL 90° - 65° 43 3404 3000 >90 216x142
3F Reno 200 - DALI electronic wiring 230V-50/60Hz
Code Item α° W lm K CRI øxH
30835 3F Reno 200 WH 2000/840 DALI ELL 90° - 65° 20 2093 4000 >80 216x142
30839 3F Reno 200 WH 2000/930 DALI ELL 90° - 65° 24 2005 3000 >90 216x142
30843 3F Reno 200 WH 3000/840 DALI ELL 90° - 65° 28 2810 4000 >80 216x142
30851 3F Reno 200 WH 4000/840 DALI ELL 90° - 65° 36 3754 4000 >80 216x142
30847 3F Reno 200 WH 3000/930 DALI ELL 90° - 65° 37 2819 3000 >90 216x142
30855 3F Reno 200 WH 4000/930 DALI ELL 90° - 65° 43 3404 3000 >90 216x142
3F Reno 200 - EP maintained emergency wiring, 1hr duration with 24hrs recharge (page 772)
Code Item α° W lm K CRI øxH
30810 3F Reno 200 WH 2000/840 EP ELL 90° - 65° 21 2093 4000 >80 216x142
30814 3F Reno 200 WH 2000/930 EP ELL 90° - 65° 25 2005 3000 >90 216x142
30818 3F Reno 200 WH 3000/840 EP ELL 90° - 65° 29 2810 4000 >80 216x142
30826 3F Reno 200 WH 4000/840 EP ELL 90° - 65° 37 3754 4000 >80 216x142
30822 3F Reno 200 WH 3000/930 EP ELL 90° - 65° 38 2819 3000 >90 216x142
30830 3F Reno 200 WH 4000/930 EP ELL 90° - 65° 44 3404 3000 >90 216x142
EP 4
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
402 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Reno 150 - EP maintained emergency wiring, 1hr duration with 24hrs recharge (page 772)
Code Item α° W lm K CRI øxH
30290 3F Reno 150 WH 2000/840 EP SPOT 37° 21 2473 4000 >80 166x107
30294 3F Reno 150 WH 2000/930 EP SPOT 37° 25 2368 3000 >90 166x107
30298 3F Reno 150 WH 3000/840 EP SPOT 37° 29 3319 4000 >80 166x107
30302 3F Reno 150 WH 3000/930 EP SPOT 37° 38 3330 3000 >90 166x107
3F Reno 200 - ON/OFF electronic wiring 230V-50/60Hz
Code Item α° W lm K CRI øxH
30521 3F Reno 200 WH 2000/840 SPOT 37° 20 2461 4000 >80 216x142
30525 3F Reno 200 WH 2000/930 SPOT 37° 24 2357 3000 >90 216x142
30529 3F Reno 200 WH 3000/840 SPOT 37° 28 3303 4000 >80 216x142
30537 3F Reno 200 WH 4000/840 SPOT 37° 36 4414 4000 >80 216x142
30533 3F Reno 200 WH 3000/930 SPOT 37° 37 3315 3000 >90 216x142
30541 3F Reno 200 WH 4000/930 SPOT 37° 43 4002 3000 >90 216x142
3F Reno 200 - DALI electronic wiring 230V-50/60Hz
Code Item α° W lm K CRI øxH
30571 3F Reno 200 WH 2000/840 DALI SPOT 37° 20 2461 4000 >80 216x142
30575 3F Reno 200 WH 2000/930 DALI SPOT 37° 24 2357 3000 >90 216x142
30579 3F Reno 200 WH 3000/840 DALI SPOT 37° 28 3303 4000 >80 216x142
30587 3F Reno 200 WH 4000/840 DALI SPOT 37° 36 4414 4000 >80 216x142
30583 3F Reno 200 WH 3000/930 DALI SPOT 37° 37 3315 3000 >90 216x142
30591 3F Reno 200 WH 4000/930 DALI SPOT 37° 43 4002 3000 >90 216x142
3F Reno 200 - EP maintained emergency wiring, 1hr duration with 24hrs recharge (page 772)
Code Item α° W lm K CRI øxH
30546 3F Reno 200 WH 2000/840 EP SPOT 37° 21 2461 4000 >80 216x142
30550 3F Reno 200 WH 2000/930 EP SPOT 37° 25 2357 3000 >90 216x142
30554 3F Reno 200 WH 3000/840 EP SPOT 37° 29 3303 4000 >80 216x142
30562 3F Reno 200 WH 4000/840 EP SPOT 37° 37 4414 4000 >80 216x142
30558 3F Reno 200 WH 3000/930 EP SPOT 37° 38 3315 3000 >90 216x142
30566 3F Reno 200 WH 4000/930 EP SPOT 37° 44 4002 3000 >90 216x142
EP 4
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
404 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Recessed luminaires
135 H
100 H 100 H
90 H
406
3F Reno Black
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution: wide, spot, UGR, elliptical. Pull‑up installation.
Lifetime (L70/B10): 80000 h. (tq+25°C)
Colour temperature available /840 and /930.
APPLICATIONS
UGR version
Average luminance <500 cd/m² for radial angles >65°. Environments: architectural, commercial, exhibition areas, transit areas,
corridors, shops, display windows, service areas.
In false ceilings with narrow voids.
SOURCE
Wide version
Compact LED module. Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
Zhaga Book 3 compliant.
UGR version
In environments with VDTs, managerial offices and staterooms, public
MECHANICAL offices and schools.
407
3F Reno Black Wide
S AF E
FL
4
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
408 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Reno Black Elliptical
S AF E
FL
4
IC K ER
FL
4
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
410 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Reno Black UGR
S AF E
FL
4
IC K ER
VS moulded glass, micro‑prismatic, anti‑glare, tempered, non‑combustible glass, affixed to the white
polycarbonate trim. Accessory suitable for versions with wide distribution.
Accessory compatible with 3F Reno - White.
Code Item
A01036 VS 3F RENO BK 150
A01038 VS 3F RENO BK 200
VS moulded glass, micro‑prismatic, anti‑glare, tempered, non‑combustible glass, affixed to the black
polycarbonate trim. Accessory suitable for versions with wide distribution.
Accessory compatible with 3F Reno - Black.
Code Item
A01023 VT 3F RENO WH 150
A01025 VT 3F RENO WH 200
VT transparent glass, tempered, not flammable, locked and in line with the trim, in white polycarbonate.
Accessory suitable for versions with spot, UGR and elliptic distribution.
Accessory compatible with 3F Reno - White.
Code Item
A01024 VT 3F RENO BK 150
A01026 VT 3F RENO BK 200
VT transparent glass, tempered, not flammable, locked and in line with the trim, in black polycarbonate.
Accessory suitable for versions with spot, UGR and elliptic distribution.
Accessory compatible with 3F Reno - Black.
Code Item
A01046 SMP 3F RENO WH 150
A01048 SMP 3F RENO WH 200
Micro‑prismatic SMP antiglare diffuser in methacrylate (PMMA), locked and in line with the trim, in white
polycarbonate. Accessory suitable for versions with wide distribution.
Accessory compatible with 3F Reno - White.
7 5 HACCP
Micro‑prismatic SMP antiglare diffuser in methacrylate (PMMA), locked and in line with the trim, in black
polycarbonate. Accessory suitable for versions with wide distribution.
Accessory compatible with 3F Reno - Black.
7 5 HACCP
Code Item
A0804 SF 3F Reno 150
A0805 SF 3F Reno 200
Reinforcing bracket for panels 600x600, 600x1200 with exposed structure, in hot‑galvanised steel.
Code Item
A0806 SM 3F Reno 150
A0807 SM 3F Reno 200
Reinforcing bracket for metal panels 600x600 with concealed structure, in hot‑galvanised steel.
Code Item
A01090 WH adapter ring for 220 mm hole
A01091 WH adapter ring for 255 mm hole
White adapter ring for 3F Reno 200 installation in holes with a diameter of 220 or 255 millimetres. Realised in
steel.
Accessory compatible only with 3F Reno 200 models.
Versions for the 3F Reno 100 and 3F Reno 150 models are available on request.
Code Item
A01092 WH adapter ring for hole 300 mm <9 mm
A01093 WH adapter ring for hole 300 mm >9 mm
White adapter ring for 3F Reno 200 installation in holes with a diameter of 300 millimetres, supplied with a
reinforcement bracket for false ceilings with a thickness of less than or higher than 9 mm. Realised in steel.
Accessory compatible only with 3F Reno 200 models.
Versions for the 3F Reno 100 and 3F Reno 150 models are available on request.
Code Item
A0477 Safety wire
Anti‑fall safety cable for fixing the housing to the building structure. Length 2.5 m.
3F Reno 413
/ Recessed luminaires
A=L
414
Lucequadro
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Pull‑up installation.
Lifetime (L70/B10): 80000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG1 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments: commercial, exhibition areas, transit areas, halls, shops,
great halls, display windows.
Compact LED module.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3.
Zhaga Book 3 compliant. ON REQUEST
• asymmetric louvre
MECHANICAL • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
temperatures
Housing in white painted steel. • wiring: dimmable, CLO (page 752)
Passive heat dissipator in anodised aluminium, oversized, for optimum • IP54 version
thermal management of the LED module. • ceiling version
Flow recuperator in specular aluminium with superficial • CRI >90 sources
titanium‑magnesium treatment, non‑iridescent. • emergency versions
Lock‑in mounting of the glass/methacrylate (PMMA) in the lateral seats
in specular aluminium.
Fixing brackets in galvanised steel, supplied.
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
The luminaires with EP permanent emergency wiring on board comply
with EN 60598‑2‑22 standard, high risk areas excluded.
Wiring on a separate unit.
Class II.
415
Lucequadro VS
S AF E
EP
FL
IC K ER
Lucequadro VOP
S AF E
EP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
416 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
Lucequadro SOP
S AF E
EP
FL
IC K ER
Lucequadro 417
Lucequadro | Accessories
Code Item
A0189 Reinf. brack. Lucequadro pan./plast.
Pair of reinforcing brackets for mineral fibre, metal and plasterboard panels, height 20 mm.
/ 3F Filippi
420
Update New
3F Linux
3F Linux S 3F Linux S
IP40 IP54 3F Linux L 3F Linux D 3F Linux DR
Page 438 Page 446 Page 450 Page 454 Page 466 Page 470
Binario 3F
421
UPDATE
L A
422
Zero 3F Track
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Controlled symmetric distribution. This product is suitable for installation on a 3‑phase electrified busbar
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°. "Binario 3F" (on page 514).
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
Environments: recreational, transit areas, corridors, schools, stairwells.
Linear LED modules. Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. comfort.
423
Zero 3F Track
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
424 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Systems and track-mounted products
Topsportschool Hasselt
Hasselt
Belgique/Belgium
L A
426
3F Zeta Track L
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Wide direct distribution. This product is suitable for installation on a 3‑phase electrified busbar
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) "Binario 3F" (on page 514).
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE
Environments: architectural, commercial, transit areas, cornices, boards.
LED modules.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3.
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
MECHANICAL The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
Housing in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester, obtained
through rolling process with adapters to busbar in white polycarbonate.
Light unit in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester base with ON REQUEST
fixing springs and retractable safety hooks in stainless steel.
Methacrylate (PMMA) lenses with external flat surface. • different light distributions
Supporting mechanical adapter. • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
End caps in white polycarbonate. temperatures
• housing and accessories in different RAL colours
• wiring: CLO (page 752)
ELECTRICAL • CRI >90 sources
• emergency versions
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Truck adapter, 4/6‑way.
427
3F Zeta Track L Wide
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Code 47124
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
428 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Systems and track-mounted products
Stadhuis
Hasselt
Belgique/Belgium
L A
430
3F Zeta Track DR
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Controlled symmetric distribution. This product is suitable for installation on a 3‑phase electrified busbar
Average luminance <1500 cd/m² for radial angles >65°. "Binario 3F" (on page 514).
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments: exhibition areas, with VDTs, halls, shops, great halls,
schools.
Linear LED modules.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3.
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
MECHANICAL The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
Housing in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester, obtained
through rolling process with adapters to busbar in white polycarbonate.
Light unit in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester base with ON REQUEST
fixing springs and retractable safety hooks in stainless steel.
Rectangular transparent polycarbonate diffuser. • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
Semi‑specular aluminium internal louvre with prismatic methacrylate temperatures
(PMMA) filter above the louvre blades for complete shielding of the • wiring: CLO (page 752)
louvre compartment. • emergency versions
Supporting mechanical adapter.
End caps in white polycarbonate.
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Truck adapter, 4/6‑way.
431
3F Zeta Track DR UGR
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
432 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
NEW
Topsportschool
Hasselt
Belgique/Belgium
L A
434
3F Zeta Track DT
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Controlled symmetric distribution. This product is suitable for installation on a 3‑phase electrified busbar
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°. "Binario 3F" (on page 514).
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments: with VDTs, meeting rooms, offices.
Environments: recreational, transit areas, corridors, schools, stairwells.
Linear LED modules. Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. comfort.
435
3F Zeta Track DT UGR
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
436 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Linux
www.3F-Filippi.com/3F Linux
Overview
3F Linux is more than a continuous line system: it was designed to • Luminous efficacy up to 162 lumen/watt.
compose channels in a simple and efficient way and significantly • Luminous fluxes from 3487 to 14130 lumens.
reduce the installation and maintenance costs of the system. • Average luminance <1500 cd/m² (DR UGR version).
Whether it's a relamping or a new project, 3F Linux is the winning • Extensive installation pitch.
choice in terms of performance and ease of installation: it has • UGR <19 (UGR version).
already been chosen by many big players in the retail, logistics and • Available with lenticular optics, recuperator or diffusers.
industrial production sectors all over the world. • Asymmetrical version.
It is fitted with high-efficiency LED sources and features a compact • Version with electrified track.
body, modular components and accessories which give unrivalled • Module lengths optimised to reduce installation time and required
freedom in terms of planning the installations. accessories by up to 20%.
• Available on request with integrated sensors.
• Driver integrated in the fixture.
• Essential and functional design.
• Double anti-fall springs in case of accidental impacts.
• Through line up to 11 poles (on request).
• IP54 version for more severe applications.
• EcoDesign: power supplies and sources replaceable at the end
of product life.
• Versatility of use in different environments.
• Mechanical and electrical assembly without tools.
• Union joint already assembled.
• Thanks to the FastWiring system, the installation time is
drastically reduced.
• Product suitable for use in the food industry (HACCP / IFS /
BRC-Standard).
439
Product range
Suspended Ceiling
3F Linux S 65 82
IP40
3F Linux L 64
3F Linux D 64 64 118
3F Linux DR
3F Linux DT 65 82
95
64 64 64 118
3F Linux L
Average luminance
for angles> 65 >3000 >3000 <3000 / >3000 >3000 >3000 >3000
(cd / m²)
Photometric
distribution
Power level 40 40 50 40 40 40 60 60
50 50 50 50 50 85 85
60 60 60 60 60
85 85 85
440
NEW Arrange the version that best suits your needs quickly and easily
www.3f-filippi.com/en/3F-Linux-configurator
Suspended Ceiling
3F Linux S 80
IP54
3F Linux L 76
80
76
3F Linux D
3F Linux DR
3F Linux DT
Average luminance
for angles> 65 >3000 >3000 <3000 / <3000
(cd / m²)
Photometric
distribution
441
Screens and finishes
3F Linux DR | IP40
Rectangular screen in self-
ex tinguishing polycarbonate
3F Linux L | IP40
PMMA lenses with ex ternal flat
sur face
3F Linux D | IP40
Cur ved screen in self-
ex tinguishing polycarbonate
3F Linux DT | IP40
Trapezoidal screen in self-
ex tinguishing polycarbonate
3F Linux L | IP54
PMMA lenses with ex ternal flat
sur face.
Transparent polycarbonate
IP54 cover element
443
Simply modular
The FastWiring system reduces the time necessary to create a lighting channel:
444
Installation requires just 3 steps, with limited tools required.
445
/ Systems and track-mounted products
Comet
Reggio Emilia
H Italia/Italy
L A
446
3F Linux S IP40
This fixture makes it possible to create light channels with IP40 protection.
Modular and flexible structural system with small dimensions to create continuous channels and compositions, transport electrical lines and fixing of
various types of products.
Quick and easy ceiling or pendant installation.
MECHANICAL INSTALLATION
Hot‑galvanised wired structure, painted in polyester base white, Ceiling, suspension or wall installation.
obtained through rolling process.
Linear connecting element in hot galvanised steel for the formation of
continuous channels. Standard on L3556 versions (optional for other APPLICATIONS
lengths).
For the completion accessories see accessories on page 481. Environments: commercial, exhibition areas, transit areas, lobbies or
waiting rooms, shops, schools.
Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
(HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
ON REQUEST
• structure and accessories in different RAL colours
• through‑wiring up to 11 poles
447
3F Linux S IP40
HACCP
Supporting structure with 5 or 7‑pole through power supply lines with H07Z‑U Halogen Free cables
(2.5 mm² HT90 cross‑section), equipped with quick connection start/end channel terminal blocks,
non‑reversible with intermediate power sockets.
2 sockets for 3556 mm structures, 1 socket for 1778 mm structures (5P=N/T/1/2/3,
7P=N/T/1/2/3/+/‑).
Feeding input on top (at the beginning or in the middle of the structure).
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
448 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Systems and track-mounted products
Vimar
Marostica (VI)
Italia/Italy
H H
L A
450
3F Linux S IP54
This fixture makes it possible to create light channels with IP54 protection.
MECHANICAL INSTALLATION
Hot‑galvanised wired structure, painted in polyester base white, Ceiling mounted or suspension installation.
obtained through rolling process, with expanded EPDM rubber profiles. Attention: to obtain a light system with IP54 protection rating, it is
Linear connecting element in hot galvanised steel with gasket for the necessary to use 3F Linux L light modules (or alternatively IP54 closing
formation of continuous channels, standard on L3556 versions (optional top) + closing terminals.
for other lengths).
Transparent polycarbonate IP54 cover element with methacrylate
(PMMA) flexible parts. APPLICATIONS
The L3556 versions have a locking collar for joining the covers.
For the completion accessories see accessories on page 481. Dry, dusty indoor environments, subject to occasional water splashes.
Virtually in all environments compatibly with the use of any chemicals
which could compromise the use of plastic materials.
ELECTRICAL Not suitable in environments where chlorine fumes, ligroin, hydrocarbon
mixtures, mineral oil vapours or fumes of lubricating emulsions to cool
Supporting structure with 5 or 7‑pole through power supply lines with down machine tools are present.
H07Z‑U Halogen Free cables (2.5 mm² HT90 cross‑section), equipped Not suitable for installation on surfaces subject to important vibrations,
with quick connection start/end channel terminal blocks, non‑reversible exposed to weather conditions, on ropes or poles.
with intermediate power sockets. For specific applications please contact our technical offices.
2 sockets for 3556 mm structures, 1 socket for 1778 mm structures Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
(5P=N/T/1/2/3, 7P=N/T/1/2/3/+/‑). (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
Feeding input on top at the beginning of the structure or at end cap.
ON REQUEST
• structure and accessories in different RAL colours
• through‑wiring up to 11 poles
451
3F Linux S IP54
HACCP
All product codes include the support structure and cover element.
In the L3556 versions there is also an IP54 element that is used to protect the joins between the
covers.
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
452 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Systems and track-mounted products
Novacoop
Torino
Italia/Italy
L A
454
3F Linux L
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct distribution. This lighting unit can be installed on profile 3F Linux S | IP40 and
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) 3F Linux S | IP54 (see dedicated product pages).
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE
Environments: industrial, commercial, exhibition areas, transit areas,
Linear LED modules. lobbies or waiting rooms, shops.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
(HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
455
3F Linux L Wide
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Wide distribution.
Structure height (3F Linux S | IP40 + 3F Linux L) equal to 65 mm.
Code A20127 Structure height (3F Linux S | IP54 + 3F Linux L) equal to 71 mm.
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
456 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Linux L Medium
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Medium distribution.
Structure height (3F Linux S | IP40 + 3F Linux L) equal to 65 mm.
Code A20755 Structure height (3F Linux S | IP54 + 3F Linux L) equal to 71 mm.
3F Linux L 457
3F Linux L UGR
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
458 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Linux L AS
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Asymmetric distribution.
Structure height (3F Linux S | IP40 + 3F Linux L) equal to 65 mm.
Code A20744 Structure height (3F Linux S | IP54 + 3F Linux L) equal to 71 mm.
3F Linux L 459
3F Linux L BAT
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
460 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Linux L BAT WD
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
3F Linux L Concentrated
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
3F Linux L 461
3F Linux L Iperconcentrated
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
462 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Linux L
Design reference tables - Installation ACROSS aisles
Design data:
Horizontal aisle 1601 1598 1571 1561 1569 Horizontal aisle 1196 1194 1173 1166 1171
3 3
Vertical shelf 813 802 800 792 798 Vertical shelf 607 599 598 591 596
Horizontal aisle 1353 1348 1336 1341 Horizontal aisle 1010 1007 997 1002
3.5 3.5
Vertical shelf 684 687 679 686 Vertical shelf 511 513 508 512
Horizontal aisle 1181 1177 1167 1172 Horizontal aisle 882 879 871 876
4 4
Vertical shelf 599 600 594 598 Vertical shelf 447 448 443 446
Horizontal aisle 1050 1042 1043 Horizontal aisle 784 778 779
4.5 4.5
Vertical shelf 540 529 532 Vertical shelf 403 395 398
Horizontal aisle 1014 1012 995 989 993 Horizontal aisle 854 852 838 833 836
3 3
Vertical shelf 515 508 507 501 506 Vertical shelf 434 428 427 423 425
Horizontal aisle 856 854 846 849 Horizontal aisle 722 719 712 716
3.5 3.5
Vertical shelf 434 435 430 435 Vertical shelf 365 367 363 366
Horizontal aisle 748 745 739 743 Horizontal aisle 630 628 622 625
4 4
Vertical shelf 379 381 376 378 Vertical shelf 319 320 317 319
Horizontal aisle 666 660 660 Horizontal aisle 561 555 557
4.5 4.5
Vertical shelf 341 335 337 Vertical shelf 287 282 284
Notes:
Wide distrib.
Not recommended
464
Design reference tables - Installation ALONG aisles
Up to 5 metres height
Design data:
Horizontal aisle 1194 1061 947 844 783 Horizontal aisle 909 776 682 593 523
50 BAT 50 BAT WD
Vertical shelf 755 731 700 672 628 Vertical shelf 872 822 737 648 555
Horizontal aisle 1005 894 797 711 659 Horizontal aisle 766 653 573 499 440
40 BAT 40 BAT WD
Vertical shelf 636 616 589 566 529 Vertical shelf 735 692 621 545 467
Notes:
The values in the tables are given in lux (lx).
465
/ Systems and track-mounted products
Hangar
Bat Yam
Yisra'el/Israel
L A
466
3F Linux D
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Diffused symmetric distribution. This lighting unit can be installed only on profile 3F Linux S | IP40 (see
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) dedicated product pages).
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE
Environments: commercial, exhibition areas, transit areas, lobbies or
Linear LED modules. waiting rooms, shops, schools.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
(HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
MECHANICAL
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
Light unit in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester base with
fixing springs and retractable safety hooks in stainless steel. The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
Curved screen in self‑extinguishing polycarbonate, UV stabilised, opal, 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
with smooth outer surface.
ON REQUEST
ELECTRICAL
• asymmetric lighting distribution
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • different powers or colour temperatures
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • housing in different RAL colours
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • wiring: CLO (page 752)
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • CRI >90 sources
Connection to the structure with mobile plug with phase selection • emergency versions
(H05Z‑U Halogen Free cable section 0,5 mm² HT90).
467
3F Linux D
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Diffuse distribution.
Code A20336 Structure height (3F Linux S + 3F Linux D) equal to 81 mm.
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
468 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Systems and track-mounted products
L A
470
3F Linux DR
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct distribution. This lighting unit can be installed only on profile 3F Linux S | IP40 (see
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) dedicated product pages).
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE
Environments: commercial, exhibition areas, transit areas, lobbies or
Linear LED modules. waiting rooms, shops, schools.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
(HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
MECHANICAL
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
Light unit in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester base with
fixing springs and retractable safety hooks in stainless steel. The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
Rectangular screen in self‑extinguishing polycarbonate, UV stabilised, 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
with smooth outer surface.
ON REQUEST
ELECTRICAL
• different powers or colour temperatures
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • housing in different RAL colours
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • wiring: CLO (page 752)
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • CRI >90 sources
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • emergency versions
Connection to the structure with mobile plug with phase selection
(H05Z‑U Halogen Free cable section 0,5 mm² HT90).
471
3F Linux DR
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
3F Linux DR UGR
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
472 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Linux DR AS
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Asymmetric distribution.
Rectangular opal polycarbonate diffuser.
Internal flow recuperator in white steel.
Code A20674 Structure height (3F Linux S + 3F Linux DR) equal to 81 mm.
3F Linux DR 473
NEW
Colzani Moto
Torino
Italia/Italy
L A
474
3F Linux DT
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL LIGHT MANAGEMENT
Controlled symmetric distribution. The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°. 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
ON REQUEST
SOURCE • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
temperatures
Linear LED modules. • housing and accessories in different RAL colours
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. • wiring: CLO (page 752)
MECHANICAL
Housing in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester, obtained
through rolling process.
Light unit in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester base with
fixing springs and retractable safety hooks in stainless steel.
Diffuser with differentiated geometry, made of transparent methacrylate
(PMMA) with microprismatic finish, anti‑glare on the flat part and opal on
the side.
Anti‑glare opal methacrylate (PMMA) filter for brightness uniformity.
End caps in white polycarbonate.
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Truck adapter, 4/6‑way.
475
3F Linux DT UGR
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
476 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Systems and track-mounted products
Garage Vecchio
Mellingen
Switzerland
L A
478
3F Linux Track
MECHANICAL INSTALLATION
Light unit in hot‑galvanised steel with white polyester powder coating, This unit can be installed only on profile 3F Linux S | IP40 (see dedicated
with retractable fastening clips and stainless steel safety hooks. product pages).
Electrified busbar made from extruded white aluminium, Eurostandard
Plus compliant.
The wires are enclosed in rigid extruded profiles made of PVC insulating ON REQUEST
material with high dielectric strength.
Length of the electrified busbar: 1500 mm. • black and grey electrified busbar
ELECTRICAL
Connection to the structure with mobile 7‑pin plug with phase selection
(H05Z‑U Halogen Free cable section 0.5 mm² HT90).
(L1/L2/L3/N/GRD/DA/DA) 16A/440V 2x1A/50V FELV AC (DALI).
Copper conductors.
479
3F Linux Track
Eurostandard Plus 6‑conductor (plus earth) busbar (L1/L2/L3/N/GRD/DA/DA) 16A/440V with power
supply cap and closing cap.
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
480 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Linux | Accessories
Code Item
A20450 Slid.invis.brack.w/adj.for susp.3F Linux
Code Item
A20451 Slid.invis.brack.ceiling instal.3F Linux
Code Item
A20453 S-shaped chain hook w/slid.bra. 3F Linux
Code Item
A0052 Wall-mounting brack
Code Item
A20474 Safety screw locking slid.bra.3F Linux S
Safety screw for locking the sliding bracket, made of hot galvanised steel.
Accessory compatible with 3F Linux S - IP40, 3F Linux S - IP54, 3F Linux DT.
These accessories must ALWAYS be used with one of the following codes: A20450 ‑ A20451 ‑
A20453.
Code Item
A20452 Stainless steel hook for chain
3F Linux 481
Code Item
A20485 Suspension without adjustment - 0.5 m
A20486 Suspension without adjustment - 1 m
A20487 Suspension without adjustment - 2 m
A20488 Suspension without adjustment - 3 m
A20489 Suspension without adjustment - 4 m
A20490 Suspension without adjustment - 5 m
A20491 Suspension without adjustment - 6 m
Suspension without controller, galvanised steel cable 1.5 mm diameter, load 15 kg.
Accessory compatible with 3F Linux S - IP40, 3F Linux S - IP54, 3F Linux DT.
In the case of purchase of only one sliding bracket with controller (code A20450), the suspension
cable must be made of galvanised steel with 49 elementary wires of minimum 1.5 mm diameter
(for a weight of 15 kg).
Code Item
A02562 Caddy for exposed profiles of 24 mm
Caddy hook to create a point from which to suspend the system or the loads to false ceilings with visible
profiles.
Accessory compatible with 3F Linux S - IP40, 3F Linux S - IP54, 3F Linux DT.
To be installed on exposed profiles (width 24 mm) of false ceilings. We recommend reinforcing the
false‑ceiling fixing at the point where the Caddy is to be installed. Supplied complete with nut and
washer. The suspension must be purchased separately.
These accessories must ALWAYS be used with one of the following codes: A20485 ‑ A20486 ‑
A20487 ‑ A20488 ‑ A20489 ‑ A20490 ‑ A20491.
Code Item
A0716 Coil galv. cable diam. 1.5mm - 100m
The pack contains 100 metres.
A0717 Coil galv. cable diam. 1.5mm - 500m
The pack contains 500 metres.
A0718 Coil galv. cable diam. 1.5mm - 1000m
The pack contains 1000 metres.
Galvanised steel cable, diameter 1.5 mm, composed of 49 wires. 15 kg capacity (ratio 5:1).
Accessory compatible with 3F Linux S - IP40, 3F Linux S - IP54, 3F Linux DT.
These accessories must ALWAYS be used with one of the following codes: A20450,
(A20452+A0714) o (A20451+A0659).
Code Item
A0714 Clamp 2 holes susp.- 100 pcs
The pack contains 100 pieces.
Clamp in nickel‑plated brass suitable for fixing and adjustment of galvanised steel wire (diameter 1,25 mm
1,5 mm ‑ 2 mm), complete with locking screws. The 2 hole clamp allows to block and adjust the cable on a
bearing element (part of the building) or on rounded eye bolt.
Accessory compatible with 3F Linux S - IP40, 3F Linux S - IP54, 3F Linux DT.
Code Item
A0659 Adjustable clamp 2 holes - 10 pcs
The pack contains 10 pieces.
Clamp suitable for fixing and adjustment of galvanised steel wire (diameter 1.5 mm), with quick adjustment
through unlock buttons. The clamp with 2 holes allow to fix and adjust the cable on the carrier structural
element (belonging to the building) or with eye screw fixing.
Accessory compatible with 3F Linux S - IP40, 3F Linux S - IP54, 3F Linux DT.
This accessory can be used with one of the following codes: A20450 ‑ A0716 ‑ A0717 ‑ A0718.
Code Item
A20434 T-Connecting element 3F Linux
Code Item
A20436 L-Connecting element 3F L Linux
Code Item
A20448 Pair of closing end 3F Linux
Code Item
A20478 Anti-slip term. incli. 3F Linux
Safety bracket in white painted steel to secure lighting elements if installed vertically.
Accessory compatible with 3F Linux S - IP40, 3F Linux DT.
This accessory must always be used in combination with end terminals.
Code Item
A20442 Closing Top HIGH - L1778
High closing top, with a length of 1778 mm that can be cut to 889 mm, made of impact‑resistant white
PVC.
Accessory compatible with 3F Linux S - IP40, 3F Linux DT.
3F Linux 483
Code Item
A20743 IP54 - L1778 Closing Top
IP54 high closing top, with a length of 1778 mm that can be cut to 889 mm, made of impact‑resistant white
PVC.
Accessory compatible with 3F Linux S - IP54, 3F Linux DT.
Code Item
A20428 Closing Top LOW - L1778
Cuttable low closing top, with a length of 1778 mm that can be cut, made of impact‑resistant white PVC.
Accessory compatible ONLY with 3F Linux S‑NL | IP40 and without 3F Linux L, 3F Linux D or
3F Linux DR light units.
Code Item
A20475 3F Linux Cable Support (10 pcs)
The pack contains 10 pieces.
Code Item
A20470 Pair of mounting brack. lum. 3F Linux S
Brackets for the installation of luminaries on 3F Linux S and S‑NL bars (check the compatibility with our
technical departments). Made of hot galvanised steel.
Accessory compatible with 3F Linux S - IP40, 3F Linux DT.
Code Item
A20504 Pair brack.3F Linda instal.in 3F Linux S
Brackets for installation of 3F Linda luminaries on 3F Linux S structures. Made from hot‑galvanised steel.
Code Item
A20740 IP54 3F Linux End terminal
Code Item
A20742 IP54 3F Linux End terminal with 2 holes
Code Item
A20459 5-pole socket-plug L-branch 3F Linux S
A20460 7-pole socket-plug L-branch 3F Linux S
Code Item
A20464 5-pole socket-plug T-branch 3F Linux S
A20465 7-pole socket-plug T-branch 3F Linux S
Code Item
A20454 5-pole socket-plug term.block 3F Linux S
A20455 7-pole socket-plug term.block 3F Linux S
Quick connection non‑reversible plug‑socket terminal block, for connection to the power line at the start or
end of the channel.
Accessory compatible with 3F Linux S - IP40, 3F Linux S - IP54, 3F Linux DT.
Accessories not compatible with 3F Linux S‑NL (cod.: A20011, A20012).
Code Item
A20500 Cen.pow-sup.soc-plug ter-blo.3FLinuxS 5P
A20501 Cen.pow-sup.soc-plug ter-blo.3FLinuxS 7P
Quick connection non‑reversible plug‑socket terminal block, for connection to the power line at the centre of
the channel.
Accessory compatible with 3F Linux S - IP40, 3F Linux S - IP54, 3F Linux DT.
Accessories not compatible with 3F Linux S‑NL (cod.: A20011, A20012).
Code Item
A0490 Connection to the earth
Connection to the earth, by means of galvanised M5 screw and nut, for Ø 6 mm hole at the end of every
structure.
Accessory compatible with 3F Linux S - IP40, 3F Linux S - IP54, 3F Linux DT.
3F Linux 485
Code Item
A20479 Power cable for luminaires 3P-3F Linux
A20480 Power cable for luminaires 5P-3F Linux
Code Item
A0801 Electric ext. with plug 3F Linux DALI-EP
A0802 Electric extension with plug 3F Linux
Extension cord to connect some light modules interspersed with blind covers with a length of 889 mm
(contact our technical department).
Accessory compatible with 3F Linux S - IP40, 3F Linux S - IP54, 3F Linux DT.
Attention: the code A0801 is supplied with a 5‑pole electric line, while the code A0802 is supplied
with a 3‑pole electric line.
Code Item
A20476 Contact pin for 3F Linux plug (50 pcs.)
The pack contains 50 pieces.
Overview
3F Six is the new compact fixture designed by 3F Filippi. • Luminous efficacy up to 162 lumen/watt.
Thanks to its compact height and flat shape with a visible edge of • Luminous fluxes from 6843 to 14086 lumens.
only 3 cm, is particularly suitable for shopping centres, exhibition • Average luminance <3000 cd/m² (UGR version).
areas and warehouses. • Extensive installation pitch.
The fixture (available in both a square and rectangular version), can • UGR <19 (UGR version).
be installed in a flexible way on busways or electrified tracks. • Driver integrated in the fixture.
Thanks to the use of six methacrylate (PMMA) optical lenses • Essential and functional design.
installed on the fixture is it possible to obtain customised luminous • EcoDesign: power supplies and sources replaceable at the end
distribution by choosing from the eight types of optics available: of product life.
wide, double asymmetric, wide double asymmetric, asymmetric, • Versatility of use in different environments.
medium, concentrated, hyper concentrated and UGR. • Product suitable for use in the food industry (HACCP / IFS /
The latter configuration, designed to be used in environments with BRC-Standard).
more stringent vision requirements or where there are VDTs, uses
lenses with controlled luminance and a UGR<19 glare index.
3F Six is available in a version with ON/OFF wiring or DALI control
to manage the fixture and the energy consumption of the entire
lighting system.
489
Product range
Track
3F Six
Track
52 52
378 190
3F Six Track
Average luminance
for angles> 65 >3000 >3000 >3000 >3000 <3000
(cd / m²)
Photometric
distribution
490
Busbar
3F Six
Blindo
52
378
3F Six Blindo
Average luminance
for angles> 65 >3000 >3000 <3000
(cd / m²)
Photometric
distribution
491
/ Systems and track-mounted products
Coop Saffi
Bologna
Squadred Italia/Italy
H
A L
Rectangular
H
A L
492
3F Six Track
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct distribution. This product is suitable for installation on a 3‑phase electrified busbar
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) "Binario 3F" (on page 514).
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE
Environments: industrial, commercial, exhibition areas, transit areas,
Linear LED modules. lobbies or waiting rooms, shops.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3.
UGR version
Environments that need luminance control.
MECHANICAL
Housing in galvannealed steel, painted in white epoxy‑polyester. LIGHT MANAGEMENT
Height only 52 mm.
Methacrylate (PMMA) lenses with external flat surface. The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
The fixture can be rotated horizontally from 0° to 330°. 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
ELECTRICAL ON REQUEST
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • different light distributions
Truck adapter, 4/6‑way. • different powers or colour temperatures
• housing in different RAL colours
• wiring: CLO (page 752)
• fixture rotation lock bracket
• CRI >90 sources
• emergency versions
493
3F Six Track Wide
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
494 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Six Track Medium
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
496 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Systems and track-mounted products
A L
498
3F Six Blindo
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct distribution. This product is suitable for installation on a busway (hooking brackets
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) not included).
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE
Environments: industrial, commercial, exhibition areas, transit areas,
Linear LED modules. lobbies or waiting rooms, shops.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
(HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
499
3F Six Blindo Wide
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
500 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Six Blindo UGR
Overview
3F Emilio is the high-end LED spotlight designed by Belgian • Luminous efficacy up to 131 lumen/watt.
designers Serge and Robert Cornelissen. • Luminous fluxes from 1823 to 4086 lumens.
The lighting body has been designed to obtain the best energy and • Essential and functional design.
lighting performance in various contexts. • EcoDesign: power supplies and sources replaceable at the end
In order to obtain excellent thermal efficiency with a high size to of product life.
luminous flux ratio, the body of the spotlight has inner fins, while the • Ease of assembly and maintenance.
outside is smooth to facilitate cleaning. • Versatility of use in different environments.
The 3F Filippi technology used in this system also allows effective
control of luminance, without affecting the optical performance and
visual comfort.
Its simple and refined lines, which alongside its reduced size
represent an additional advantage, makes 3F Emilio the most
suitable solution for numerous environments, from retail to contract.
503
Product range
Track
3F Emilio 105
Track
130
3F Emilio Track
Photometric
distribution
504
Different accents to create
your light
3F Emilio Track is the LED spotlight with a simple and refined design which, thanks to its high efficiency, represents the ideal
solution for emphasising products in points of sale, even those of significant size.
506
Here is a brief guide for choosing the correct colour temperature version:
These are just provided as design tips and are not intended to replace personal taste or the choices of individual lighting
designers,rather they are meant only as a quick consultation tool.
507
/ Systems and track-mounted products
Foodies Market
L Waterloo
Belgique/Belgium
508
3F Emilio Track
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Symmetrical (TK), elliptical (TK ELL) and hyperconcentrated (TK IPER) This product is suitable for installation on a 3‑phase electrified busbar
spot distribution. "Binario 3F" (on page 514).
Lifetime (L80/B20): 50000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG1 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Environments: commercial, museums, shops.
MECHANICAL ON REQUEST
Wired unit in polycarbonate with busbar adaptor. • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
Single‑piece in die‑cast aluminium with passive dissipation with temperatures
perimeter cooling slots on upper edge, giving a crown of light effect to • housing in different RAL colours
the fitting. • CRI >90 sources
Invisible lock for positioning the luminous flux.
Lens made from transparent methacrylate (PMMA) with glossy surface
and differentiated photo‑etched.
Positioning arm in galvanised brass with sphere to allow for vertical
positioning at angles from 0° to 90° and horizontal positioning from 0°
to 360°.
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Wiring unit separate from the body, invisible and integrated into the
busbar.
Class II.
509
3F Emilio Track Spot
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Spot lens.
Code 47552 Body and wired unit in polycarbonate with busbar adaptor.
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
510 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Emilio Track Spot Meat/Bread/Crisp
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Spot lens.
Meat ‑ Specific source to light up meat and cold cuts.
Bread ‑ Specific source to light up bread.
Crisp ‑ specific source for illuminating textile products and
enhancing white colours.
Code 47556 Body and wired unit in polycarbonate with busbar adaptor.
FL
IC K ER
FL
IC K ER
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
512 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Emilio Track Iperconcentrated Meat/Bread/Crisp
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Scale: 1:1
N 16A N 16A
16A
The versatility of this product allows the creation 16A
L
of ceiling-mount or suspended installations
(within the maximum suspendable load limit).
900 L1 450 16A
450
DALI DALI
DALI DALI
Structural elements
2
4 9
2
2 7
2 8
5 2
2
3
2 2
1 6
2
6
514
Defining the earth conductor position
Note: the side positioning of the earth contact makes the busbar structure asymmetrical and the connectors must be chosen on the
basis of this. In particular, this indication applies only to the following components:
Power-supply cap
In the S (LH) version, the conductor is In the D (RH) version, the conductor is
located on the left when looking at the located on the right when looking at the
composition from above. composition from above.
L connector
In the EXT version, the conductor is In the INT version, the conductor is
located on the outside when looking at the located on the inside when looking at the
composition from above. composition from above.
T connector
515
/ Systems and track-mounted products
516
Binario 3F
The Binario 3F is a mixed 3‑phase system with two extra conductors for the management of any signal (eg DALI).
The system is certified according to EN 60570 and its installation must be performed by qualified personnel.
Three types of fixing:
• directly on the surface (using the holes already provided in binary)
• surface mounted using the metal clip
• suspended by tension steel cables and various clamps and brackets without exceeding the maximum loads are planned
MECHANICAL
Electrified track made from extruded aluminium, Eurostandard Plus
compliant.
The wires are enclosed in rigid extruded profiles made of PVC insulating
material with high dielectric strength.
Length: 1000‑2000‑3000‑4000 mm.
517
Binario 3F
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
518 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
Binario 3F | Accessories
Code Item
A4174 Power-supply head DX - WH
A4166 Power-supply head DX - GR
A4209 Power-supply head DX - BK
A4196 Power-supply head SX - WH
A4190 Power-supply head SX - GR
A4218 Power-supply head SX - BK
Power connection: polycarbonate body and copper alloy contacts. Warning: as the track structure is
asymmetrical because of the grounding element placed laterally, feeding heads and connecting joints must
be chosen accordingly.
Code Item
A4175 Central power-supply - WH
A4167 Central power-supply - GR
A4210 Central power-supply - BK
Central power supply with polycarbonate body and copper alloy contacts.
Code Item
A4180 End cap - WH
A4172 End cap - GR
A4215 End cap - BK
Code Item
A4188 Linear connecting element - WH
A4182 Linear connecting element - GR
A4217 Linear connecting element - BK
Linear connecting element with a polycarbonate body and copper alloy contacts.
Code Item
A4176 Flexible connecting element - WH
A4168 Flexible connecting element - GR
A4211 Flexible connecting element - BK
Flexible connecting element with polycarbonate body and copper alloy contacts.
Binario 3F 519
Code Item
A4177 L-joint - EXT - WH
A4169 L-joint - EXT - GR
A4212 L-joint - EXT - BK
A4197 L-joint - INT - WH
A4191 L-joint - INT - GR
A4219 L-joint - INT - BK
"L"‑shaped connecting element with polycarbonate body and copper alloy contacts. Warning: as the track
structure is asymmetrical because of the grounding element placed laterally, feeding heads and connecting
joints must be chosen accordingly.
Code Item
A4198 T-joint - EXT + DX - WH
A4178 T-joint - EXT + SX - WH
A4192 T-joint - EXT + DX - GR
A4170 T-joint - EXT + SX - GR
A4220 T-joint - EXT + DX - BK
A4213 T-joint - EXT + SX - BK
A4200 T-joint - INT + DX - WH
A4199 T-joint - INT + SX - WH
A4194 T-joint - INT + DX - GR
A4193 T-joint - INT + SX - GR
A4222 T-joint - INT + DX - BK
A4221 T-joint - INT + SX - BK
"T"‑shaped connecting element with polycarbonate body and copper alloy contacts. Warning: as the track
structure is asymmetrical because of the grounding element placed laterally, feeding heads and connecting
joints must be chosen accordingly.
Code Item
A4179 Cross joint - WH
A4171 Cross joint - GR
A4214 Cross joint - BK
Cross‑shaped connecting element with polycarbonate body and copper alloy contacts.
Code Item
A4181 PVC closing top - L1000 - WH
A4173 PVC closing top - L1000 - GR
A4216 PVC closing top - L1000 - BK
Code Item
A4204 Adj. susp. boss + 1.5m bracket
A4205 Adj. susp. boss + 3m bracket
A4206 Adj. susp. boss + 5m bracket
Adjustable suspension kit with galvanised steel sliding bracket and locking screw, metal rose and steel cable
with diameter of 1.5 mm.
Code Item
A4225 Rigid support bracket
Binario 3F 521
/ catalogue
/ 3F Filippi
522
Update New
3F Tank 3F Tank
ATEX ICE Extreme Beta 500
Page 524 Page 530 Page 538 Page 544 Page 548 Page 554
3F LEM
Retrofit
Beta i3F 3F Cub Beta A3F-i3F
Page 666 Page 672 Page 672 Page 680 Page 680 Page 686
Retrofit 3F Cub
Retrofit Retrofit
Beta 430 3F Cub IP64
Page 686 Page 690 Page 690
523
3F Tank
www.3F-Filippi.com/3F Tank
Overview
Safety is important in every workplace, but in high-risk production • Luminous efficacy up to 158 lumen/watt.
contexts it is fundamental. • Luminous fluxes from 1820 to 9767 lumens.
3F Filippi has created 3F Tank ATEX, the light fixture that ensures • Average luminance <3000 cd/m² (UGR version).
maximum safety for workers and provides quality lighting at the • Extensive installation pitch.
same time. • UGR <19 (UGR version).
The state-of-the-art LED sources are protected by a polycarbonate • 5 different photometric distributions.
cylinder that ensures maximum protection from dust, water and • Quick and easy cleaning.
impact. • Essential and functional design.
This fixture is the ultimate answer for those looking for the safest • EcoDesign: power supplies and sources replaceable at the end
lighting solution for more challenging industrial contexts thanks to of product life.
its IK10 maximum mechanical resistance and IP69K (IP66 ATEX • Ease of assembly and maintenance.
applications) protection rating, that makes it suitable for contexts • Versatility of use in different environments.
where equipment is cleaned intensely with high-pressure water or • ATEX - Group II, Category 3D, Ex tc IIIC T85°C Dc.
steam. • Product suitable for use in the food industry (HACCP / IFS /
BRC-Standard).
• ICE Extreme - Version for use at low temperatures (down to
-30°C).
525
Product range
Suspended Ceiling Busbar Wall
3F Tank O 80
3F Tank ATEX
Model Lite
Average luminance
for angles> 65 >3000
(cd / m²)
UGR <21
ATEX Certification
Group II, Categoy 3D, Ex tc IIIC T85°C Dc.
(Excluding Ice Extreme version)
Photometric
distribution
526
3F Tank ATEX Lite 3F Tank ATEX
3F Tank ICE Extreme
3F Tank ATEX
3F Tank ICE Extreme
Average luminance
for angles> 65 >3000 >3000 <3000 >3000
(cd / m²)
ATEX Certification
Group II, Categoy 3D, Ex tc IIIC T85°C Dc.
(Excluding Ice Extreme version)
Photometric
distribution
Power level 13 13 35 13
45 45 40 45
55 55 55
70 70 70
527
Challenging environments
3F Tank ATEX meets the compliance requirements listed in two EU ATEX directives, the acronym of “ATmosphere EXplosive”
relating to equipment intended for environments with explosive atmospheres and the safety conditions for those working in
these particular contexts.
3F Tank ATEX is a fixture that is designed to be installed on horizontal/vertical surfaces that, thanks to its dust proof body
ensures a very high level of protection in areas where explosive atmospheres may be present in the air (for short periods) in the
form of flammable dust clouds .
END CAP
6082-T6 aluminium.
/ Waterproof and corrosion-proof
530
3F Tank ATEX
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Ceiling, suspension or wall installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Lifetime (L85/B10): 50000 h. (tq+40°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). APPLICATIONS
Environments with ATEX explosive atmosphere, group II,
SOURCE category 3D, T85°C, Zone 22 Dc (compliance with directive 2014/34/
EU and IEC/EN 60079 standard), severe industrial, food and agri‑food
Linear LED modules. industries, scientific and food processing laboratories, environments
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. with high humidity, swimming pools, railway, aeronautical and port
applications.
Hygienically suitable product for installation in food production plants
MECHANICAL (HACCP), IFS (Food Version 6), BRC (GSFS Food Version 7).
In environments with temperature from ‑20°C to +40°C, except the
High thickness tubular body in high transparency polycarbonate surface ones where the luminaire materials are unsuitable.
treatment, which guarantees resistance to aggressive chemical agents. Body resistant to the following substances: Ethyl alcohol (24 hours at
Aluminium 6082‑T6 end caps. 20°C), aqueous detergents, hydrochloric acid (produces a slight halo),
Sealing gasket. DOT4 brake oil, sulfuric acid (produces a slight halo), ammonia.
Gear‑holder reflector in hot‑dip galvanised steel, painted with white When using this data, remember that it is the result of laboratory tests,
polyester base. and therefore valid only under those test conditions: the data is to be
Fixing brackets and screws in AISI 316 stainless steel. considered approximate and, in the absence of practical experience, it
is advisable to carry out tests under actual operating conditions.
Temperature and concentration of the chemical agent can have a
ELECTRICAL decisive impact on the materials and influence the LED technology.
For specific applications please contact our technical offices.
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical LIGHT MANAGEMENT
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
Quick connection via M20x1.5 cable gland in fibreglass reinforced The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
polyamide with 2m H07RN‑F 3/5G1.5mm² cable. 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
ON REQUEST
• different light distributions
• different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
temperatures
• wiring: CLO (page 752)
• CRI >90 sources
• AISI 316 stainless steel end caps
• UV Resistant versions
• emergency versions
531
3F Tank ATEX Lite
S AF E
Diffuse distribution.
Code 56662 IP69K protection degree; IP66 ATEX applications.
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
532 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Tank ATEX Wide
S AF E
Wide distribution.
Methacrylate (PMMA) lenses with external flat surface.
Code 56678 IP69K protection degree; IP66 ATEX applications.
Medium distribution.
Methacrylate (PMMA) lenses with external flat surface.
Code 56694 IP69K protection degree; IP66 ATEX applications.
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
534 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Tank ATEX UGR
S AF E
Controlled distribution.
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°.
Methacrylate (PMMA) lenses with external flat surface.
Code 56712 L<3000 cd/m² 65° IP69K protection degree; IP66 ATEX applications.
Concentrated distribution.
Methacrylate (PMMA) lenses with external flat surface.
Code 56718 IP69K protection degree; IP66 ATEX applications.
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
536 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Waterproof and corrosion-proof
538
3F Tank ICE Extreme
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Ceiling, suspension or wall installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Luminous flux at ‑30°C: +7%.
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). APPLICATIONS
Cells with temperature from ‑30°C to + 40°C with a humidity degree up
SOURCE to 95%.
Before installation, we recommend checking that there are no
Linear LED modules. contraindications to the use of and polycarbonate inside the refrigerating
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. room.
For applications in environments in which disturbances on the power
network may be present and/or involve use at low temperatures, surge
MECHANICAL protection devices should be fitted on the power supply and any causes
of undervoltages eliminated.
High thickness tubular body in high transparency polycarbonate surface Hygienically suitable product for installation in food production plants
treatment, which guarantees resistance to aggressive chemical agents. (HACCP), IFS (Food Version 6), BRC (GSFS Food Version 7).
Aluminium 6082‑T6 end caps. For specific applications please contact our technical offices.
Sealing gasket.
Gear‑holder reflector in hot‑dip galvanised steel, painted with white
polyester base. ON REQUEST
Fixing brackets and screws in AISI 316 stainless steel.
• different light distributions
• different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
ELECTRICAL temperatures
• UV Resistant versions
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
Quick connection via M20x1.5 cable gland in fibreglass reinforced
polyamide with 2m H07RN‑F 3/5G1.5mm² cable.
539
3F Tank ICE Extreme Wide
S AF E
FL
IP69K HACCP
IC K ER
Wide distribution.
Code 52095 Methacrylate (PMMA) lenses with external flat surface.
FL
IP69K HACCP
IC K ER
Medium distribution.
Code 52111 Methacrylate (PMMA) lenses with external flat surface.
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
540 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Tank ICE Extreme UGR
S AF E
FL
IP69K HACCP
IC K ER
Controlled distribution.
Average luminance <3000 cd/m² for radial angles >65°.
Code 52143 Methacrylate (PMMA) lenses with external flat surface.
FL
IP69K HACCP
IC K ER
Concentrated distribution.
Code 52127 Methacrylate (PMMA) lenses with external flat surface.
Code Item
A0835 Pair brack.+hooks for wall
Pair of mounting brackets and hooks for wall‑mounting, with nuts and bolts for luminaire fastening,
everything in stainless steel.
This accessory must always be used in combination with pair of suspension brackets.
Code Item
A0660 Suspension with adjustment - 1m
A0661 Suspension with adjustment - 2 m
A0662 Suspension with adjustment - 3 m
A0663 Suspension with adjustment - 4 m
A0664 Suspension with adjustment - 5 m
A0665 Suspension with adjustment - 6 m
Suspension with regulator, galvanised steel cable 1.5 mm diameter, load 15 kg.
Attention: each product requires two suspensions with regulator.
Overview
Beta 500 is an extremely functional product that makes solidity • Luminous efficacy up to 160 lumen/watt.
and power its strengths: it is the result of 3F Filippi's many years of • Luminous fluxes from 23732 to 44310 lumens.
experience in the industry. • Extensive installation pitch.
Thanks to its high degree of protection IP66, it is totally protected • Uniformly illuminated screen.
against dust and powerful water jets: its shape facilitates cleaning • 3 different photometric distributions.
operations and this makes it suitable for many areas of application, • Quick and easy cleaning.
including food and pharmaceuticals sectors. • Essential and functional design.
Product reliability has been taken care of down to the smallest • Ease of assembly and maintenance.
detail: to obtain correct thermal management and guarantee the • EcoDesign: power supplies and sources replaceable at the end
quality of light for many years, our designers have combined a of product life.
sturdy aluminium body and a frame made of stainless steel to house • Versatility of use in different environments.
first-class LEDs and drivers. • Thanks to the FastWiring system, the installation time is
The uniformity of its light leaves maximum freedom of layout drastically reduced.
configuration in today's and future production departments, • Product suitable for use in the food industry (HACCP / IFS /
supported by innovative diffusers or "3F Lens" optics entirely BRC-Standard).
developed and manufactured by 3F Filippi.
The latest generation LED sources are available with 4000K or
6500K colour temperatures, offering lighting designers a wide range
of luminous fluxes (from 18,000 to more than 40,000 lumens).
545
Product range
Ceiling Busbar
(Acc. A0861)
100
Beta 500
105
515
Beta 500
Model SP VA
Photometric
distribution
546
Beta 500 SP Beta 500 VA Beta 500 SL | Beta 500 VT
Beta 500
SL VT
Model Conc Conc
Photometric
distribution
547
/ Waterproof and corrosion-proof
Stabilimento FCA
Suzzara (MN)
Italia/Italy
H
548
Beta 500
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Direct symmetric distribution. Ceiling mounted, suspension or busway installation.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Ambient temperature from ‑20°C to +45°C.
Commercial and industrial environments and warehouses.
Linear LED modules. Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
ON REQUEST
• different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
temperatures
• transparent or frosted polycarbonate diffuser, laminated glass
• wiring: dimmable, CLO (page 752), single‑circuit
• linear LED modules, with special protection against aggressive
chemically‑volatile substances, for standard LED technology
• emergency versions
549
Beta 500 SP
S AF E
FL
IK07 HACCP
IC K ER
Medium distribution.
SP transparent methacrylate (PMMA) diffuser, prismatic outside,
Code 52002 antiglare.
Beta 500 VA
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Medium distribution.
Code 52050 Frosted glass HST tempered, non‑combustible.
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
550 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
Beta 500 SL Concentrated
S AF E
FL
IK07 HACCP
IC K ER
Concentrated distribution.
3F Lens lenses with high luminous efficiency, transparent
methacrylate (PMMA), fixed to the LED modules.
Code 52026 SL transparent methacrylate (PMMA) flat diffuser.
FL
IC K ER
Concentrated distribution.
3F Lens lenses with high luminous efficiency, transparent
methacrylate (PMMA), fixed to the LED modules.
Code 52038 Transparent glass HST tempered, non‑combustible.
Code Item
A0521 Reducing sealing ring diam.8mm
Reducing sealing ring, dedicated to the use of cables with an external diameter of up to 8 mm.
Code Item
A0858 Bracket for central suspension L870
A0859 Bracket for central suspension L1230
Code Item
A0860 Adjustable suspension kit 2m
Suspension installation kit consisting of ceiling plate, 2 metre long galvanised steel cables and regulators.
Code Item
A0861 Pair of brack. ceiling instal. Beta500
Overview
3F Linda LED has become famous for its soft and smooth lines, • Luminous efficacy up to 140 lumen/watt.
its patented snug fit snap-lock clips, its compact egg-shaped • Luminous fluxes from 461 to 9533 lumens.
housing (110 millimetres maximum in the case of ceiling installation • Extensive installation pitch.
with brackets), its internal reinforcement structure and its elastic, • 5 different photometric distributions.
shatterproof polycarbonate diffuser. • Available with integrated sensors.
Thanks to its flexibility, it finds applications in residential, commercial • Emergency version with kit integrated into the body.
and even food industry environments (IFS, HACCP and BRC • Quick and easy cleaning.
certification). • Essential and functional design.
3F Linda LED is available in three different lengths (600, 1200 and • EcoDesign: power supplies and sources replaceable at the end
1500 mm) with different power and luminous flux levels, and with of product life.
both housing widths (100 millimetres and 160 millimetres). • Ease of assembly and maintenance.
Its efficient electronic wiring decreases power consumption and • Fast relamping thanks to the fixing centres compatible with
start-up times. previous generations.
Thanks to the photo-etched diffuser, 3F Linda LED is now even • Versatility of use in different environments.
higher-performance and economical, with improved diffusion and • ATEX - Group II, Category 3D, Ex tc IIIC T85°C Dc.
softer light, and increased visual comfort. • Product suitable for use in the food industry (HACCP / IFS /
BRC-Standard).
555
Product range
Suspended Ceiling Busbar
100
3F Linda
160 100
3F Linda
Photometric
distribution
Dimensions 100 160 100 160 160 100 160 100 160 100 160
Installation Dt 1,77 1,52 1,74 3,54 0,89 1,77 1,35 1,39 1,35 1,77 1,52
steps Dl 1,17 1,17 1,23 1,32 1,18 1,17 1,24 1,21 1,24 1,17 1,17
556
3F Linda 100 mm 3F Linda 160 mm
3F Linda
Sensor
Model Compact HS HT Transparent Ice Sensor Bluetooth
Photometric
distribution
Dimensions 100 160 100 160 100 160 100 160 100 160 100 160 100 160
Installation Dt 1,87 1,32 1,77 1,52 1,77 1,52 1,72 1,54 1,77 1,52 1,77 1,52 1,77 1,35
steps Dl 1,39 1,45 1,17 1,17 1,17 1,17 1,16 1,17 1,17 1,17 1,17 1,17 1,17 1,24
557
Product advantages
EFFICIENT AND ECOLOGICAL. FOR YOU, FOR THE WORLD.
3F Linda LED shows off the best of 3F Filippi's design philosophy in looking for the best production solutions which respect the
environment and lead to a reduction in materials and energy across the whole of the product's life cycle, by:
• Reducing power consumption and increasing the of the product at the end of its lifetime.
efficiency of our products thanks to the introduction
of intelligent electronic wiring, high-efficiency sources • Reduced ecological footprint, with products
and optimisation of the distribution of the luminous manufactured with energy from PV solar panels and
flux, thanks also to the possibility of installing flow product handling following a "zero-mile" philosophy.
recuperators.
• Installation compatibility with previous versions: the new
• Limited use of different materials in order to facilitate 3F Linda LED integrates perfectly in all environments,
the assembly, installation and recycling phases: only becoming the perfect solution to update existing
polycarbonate (body, diffuser, clips), aluminium or steel installations – thanks to its full compatibility with the
(flow recuperator, gear tray and stainless-steel clips) previous fluorescent version in terms of its size and
and the copper in the wires (completely removable) are accessories.
used in 3F Linda LED. Moreover, connection between
• Reuse of these elements means that less energy is used
components are all reversible and use completely
to create new products and accessories for adaption of
recyclable materials, facilitating disassembly and disposal
previous installations.
558
• Recyclable green packaging, like all of 3F Filippi’s • The sliding quick connection bracket can also be adjusted
products, in recycled cardboard. to suit the thermal expansion of the luminaire even in
environments with a notable temperature range. The set of
• Installation is quick and safe thanks to the fixing brackets three fixing brackets is supplied with each luminaire.
made entirely of stainless steel (both the internal and
external part); the weight is distributed optimally. • 3F Linda LED is a luminaire with Fire Reaction Class
1 as per Italian Ministerial Decree of 24 June 1984
• For installations with direct exposure to sunlight, use of the (Classification of reaction to fire and type-approval of
“Beta 235” or “Beta A3F - i3F” product is recommended. materials for fire-prevention purposes).
Stabilimento FCA
Melfi (PZ)
H
Italia/Italy
A A
560
3F Linda
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL APPLICATIONS
Controlled symmetric distribution. Dry, dusty indoor environments, subject to occasional water splashes.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Virtually shatterproof polycarbonate compatibly with the
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). fumes / atmospheres that compromise the elasticity of plastic materials
(page 805).
Not suitable in environments where chlorine fumes, ligroin, hydrocarbon
SOURCE mixtures, mineral oil vapours or fumes of lubricating emulsions to cool
down machine tools are present.
Linear LED modules. Not suitable for installation on surfaces subject to important vibrations,
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. exposed to weather conditions, on ropes or poles.
Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
(HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
MECHANICAL Suitable for illumination of public car parks and parking grounds referred
to DIN 67528:2018‑04.
Self‑extinguishing V2 polycarbonate housing, injection For specific applications please contact our technical offices.
moulded, RAL 7035 grey.
Ecologic anti‑aging injected sealing gasket.
Gear‑tray reflector unit in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white WARNING
polyester, fixed to the housing by means of steel rapid devices, hinged
opening. Fixture not suitable for cold stores with an ambient temperature <0°C
Diffuser in self‑extinguishing V2 polycarbonate, photo‑engraved interior, and/or relative humidity >85%.
UV stabilised, injection moulded with smooth outer surface.
Stainless steel fixing brackets, L=300 mm versions excluded.
ON REQUEST
ELECTRICAL • different colour rendering indices and colour temperatures
• wiring: CLO (page 752), class II
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • linear LED modules, with special protection against aggressive
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a chemically‑volatile substances, for standard LED technology
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • emergency versions
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
The luminaires with EP permanent emergency wiring on board comply
with EN 60598‑2‑22 standard, high risk areas excluded.
561
3F Linda
S AF E
EP ENP HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
562 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
EP maintained emergency wiring, 1hr duration with 24hrs recharge (page 772)
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
58569 3F Linda LED 1x6W EP LA L660 8.5 1029 4000 >80 660x160x100
58567 3F Linda LED 1x12W EP LA L660 15 2033 4000 >80 660x160x100
58592 3F Linda LED 1x18W EP L1270 21 2967 4000 >80 1270x100x100
58614 3F Linda LED 1x22W EP L1570 26 3955 4000 >80 1570x100x100
58589 3F Linda LED 1x24W EP L1270 29 4065 4000 >80 1270x100x100
58591 3F Linda LED 1x24W/830 EP L1270 29 3903 3000 >80 1270x100x100
58590 3F Linda LED 1x24W/865 EP L1270 29 4065 6500 >80 1270x100x100
58611 3F Linda LED 1x30W EP L1570 34.5 5180 4000 >80 1570x100x100
58613 3F Linda LED 1x30W/830 EP L1570 34.5 4973 3000 >80 1570x100x100
58612 3F Linda LED 1x30W/865 EP L1570 34.5 5180 6500 >80 1570x100x100
58603 3F Linda LED 2x18W EP L1270 41 6048 4000 >80 1270x160x100
58626 3F Linda LED 2x22W EP L1570 50 7557 4000 >80 1570x160x100
58600 3F Linda LED 2x24W EP L1270 55.5 7911 4000 >80 1270x160x100
58602 3F Linda LED 2x24W/830 EP L1270 55.5 7594 3000 >80 1270x160x100
58601 3F Linda LED 2x24W/865 EP L1270 55.5 7911 6500 >80 1270x160x100
58623 3F Linda LED 2x30W EP L1570 67 9715 4000 >80 1570x160x100
58625 3F Linda LED 2x30W/830 EP L1570 67 9327 3000 >80 1570x160x100
58624 3F Linda LED 2x30W/865 EP L1570 67 9715 6500 >80 1570x160x100
ENP non-permanent emergency wiring, 1hr duration with 24hrs recharge (page 772)
Code Item W lm K CRI LxAxH
58705 3F Linda LED 1x12W ENP LA L660 543 4000 >80 660x160x100
58713 3F Linda LED 1x24W ENP L1270 544 4000 >80 1270x100x100
3F Linda 563
3F Linda HQ
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
564 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Linda HO
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
3F Linda Wide
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Wide distribution.
Flux recuperator in specular aluminium, high efficiency.
Snug fit safety snap‑lock clips for diffuser mounting in stainless
Code 58661 steel, screwdriver opening.
3F Linda 565
3F Linda Concentrated
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
3F Linda Basic
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
566 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Linda Soft
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
3F Linda 567
3F Linda Compact
S AF E
EP HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
568 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Waterproof and corrosion-proof
Porto di Savona
Savona
H
Italia/Italy
A A
570
3F Linda ATEX
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL APPLICATIONS
Controlled symmetric distribution. Environments with ATEX explosive atmosphere, group II,
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) category 3D, T85°C, Zone 22 Dc (compliance with directive 2014/34/
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). EU and IEC/EN 60079 standard), severe industrial, food and agri‑food
industries, scientific and food processing laboratories, environments
with high humidity, swimming pools, railway, aeronautical and port
SOURCE applications.
Dry, dusty indoor environments, subject to occasional water splashes.
Linear LED modules. Virtually shatterproof polycarbonate compatibly with the
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. fumes / atmospheres that compromise the elasticity of plastic materials
(page 805).
Not suitable in environments where chlorine fumes, ligroin, hydrocarbon
MECHANICAL mixtures, mineral oil vapours or fumes of lubricating emulsions to cool
down machine tools are present.
Self‑extinguishing V2 polycarbonate housing, injection Not suitable for installation on surfaces subject to important vibrations,
moulded, RAL 7035 grey. exposed to weather conditions, on ropes or poles.
Ecologic anti‑aging injected sealing gasket. Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
Gear‑tray reflector unit in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
polyester, fixed to the housing by means of steel rapid devices, hinged For specific applications please contact our technical offices.
opening.
Diffuser in self‑extinguishing V2 polycarbonate, photo‑engraved interior,
UV stabilised, injection moulded with smooth outer surface. WARNING
Snug fit safety snap‑lock clips for diffuser mounting in stainless steel,
screwdriver opening. Fixture not suitable for cold stores with an ambient temperature <0°C
Fixing brackets in stainless steel. and/or relative humidity >85%.
ELECTRICAL ON REQUEST
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • different colour rendering indices and colour temperatures
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • wiring: CLO (page 752), dimmable, class II
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • linear LED modules, with special protection against aggressive
data sheets of each individual device on our website. chemically‑volatile substances, for standard LED technology
571
3F Linda ATEX
S AF E
ATEX HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Code 58471
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
572 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Waterproof and corrosion-proof
Forming AG
Möhlin
H
Switzerland
A A
574
3F Linda HS
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL APPLICATIONS
Controlled symmetric distribution. Dry, dusty indoor environments, subject to occasional water splashes.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Hygienically suitable product for installation in food production plants
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). (HACCP), IFS (Food Version 6), BRC (GSFS Food Version 7).
Virtually shatterproof polycarbonate compatibly with the
fumes / atmospheres that compromise the elasticity of plastic materials
SOURCE (page 805).
Not suitable for installation on surfaces subject to important vibrations,
Linear anti‑sulfur LED modules (SiO2), with special protection exposed to weather conditions, on ropes or poles.
against aggressive chemically‑volatile substances, for standard Luminaire complete with linear anti‑sulfur LED modules (SiO2),
LED technology. with special protection against aggressive chemically‑volatile
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. substances, for standard LED technology.
Body and diffuser resistant to the following substances: Ethyl alcohol
(24 hours at 20°C), aqueous detergents, hydrochloric acid (leaves slight
MECHANICAL mark), DOT4 brake oil, sulphuric acid (leaves slight mark), ammonia.
When using this data, remember that it is the result of laboratory tests,
Body and screen in polycarbonate with additional protective treatment and therefore valid only under those test conditions: the data is to be
for use in environments with aggressive substances. considered approximate and, in the absence of practical experience, it
Ecologic anti‑aging injected sealing gasket. is advisable to carry out tests under actual operating conditions.
Gear‑tray reflector unit in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white Please refer to the resistance to corrosive substances table (page 805).
polyester, fixed to the housing by means of steel rapid devices, hinged The temperature and concentration of the chemical substance
opening. may significantly affect the materials and the LED technology.
Diffuser in self‑extinguishing V2 polycarbonate, photo‑engraved interior, For specific applications please contact our technical offices.
UV stabilised, injection moulded with smooth outer surface.
Snug fit safety snap‑lock clips for diffuser mounting in stainless steel,
screwdriver opening. WARNING
Fixing brackets in stainless steel.
Fixture not suitable for cold stores with an ambient temperature <0°C
and/or relative humidity >85%.
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. ON REQUEST
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • different colour temperatures
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • wiring: dimmable, CLO (page 752), class II
• emergency versions
575
3F Linda HS
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
576 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
NEW
Forming AG
Möhlin
H
Switzerland
A A
578
3F Linda HT
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL APPLICATIONS
Controlled symmetric distribution. Ambient temperatures up to +55°C.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Dry, dusty indoor environments, subject to occasional water splashes.
Luminous flux at +55°C: ‑10%.
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
WARNING
SOURCE Fixture not suitable for cold stores with an ambient temperature <0°C
and/or relative humidity >85%.
Linear LED modules.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3.
ON REQUEST
MECHANICAL • different colour rendering indices and colour temperatures
• wiring: electronic, dimmable, DALI, CLO (page 752), class II
Self‑extinguishing V2 polycarbonate housing, injection • linear LED modules, with special protection against aggressive
moulded, RAL 7035 grey. chemically‑volatile substances, for standard LED technology
Ecologic anti‑aging injected sealing gasket.
Gear‑tray reflector unit in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white
polyester, fixed to the housing by means of steel rapid devices, hinged
opening.
Diffuser in self‑extinguishing V2 polycarbonate, photo‑engraved interior,
UV stabilised, injection moulded with smooth outer surface.
Stainless steel fixing brackets.
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
579
3F Linda HT
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Code 57745
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
580 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Waterproof and corrosion-proof
Brandweer Hasselt
Hasselt
H
Belgique/Belgium
A A
582
3F Linda Transparent
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL APPLICATIONS
Controlled symmetric distribution. Dry, dusty indoor environments, subject to occasional water splashes.
Lifetime (L75/B10): 80000 h. (tq+25°C) Environments: transit areas, parking lots.
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). Environments where soft diffuse light is required for optimal visual
comfort.
Virtually shatterproof polycarbonate compatibly with the
SOURCE fumes / atmospheres that compromise the elasticity of plastic materials
(page 805).
Linear LED modules. Not suitable in environments where chlorine fumes, ligroin, hydrocarbon
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. mixtures, mineral oil vapours or fumes of lubricating emulsions to cool
down machine tools are present.
Not suitable for installation on surfaces subject to important vibrations,
MECHANICAL exposed to weather conditions, on ropes or poles.
Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
Housing in transparent self‑extinguishing V2 polycarbonate, injection (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
moulded. Suitable for illumination of public car parks and parking grounds referred
Ecologic anti‑aging injected sealing gasket. to DIN 67528:2018‑04.
Gear‑tray reflector unit in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white
polyester, fixed to the housing by means of steel rapid devices, hinged
opening. WARNING
Diffuser in self‑extinguishing V2 polycarbonate, photo‑engraved interior,
UV stabilised, injection moulded with smooth outer surface. Fixture not suitable for cold stores with an ambient temperature <0°C
Snug fit safety snap‑lock clips for diffuser mounting in stainless steel, and/or relative humidity >85%.
screwdriver opening.
Fixing brackets in stainless steel.
ON REQUEST
ELECTRICAL • different colour rendering indices and colour temperatures
• wiring: dimmable, CLO (page 752), class II
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • linear LED modules, with special protection against aggressive
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a chemically‑volatile substances, for standard LED technology
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • CRI >90 sources
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • emergency versions
583
3F Linda Transparent
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
584 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Waterproof and corrosion-proof
Cantine Banfi
Montalcino (SI)
H
Italia/Italy
A A
586
3F Linda Ice
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL APPLICATIONS
Controlled symmetric distribution. Cells with temperature from ‑30°C to + 40°C with a humidity degree up
Lifetime (L90/B10): 50000 h. (tq+25°C) to 95%.
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). Virtually shatterproof polycarbonate compatibly with the
fumes / atmospheres that compromise the elasticity of plastic materials
(page 805).
SOURCE For applications in environments in which disturbances on the power
network may be present and/or involve use at low temperatures, surge
Linear LED modules UR95. protection devices should be fitted on the power supply and any causes
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. of undervoltages eliminated.
Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
(HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
MECHANICAL
Self‑extinguishing V2 polycarbonate housing, injection NOTES
moulded, RAL 7035 grey.
Ecologic anti‑aging injected sealing gasket. Thanks to new 3F LED technology, the advantages of using
Gear‑tray reflector unit in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white 3F Linda LED ICE technology are manifold:
polyester, fixed to the housing by means of steel rapid devices, hinged • switch‑on time less than 5 seconds
opening. • unlimited on cycles
Diffuser in self‑extinguishing V2 polycarbonate, photo‑engraved interior, • lifetime of LED source does not decline in relation to the number of on
UV stabilised, injection moulded with smooth outer surface. cycles
Snug fit safety snap‑lock clips for diffuser mounting in stainless steel,
screwdriver opening. All this results in cost reductions thanks to:
Fixing brackets in stainless steel. • power consumption lower than for fluorescent versions
• no heat transfer from the luminaire to the cooled environment
ELECTRICAL
ON REQUEST
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • different colour rendering indices and colour temperatures
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • linear LED modules, with special protection against aggressive
data sheets of each individual device on our website. chemically‑volatile substances, for standard LED technology
Solid single‑core silicone rubber insulated wiring cable with fibreglass
braid type UG4T2/2 cross section 0.75 mm².
587
3F Linda Ice 1x
ICE HACCP
3F Linda Ice 2x
ICE HACCP
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
588 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Waterproof and corrosion-proof
A A
590
3F Linda Sensor
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL APPLICATIONS
Controlled symmetric distribution. Dry, dusty indoor environments, subject to occasional water splashes.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Environments: transit areas, parking lots.
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). Virtually shatterproof polycarbonate compatibly with the
fumes / atmospheres that compromise the elasticity of plastic materials
(page 805).
SOURCE Not suitable in environments where chlorine fumes, ligroin, hydrocarbon
mixtures, mineral oil vapours or fumes of lubricating emulsions to cool
Linear LED modules. down machine tools are present.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Not suitable for installation on surfaces subject to important vibrations,
exposed to weather conditions, on ropes or poles.
Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
MECHANICAL (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
Suitable for illumination of public car parks and parking grounds referred
Self‑extinguishing V2 polycarbonate housing, injection to DIN 67528:2018‑04.
moulded, RAL 7035 grey. For specific applications please contact our technical offices.
Ecologic anti‑aging injected sealing gasket.
Gear‑tray reflector unit in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white
polyester, fixed to the housing by means of steel rapid devices, hinged LIGHT MANAGEMENT
opening.
Diffuser in self‑extinguishing V2 polycarbonate, photo‑engraved interior, The products use 3F Sensor technology (page 726).
UV stabilised, injection moulded with smooth outer surface.
Snug fit safety snap‑lock clips for diffuser mounting in stainless steel,
screwdriver opening. WARNING
Fixing brackets in stainless steel.
Fixture not suitable for cold stores with an ambient temperature <0°C
and/or relative humidity >85%.
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. ON REQUEST
Integrated presence sensor.
• different colour rendering indices and colour temperatures
• linear LED modules, with special protection against aggressive
chemically‑volatile substances, for standard LED technology
• emergency versions
591
3F Linda Sensor
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
592 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Linda Sensor Bluetooth
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Suspension with regulator, galvanised steel cable 1.5 mm diameter, load 15 kg.
Attention: each product requires two suspensions with regulator.
Accessory not compatible with 3F Linda LED Compact versions.
Code Item
A0160 Inox clips 3F Linda L660 -4pcs
The pack contains 4 pieces.
A0161 Inox clips 3F Linda L1270 -8pcs
The pack contains 8 pieces.
A0162 Inox clips 3F Linda L1570 -10pcs
The pack contains 10 pieces.
Snug fit snap‑lock clips for diffuser mounting, in stainless steel, safety opening.
Accessory compatible with 3F Linda, 3F Linda - ATEX, 3F Linda - HT.
Code Item
A0449 15 GZI w/brack.+ hooks Linda L300
A0450 15 RIT w/bra.+hooks Linda L660-1270-1570
Pair of brackets and hooks in stainless steel, with nuts and bolts for fixing to 3F Linda, for ceiling or
wall‑mounting, single and twin‑lamp luminaires. Minimum tilt angle = 45°.
Code Item
A0451 15 MBI w/brack.+ hooks Linda L300
A0452 15 FBR w/bra.+hooks Linda L660-1270-1570
Pair of brackets and hooks in stainless steel, with nuts and bolts for fixing to 3F Linda, for wall‑mounting,
single and twin‑lamp luminaires.
Code Item
A0462 13 GSI (pair of susp. hooks Linda L300)
A0463 13 TRM pair of susp.hooks Linda
Pair of stainless steel hooks for suspended installation, with cable clip and nuts and bolts for installation to
3F Linda.
Code Item
A0455 Wireguard 180x1330 3F Linda
A0456 Wireguard 180x1630 3F Linda
A0457 Wireguard 280x1330 3F Linda/3F Beta
A0458 Wireguard 280x1630 3F Linda/3F Beta
Wire‑guard for applications in dry environments, against shocks coming from any directions, galvanised steel
rod Ø 5 mm.
Only for luminaires fixed without hooks.
5‑pole cascade connection line, stiff cable H07 V2‑U, HT 90°C, 1.5 mm², terminal blocks with connection
capacity 2x2.5 mm².
Accessory compatible with 3F Linda, 3F Linda - ATEX, 3F Linda - HS, 3F Linda - HT, 3F Linda - Ice,
3F Linda - Sensor.
Accessory not compatible with ST versions of 3F Linda LED Basic.
Code Item
A0187 Anti-condensation cable gland
Code Item
A0521 Reducing sealing ring diam.8mm
Reducing sealing ring, dedicated to the use of cables with an external diameter of up to 8 mm.
Code Item
A0464 26 CSG (pictogram P1 Linda L300)
A0465 26 MTH (pictogram P1 Linda L660)
Pictograms for warning signs to be applied on emergency luminaire's diffusers 160 mm wide. Pictogram,
135 mm high, 240 mm long for L300 luminaires, 605 mm long for L660 luminaires. Pictograms complying
with European standards concerning health and safety signals on the workplace.
Code Item
A0466 26 DVI (pictogram P2 Linda L300)
A0467 26 MVL (pictogram P2 Linda L660)
Pictograms for warning signs to be applied on emergency luminaire's diffusers 160 mm wide. Pictogram,
135 mm high, 240 mm long for L300 luminaires, 605 mm long for L660 luminaires. Pictograms complying
with European standards concerning health and safety signals on the workplace.
Code Item
A0468 26 GZM (pictogram P3 Linda L300)
A0469 26 PXN (pictogram P3 Linda L660)
Pictograms for warning signs to be applied on emergency luminaire's diffusers 160 mm wide. Pictogram,
135 mm high, 240 mm long for L300 luminaires, 605 mm long for L660 luminaires. Pictograms complying
with European standards concerning health and safety signals on the workplace.
Code Item
A0434 Safety screw locking Linda - 20 pcs
The pack contains 20 pieces.
A0435 Safety screw locking Linda - 100 pcs
The pack contains 100 pieces.
3F Linda 595
3F Linda LED
Examples of design
Comparison with waterproof Fluorescent 2x58 Starter
Design data:
8,460 W (starter)
Total luminaire 2,700 W 2,940 W
6,600 W (electronic)
-68% (starter) -65% (starter)
Difference
-59% (electronic) -55% (electronic)
10,000 hours (starter)
Average source life >50,000 hours >50,000 hours
18,000 hours (electronic)
51€ (starter)
Energy costs 16€ 17€**
40€ (electronic)
3000 hours annual operation (12 hours per day) 0.18 €/kWh
76€ (starter)
Energy costs 24€ 26€**
59€ (electronic)
Energy savings for each 52€* (starter) 50€* (starter)
luminaire currently installed 35€* (electronic) 33€* (electronic)
*Savings from the drastic reduction in maintenance costs should then be added to this!
**Less investment for the fixture purchase and installation
596
Comparison table between fluorescent and LED luminaires
Fluorescent Version Power Corresponding LED Power Savings
consumption (W) consumption (W)
T8 2x58W starter 141 3F Linda LED Basic ST 2x20W L1570 45 68%
HF 109 59%
2x36W starter 90 3F Linda LED Basic ST 2x16W L1270 36 60%
HF 71 49%
2x18W starter 45 3F Linda LED 1x12W L660 15 67%
HF 35 57%
1x58W starter 70 3F Linda LED Basic 1x23W L1570 29 59%
HF 55 47%
1x36W starter 45 3F Linda LED Basic 1x19W L1270 21 53%
HF 36 42%
1x18W starter 27 3F Linda LED 1x6W L660 7.5 72%
HF 19 61%
Eco-logical
3F Linda LED has been created according to the principles of Eco Design, and stands out for:
- Manufactured using energy from solar panels and assembled according to our “zero mileage” philosophy.
- Limited use of different materials, facilitating assembly, installation and recycling.
- Recyclable green packaging.
597
3F LEM
www.3F-Filippi.com/3F LEM
Overview
3F LEM is a highly specialised product, designed to satisfy • Luminous efficacy up to 163 lumen/watt.
customers who need to light large areas evenly. • Luminous fluxes from 7066 to 56175 lumens.
We have designed and manufactured it with large injection-moulded • Extensive installation pitch.
shielding which permits different photometric distributions and • UGR <22.
lighting modules in aluminium alloy which are able to optimally • 3 different photometric distributions.
dissipate the heat generated by the latest LED sources. • Resistance against ball impacts in accordance with DIN 18032-3.
The design of the 3F LEM is based on simplification and modularity • Available with integrated sensors.
of design: "LEM" means "Light Emitting Modules", and thanks • Quick and easy cleaning.
to common platforms and structures it is possible to obtain • Essential and functional design.
advantages for the customer in terms of the use, during installation • EcoDesign: power supplies and sources replaceable at the end
and even when changing the sources at the end of the product life of product life.
cycle. • Ease of assembly and maintenance.
• Versatility of use in different environments.
• Thanks to the FastWiring system, the installation time is
drastically reduced.
599
Product range
Suspended Ceiling Busbar
3F LEM 150
3F LEM 1
3F LEM 1+1
115
3F LEM
High High
Standard Output Sensor Temperature
Photometric
distribution
600
Suspended Ceiling Busbar
3F LEM 129
3F LEM 2
3F LEM 3 542
3F LEM 4
3F LEM 5
3F LEM
Sport High
Sport Output
Wide
Photometric
distribution
UGR <21
601
Optimized distribution
3F LEM is equipped with the highest quality LED sources with a CRI>80, but on request can be fitted with sources with CRI>90.
It is also possible to obtain light with a colour temperature of 4000K (neutral white), 6500K (cold white) and, on request, 3000K
(warm white).
With a UGR value of <22, we respect the vision of those who work under 3F LEM lights, as well as respecting health by ensuring
all luminaires are RG0 class (photobiological risk absent).
3F LEM fully complies with all applicable illuminotechnical standards and legislation: its lighting distribution comes from
careful analysis of BS EN 12464-1 which covers lighting of indoor work environments.
We have paid great attention to the requirements of the market and believe that the two different distributions are
capable of satisfying even the most demanding customers:
3F LEM 5
603
Product range
PASSION, EXPERIENCE AND EXPERTISE
3F Filippi is an Emilia-Romagna-based company, and a passion for mechanical engineering is part of our culture and expertise.
It is for precisely this reason that when creating the 3F LEM heatsink module we consulted the foremost authority in the field, the
mechanical engineering department at the University of Bologna.
Their precious support and expertise led to the creation of the heart of the 3F LEM, the heatsink, or dissipator, module. This
is the common denominator across all modules in the product family, and the performance of LEDs depends in large part on
their ability to dissipate the heat they generate. Our goal was to create a product which could be installed in high-temperature
environments and which would be able to make the sources work correctly.
The result is a body made from an innovative pressure die-cast body, which can be installed in environments with temperatures
up to 70°C.
Upgradability
Shielding, sources and power
supplies can be replaced at the end
of their life cycle, upgraded to next-
generation sources.
Mid-Power LED
Use of these LEDs offers improved
efficiency, less glare and optimised heat
distribution (less thermal stress on the
sources).
604
QUICK CONNECTION
Thanks to the FastWiring system, the installation time for 3f lem is significantly reduced:
3
At this point the quick connection closing cap
and the cable gland are inserted onto the cable
and the electrical cables can be connected to
the quick connect terminal board. No tools are
required.
Done!
3F LEM is now ready for installation.
605
/ Waterproof and corrosion-proof
L
L
H
3F LEM 1 - 1+1 3F LEM
606
3F LEM
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL APPLICATIONS
Wide, medium, concentrated symmetric elliptical distribution. Ambient temperature from ‑30°C to +55°C.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Dry, dusty indoor environments, subject to occasional water splashes.
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). Commercial, industrial and sporting environments (with no high‑flying
balls), as well as warehouses.
Environments in which it is necessary a total protection against falling
SOURCE fragments (eg environments with foodstuffs or machines with moving
parts or with extreme temperature changes), use luminaires with
Linear LED modules. polycarbonate lenses.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3.
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
MECHANICAL
The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
Passive modular heatsinks in die‑casted aluminium, painted in white 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
colour.
To optimize the thermal management of the LED module, the heatsinks
are oversized and provided with self‑cleaning of cooling fins. WARNING
Wiring body in aluminium and galvanised steel anchored solidly to the
sinks and thermally separated. Fixture not suitable for cold stores with an ambient temperature <0°C
3F Lens lenses with high luminous efficiency, transparent methacrylate and/or relative humidity >85%.
(PMMA), fixed to the LED modules.
Fixing brackets in stainless steel.
ON REQUEST
ELECTRICAL • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
temperatures
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • double quick connection
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • polycarbonate lenses (IK08 ‑ 5J)
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • wiring: twin‑circuit, CLO (page 752)
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • linear LED modules, with special protection against aggressive
Quick connection in polycarbonate with M20x1,5 cable gland, to access chemically‑volatile substances, for standard LED technology
the terminal block positioned on a removable runner. • HACCP versions for use in the food industry
Power unit positioned on a separate compartment by the LED module • emergency versions
to ensure optimum temperatures of cabling components, to be
inspectable and maintainable.
607
3F LEM Wide
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
608 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F LEM Medium
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F LEM 609
3F LEM Concentrated
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
610 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Waterproof and corrosion-proof
Iveco Brescia
Brescia
L
Italia/Italy
H
H
A
L L
L A
L
L
H
3F LEM 1 - 1+1 3F LEM
612
3F LEM High Output
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL APPLICATIONS
Wide, medium, concentrated symmetric elliptical distribution. Ambient temperature from ‑30°C to +45°C.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Dry, dusty indoor environments, subject to occasional water splashes.
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). Commercial, industrial and sporting environments (with no high‑flying
balls), as well as warehouses.
Environments in which it is necessary a total protection against falling
SOURCE fragments (eg environments with foodstuffs or machines with moving
parts or with extreme temperature changes), use luminaires with
Linear LED modules. polycarbonate lenses.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3.
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
MECHANICAL
The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
Passive modular heatsinks in die‑casted aluminium, painted in white 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
colour.
To optimize the thermal management of the LED module, the heatsinks
are oversized and provided with self‑cleaning of cooling fins. WARNING
Wiring body in aluminium and galvanised steel anchored solidly to the
sinks and thermally separated. Fixture not suitable for cold stores with an ambient temperature <0°C
3F Lens lenses with high luminous efficiency, transparent methacrylate and/or relative humidity >85%.
(PMMA), fixed to the LED modules.
Fixing brackets in stainless steel.
ON REQUEST
ELECTRICAL • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
temperatures
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • double quick connection
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • polycarbonate lenses (IK08)
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • wiring: twin‑circuit, CLO (page 752)
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • linear LED modules, with special protection against aggressive
Quick connection in polycarbonate with M20x1,5 cable gland, to access chemically‑volatile substances, for standard LED technology
the terminal block positioned on a removable runner. • HACCP versions for use in the food industry
Power unit positioned on a separate compartment by the LED module • emergency versions
to ensure optimum temperatures of cabling components, to be
inspectable and maintainable.
613
3F LEM HO Wide
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
614 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F LEM HO Medium
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F LEM HO Concentrated
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Forming AG
Möhlin
Switzerland
H
A L
L L
616
3F LEM Sensor
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Wide, medium, concentrated symmetric elliptical distribution. Recommended maximum height 13 m.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C)
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE Ambient temperature from ‑25°C to +50°C.
Recommended in environments with strong amount of natural light (or
Linear LED modules. areas with staff present discontinuously).
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Dry, dusty indoor environments, subject to occasional water splashes.
Commercial, industrial and sporting environments (with no high‑flying
balls), as well as warehouses.
MECHANICAL Environments in which it is necessary a total protection against falling
fragments (eg environments with foodstuffs or machines with moving
Passive modular heatsinks in die‑casted aluminium, painted in white parts or with extreme temperature changes), use luminaires with
colour. polycarbonate lenses.
To optimize the thermal management of the LED module, the heatsinks
are oversized and provided with self‑cleaning of cooling fins.
Wiring body in aluminium and galvanised steel anchored solidly to the LIGHT MANAGEMENT
sinks and thermally separated.
3F Lens lenses with high luminous efficiency, transparent methacrylate The DALI Sensor products are all fitted with light and presence sensors
(PMMA), fixed to the LED modules. integrated (page 730).
Fixing brackets in stainless steel.
WARNING
ELECTRICAL
Fixture not suitable for cold stores with an ambient temperature <0°C
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. and/or relative humidity >85%.
Quick connection in polycarbonate with M20x1,5 cable gland, to access
the terminal block positioned on a removable runner.
Power unit positioned on a separate compartment by the LED module ON REQUEST
to ensure optimum temperatures of cabling components, to be
inspectable and maintainable. • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
Integrated DALI light and presence sensor on the luminaire, to keep temperatures
lighting levels constant in accordance with the amount of natural light • presence function
and the presence of persons. • manual light intensity adjustment
Turns on and off and is regulated according to the level of light and the • double quick connection
presence of persons. • polycarbonate lenses (IK08)
• linear LED modules, with special protection against aggressive
chemically‑volatile substances, for standard LED technology
• HACCP versions for use in the food industry
• emergency versions
617
3F LEM Sensor Wide
4
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
618 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F LEM Sensor Concentrated
4
620
3F LEM High Temperature
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL APPLICATIONS
Wide, medium, concentrated symmetric elliptical distribution. Ambient temperature from ‑30°C to +70°C.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Dry, dusty indoor environments, subject to occasional water splashes.
Luminous flux at +70°C: ‑13.5%. Commercial, industrial and sporting environments (with no high‑flying
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). balls), as well as warehouses.
Environments in which it is necessary a total protection against falling
fragments (eg environments with foodstuffs or machines with moving
SOURCE parts or with extreme temperature changes), use luminaires with
polycarbonate lenses.
Linear LED modules.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3.
WARNING
MECHANICAL Fixture not suitable for cold stores with an ambient temperature <0°C
and/or relative humidity >85%.
Passive modular heatsinks in die‑casted aluminium, painted in white
colour.
To optimize the thermal management of the LED module, the heatsinks ON REQUEST
are oversized and provided with self‑cleaning of cooling fins.
Wiring body in aluminium and galvanised steel anchored solidly to the • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
sinks and thermally separated. temperatures
3F Lens lenses with high luminous efficiency, transparent polycarbonate, • double quick connection
fixed to the LED modules. • wiring: twin‑circuit, dimmable, CLO (page 752)
Fixing brackets in stainless steel. • linear LED modules, with special protection against aggressive
chemically‑volatile substances, for standard LED technology
• HACCP versions for use in the food industry
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
Quick connection in polycarbonate with M20x1,5 cable gland, to access
the terminal block positioned on a removable runner.
Power unit positioned on a separate compartment by the LED module
to ensure optimum temperatures of cabling components, to be
inspectable and maintainable.
621
3F LEM HT Wide
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F LEM HT Medium
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
622 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F LEM HT Concentrated
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Nunspeetse Ruiterclub
Doornspijk
L
Nederland/Netherlands
H
L L
624
3F LEM Sport
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL APPLICATIONS
Wide symmetric distribution. Ambient temperature from ‑30°C to +55°C.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Luminaire suitable for gyms as weel as sports, commercial, exhibition
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). and industrial environments.
Resistance against ball impacts in accordance with
DIN 18032‑3 (page 802).
SOURCE Dry, dusty indoor environments, subject to occasional water splashes.
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
Quick connection in polycarbonate with M20x1,5 cable gland, to access
the terminal block positioned on a removable runner.
Power unit positioned on a separate compartment by the LED module
to ensure optimum temperatures of cabling components, to be
inspectable and maintainable.
625
3F LEM Sport Wide
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
626 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ Waterproof and corrosion-proof
Centro Sportivo
Papendal
L
Nederland/Netherlands
H
L L
628
3F LEM Sport High Output
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL APPLICATIONS
Wide symmetric distribution. Ambient temperature from ‑30°C to +45°C.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Luminaire suitable for gyms as weel as sports, commercial, exhibition
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). and industrial environments.
Resistance against ball impacts in accordance with
DIN 18032‑3 (page 802).
SOURCE Dry, dusty indoor environments, subject to occasional water splashes.
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
Quick connection in polycarbonate with M20x1,5 cable gland, to access
the terminal block positioned on a removable runner.
Power unit positioned on a separate compartment by the LED module
to ensure optimum temperatures of cabling components, to be
inspectable and maintainable.
629
3F LEM Sport HO Wide
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
630 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F LEM | Accessories
Code Item
A0652 Pair of brack. ceiling instal. 3F LEM
Code Item
A0632 Pair of brack. ceiling instal. 3F LEM
Code Item
A0654 Pair of wall brackets - 3F LEM
Code Item
A0651 Bracket rotation support 3F LEM
Additional bracket that, combined with the A0654 or A0632 accessories, makes it possible for the luminaires
to be oriented on the ceiling or the wall, in hot‑galvanised steel painted in white polyester.
This accessory must ALWAYS be used with one of the following codes: A0632 ‑ A0654.
Code Item
A0776 Horiz. rot. bracket 90° 3F LEM 1-2
A0777 Horiz. rot. brack. 90° 3F LEM 3-2 Sensor
A0778 Horizontal rotating bracket 90° 3F LEM 4
Code Item
A0728 Cover for food appl. 3F LEM 1
A0733 Cov.food appl.single mod.3F LEM(2-3-4-5)
3F LEM 631
Code Item
A0653 Pair of fixing carab.for chain instal.
Code Item
A0811 Transparent glass with gasket (10pcs)
The pack contains 10 pieces.
A0812 Moulded glass with gasket (10pcs)
The pack contains 10 pieces.
Glass with gasket to protect the louvre compartment from dust. Recommended for use in very dirty
environments.
Code Item
A0242 15SS galvanized steel cable coil 100m
The pack contains 100 metres.
A0243 15BF galvanized steel cable coil 500m
The pack contains 500 metres.
Anti‑fall safety cable Ø 2 mm for fastening the body to the building structure.
Coupling accessory A0714 to one of the two safety cables (A0242 or A0243) provides an anti‑fall
kit fixing and adjusting the cable on the load‑bearing element of the building structure. The
cable passes between the two passage holes on the hanging brackets mounted on the 3F LEM.
Suitable for environments subject to impacts or seismic zones.
Code Item
A0714 Clamp 2 holes susp.- 100 pcs
The pack contains 100 pieces.
Clamp in nickel‑plated brass suitable for fixing and adjustment of galvanised steel wire (diameter 1,25 mm
1,5 mm ‑ 2 mm), complete with locking screws. The 2 hole clamp allows to block and adjust the cable on a
bearing element (part of the building) or on rounded eye bolt.
Code Item
A0521 Reducing sealing ring diam.8mm
Reducing sealing ring, dedicated to the use of cables with an external diameter of up to 8 mm.
Code Item
A3021 IR DALI - Remote controller
IR remote control for user, compatible with DALI sensors (incompatible with On‑Off and Slave sensors).
Accessory compatible with 3F LEM - Sensor.
IR remote control for programmer, compatible with DALI sensors (incompatible with On‑Off and Slave
sensors).
Accessory compatible with 3F LEM - Sensor.
Code Item
A3022 IR - Adapter for Smartphone
IR adapter for Smartphones, compatible with all programmable sensors. Free App available for Android and
iOS devices.
Accessory compatible with 3F LEM - Sensor.
Accessory always required to exclude the sensor presence function.
3F LEM 633
3F LEM
Examples of design
Comparison to 400W JM reflector
Design data:
634
Beta 235
www.3F-Filippi.com/Beta 235
Overview
An extremely versatile lighting body, 3F Beta 235 is the ideal lighting • Luminous efficacy up to 149 lumen/watt.
design solution for working environments requiring increased levels • Luminous fluxes from 3372 to 16990 lumens.
of protection. • Extensive installation pitch.
It is equipped with LED sources with very high luminous fluxes • 4 different photometric distributions.
(135 lm/W) and is particularly suitable for environments such as • Quick and easy cleaning.
warehouses, garages and production areas thanks to the wide • Essential and functional design.
range of operation, from -20° C to 45° C. • EcoDesign: power supplies and sources replaceable at the end
Available in 655 mm, 1,265 mm and 1,565 mm widths, 3F Beta 235 of product life.
is composed of a steel or stainless steel body and offers a choice • Ease of assembly and maintenance.
between a glass or polycarbonate diffuser to achieve the best • Fast relamping thanks to the fixing centres compatible with
performance for the specific installation location. previous generations.
In addition to the technical performance and high strength of this • Versatility of use in different environments.
product is its ease of installation and maintenance: the new quick • Thanks to the FastWiring system, the installation time is
connection reduces installation time and makes the work of the drastically reduced.
installers much easier.
This product is also available in this version Beta i3F (page 666).
637
Product range
Suspended Ceiling Busbar Wall
235
L655
L1265
L655 135/140
L1265
235
Beta 235 PC
PC PC PC PC PC PC
Model Lite Wide Medium Conc Iperconc UGR
Photometric
distribution
638
Beta 235 VS
VS VS VS VS VS VS
Model Lite Wide Medium Conc Iperconc UGR
Photometric
distribution
Beta 235 VT
VT VT VT VT VT
Model Wide Medium Conc Iperconc UGR
Photometric
distribution
639
Product advantages
SCREENS AND FINISHES
Beta 235 is available in two different versions and three different diffuser types:
Finishes
PC
Polycarbonate Diffuser
VS
Moulded Glass
VT
Transparent Glass
QUICK CONNECTION
Thanks to the FastWiring system, the installation time for Beta 235 is significantly reduced:
3
At this point the quick connection closing cap
and the cable gland are inserted onto the cable
and the electrical cables can be connected to
the quick connect terminal board. No tools are
required.
Done!
Beta 235 is now ready for installation.
UPDATE
Borghi S.p.A.
Beta 235 L Castelfranco Emilia (MO)
Polycarbonate Glass
Italia/Italy
H H
A L A
H H
A L A
642
Beta 235 Steel
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Symmetric distribution. Ceiling, suspended, on busbar or wall‑mounted.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) For mounting hooks and brackets see accessories on page 663.
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE
Ambient temperature from ‑20°C to +45°C.
LED modules. Dry, dusty indoor environments, subject to occasional water splashes.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Industrial environments, warehouses, environments requiring safety
luminaires, such as prisons, thanks to the clips that can be locked by
bolts (on request).
MECHANICAL Environments in which it is necessary a total protection against falling
fragments (eg environments with foodstuffs or machines with moving
Single‑piece housing in pressed steel, powder‑coated in white parts or with extreme temperature changes), use luminaires with
epoxy‑polyester. laminated glass.
Ecologic anti‑aging injected sealing gasket. Tempered glass is not immune to falling fragments from harmless and
Highly reflective white polyester painted, hot‑dip galvanised steel, caused by shocks or exceptionally derived from the tempering process.
oversized cable housing reflector, fixed to the body with screws.
Galvanised steel snap‑lock clips for attaching screens (safety n° 4 per PC version
fixture). Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
(HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
ELECTRICAL VT version
On request, HACCP versions for use in the food industry.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical
data sheets of each individual device on our website. LIGHT MANAGEMENT
Quick connection in polycarbonate with M20x1,5 cable gland, to access
the terminal block positioned on a removable runner. The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
WARNING
Fixture not suitable for cold stores with an ambient temperature <0°C
and/or relative humidity >85%.
ON REQUEST
• different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
temperatures
• laminated glass
• wiring: CLO (page 752), twin‑circuit
• linear LED modules, with special protection against aggressive
chemically‑volatile substances, for standard LED technology
• emergency versions
643
Beta 235 75 PC Lite
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Symmetric distribution.
Polycarbonate screen etched internally, V2 self‑extinguishing, UV
stabilised, injection moulded.
Attention: the diffuser supplied with our L1265 long
luminaires is higher than the one which is supplied with our
L1565 long versions (please consult dimensions table).
Code 52642 L1565: mechanical strength to impacts IK09 (10 joule).
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
644 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
Beta 235 75 PC Wide
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
646 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
Beta 235 75 PC Iperconcentrated
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
FL
IC K ER
Symmetric distribution.
VS moulded anti‑glare glass, non‑combustible, single‑piece
Code 52650 perimeter frame in galvanised steel.
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
648 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
Beta 235 76 VS Wide
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
FL
IC K ER
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
650 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
Beta 235 76 VS Iperconcentrated
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
FL
IC K ER
FL
IC K ER
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
652 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
Beta 235 76 VT Concentrated
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
FL
IC K ER
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
654 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
UPDATE
A L A
H H
A L A
656
Beta 235 Stainless Steel
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL APPLICATIONS
Symmetric distribution. Ambient temperature from ‑20°C to +45°C.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Dry, dusty indoor environments, subject to occasional water splashes.
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). Any environments except the ones where the luminaire materials are
unsuitable.
Environments requiring safety luminaires, such as prisons, thanks to the
SOURCE clips that can be locked by bolts (on request).
Environments in which it is necessary a total protection against falling
LED modules. fragments (eg environments with foodstuffs or machines with moving
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. parts or with extreme temperature changes), use luminaires with
laminated glass.
Tempered glass is not immune to falling fragments from harmless and
MECHANICAL caused by shocks or exceptionally derived from the tempering process.
Housing in AISI 304 stainless steel, pressed in one single piece. PC version
Oversized gear‑tray reflector unit in highly reflective white painted Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
hot‑galvanised steel. (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
Stainless steel snap‑lock clips for attaching screens (safety n° 4 per
fixture). VT version
On request, HACCP versions for use in the food industry.
ELECTRICAL
LIGHT MANAGEMENT
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical 3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
data sheets of each individual device on our website.
Quick connection in polycarbonate with M20x1,5 cable gland, to access
the terminal block positioned on a removable runner. WARNING
Fixture not suitable for cold stores with an ambient temperature <0°C
INSTALLATION and/or relative humidity >85%.
657
Beta 235 92 PC Lite
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Symmetric distribution.
Polycarbonate screen etched internally, V2 self‑extinguishing, UV
stabilised, injection moulded.
Attention: the diffuser supplied with our L1265 long
luminaires is higher than the one which is supplied with our
L1565 long versions (please consult dimensions table).
Code 52658 L1565: mechanical strength to impacts IK09 (10 joule).
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
658 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
Beta 235 92 PC Wide
S AF E
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
HACCP
FL
IC K ER
FL
IC K ER
Symmetric distribution.
VS moulded anti‑glare glass, non‑combustible, single‑piece
Code 52666 perimeter frame in stainless steel.
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
660 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
Beta 235 93 VS Wide
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
FL
IC K ER
FL
IC K ER
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
662 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
Beta 235 | Accessories
Code Item
A0187 Anti-condensation cable gland
Code Item
A0521 Reducing sealing ring diam.8mm
Reducing sealing ring, dedicated to the use of cables with an external diameter of up to 8 mm.
Code Item
A0653 Pair of fixing carab.for chain instal.
Code Item
A0457 Wireguard 280x1330 3F Linda/3F Beta
A0458 Wireguard 280x1630 3F Linda/3F Beta
Wire‑guard for applications in dry environments, against shocks coming from any directions, galvanised steel
rod Ø 5 mm.
Only for luminaires fixed without hooks.
Code Item
A0324 Pair fixed brack. for ceiling Beta 235
Pair of mounting brackets and hooks for ceiling mounting, with nuts and bolts for fastening the luminaire,
everything in stainless steel.
Code Item
A0835 Pair brack.+hooks for wall
Pair of mounting brackets and hooks for wall‑mounting, with nuts and bolts for luminaire fastening,
everything in stainless steel.
Code Item
A0836 Pair of galv.hooks for susp.- Beta 235
A0837 Pair of stain.steel hooks susp.-Beta 235
Pair of steel hooks for suspended installation, with nuts and bolts for luminaire fastening.
In case of chain suspension installation, ALWAYS use one of the following codes: A0653.
Pair of hooks in galvanised steel for suspended installation, with nuts and bolts for luminaire fastening.
Code Item
A0325 Mounting kit on busbar - Beta 235
Impuls Küchen
i3F 75 i3F 76 Brilon
Deutschland/Germany
H H
A A
666
Beta i3F
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Wide or concentrated direct distribution. Ceiling, suspended, on busbar or wall‑mounted.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) For mounting hooks and brackets see accessories on page 671.
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16).
APPLICATIONS
SOURCE
Ambient temperature from ‑20°C to +35°C.
Linear LED modules. Dry, dusty indoor environments, subject to occasional water splashes.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Industrial environments, warehouses, environments requiring safety
luminaires, such as prisons, thanks to the clips that can be locked by
bolts (on request).
MECHANICAL Environments in which it is necessary a total protection against falling
fragments (eg environments with foodstuffs or machines with moving
Single‑piece housing in pressed steel, powder‑coated in white parts or with extreme temperature changes), use luminaires with
epoxy‑polyester. laminated glass.
Oversized flux recuperator in specular aluminium, with Tempered glass is not immune to falling fragments from harmless and
titanium‑magnesium surface treatment, non‑iridescent. caused by shocks or exceptionally derived from the tempering process.
Gear‑tray unit in hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester, fixed to
the housing by means of "Ribloc" rapid devices in galvanised steel,
hinged opening. WARNING
Stainless steel screen fixing clips.
Fixture not suitable for cold stores with an ambient temperature <0°C
and/or relative humidity >85%.
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. ON REQUEST
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
data sheets of each individual device on our website. temperatures
The luminaires with EP permanent emergency wiring on board comply • laminated glass
with EN 60598‑2‑22 standard, high risk areas excluded. • wiring: dimmable, CLO (page 752), twin‑circuit, class II
Entry for power‑supply cable at one end cap, through • safety snap‑lock clips
M20x1,5 self‑extinguishing nylon cable gland. • linear LED modules, with special protection against aggressive
chemically‑volatile substances, for standard LED technology
• body in painted aluminium or stainless steel
• emergency versions
667
Beta i3F 75 PC Wide
S AF E
EP HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Wide distribution.
Polycarbonate screen etched internally, V2 self‑extinguishing, UV
stabilised, injection molded, sealing gasket, hinged opening.
Luminaires suitable, from a hygienic point of view, for use in
production plants in the food industry
Code 55600 (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
EP HACCP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
668 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
Beta i3F 76 VS Wide
S AF E
EP
FL
IC K ER
Wide distribution.
VS molded antiglare glass, non‑combustible, monobloc
perimetrical frame in galvanised steel, with sealing gasket, hinged
opening.
Code 55138 On request, HACCP versions for use in the food industry.
EP
FL
IC K ER
Wide distribution.
VT transparent glass, non‑combustible, monobloc perimetrical
frame in galvanised steel, with sealing gasket, hinged opening.
Code 55072 On request, HACCP versions for use in the food industry.
EP
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
670 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
Beta i3F | Accessories
Code Item
A0503 15 CD pair of bracket/hooks A3F
Pair of mounting brackets and hooks for wall‑mounting, with nuts and bolts for luminaire fastening,
everything in stainless steel.
Code Item
A0500 13 DH pair susp.galv.steel hooks i3F
A0501 13 HC pair susp.stain.steel hooks A3F
Pair of steel hooks for suspended installation, with nuts and bolts for luminaire fastening.
In case of chain suspension installation, ALWAYS use one of the following codes: A0653.
Code Item
A0508 20 TKA (casc. conn. line i3F/A3F 1265)
A0509 20 ZFE (casc. conn. line i3F/A3F 1565)
5‑pole cascade connection line, stiff cable H07 V2‑U, HT 90°C, 1.5 mm², terminal blocks with connection
capacity 2x2.5 mm².
Code Item
A0457 Wireguard 280x1330 3F Linda/3F Beta
A0458 Wireguard 280x1630 3F Linda/3F Beta
Wire‑guard for applications in dry environments, against shocks coming from any directions, galvanised steel
rod Ø 5 mm.
Only for luminaires fixed without hooks.
Code Item
A0187 Anti-condensation cable gland
Code Item
A0521 Reducing sealing ring diam.8mm
Reducing sealing ring, dedicated to the use of cables with an external diameter of up to 8 mm.
Code Item
A0653 Pair of fixing carab.for chain instal.
Porto di Savona
Savona
Italia/Italy
A=L
672
3F Cub
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL APPLICATIONS
Wide symmetric distribution. Environments: commercial, industrial, sports, stores, sports halls,
Lifetime (L70/B20): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) gymnasiums.
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). Environments in which it is necessary a total protection against falling
fragments (eg environments with foodstuffs or machines with moving
parts or with extreme temperature changes), use luminaires with
SOURCE laminated glass.
Tempered glass is not immune to falling fragments from harmless and
Linear LED modules. caused by shocks or exceptionally derived from the tempering process.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3.
100W version
Ambient temperature from ‑20°C to +45°C.
MECHANICAL
150W version
Housing with double casing in pressed aluminium, powder‑coated in Ambient temperature from ‑20°C to +40°C.
white epoxy‑polyester, hinged opening.
Quick connection in polycarbonate M20x1.5 cable gland for access to SP version
the terminal block. Luminaires suitable in production plants in the food industry
Ecologic anti‑aging injected sealing gaskets. (HACCP / IFS / BRC‑Standard).
Stainless steel clips.
Total flow recuperator in specular aluminium, with superficial
titanium‑magnesium treatment, non‑iridescent. LIGHT MANAGEMENT
Fixing bracket.
The DALI products can be controlled with 3F Easy Dim (page 722) or
3F Smart Dimming technology (page 732).
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. WARNING
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical Fixture not suitable for cold stores with an ambient temperature <0°C
data sheets of each individual device on our website. and/or relative humidity >85%.
Quick connection.
ON REQUEST
INSTALLATION
• different colour rendering indices and colour temperatures
Suspension mounted on a bus bar or with a chain attached to the • concentrated distribution
ceiling. • laminated glass
For brackets see accessories on page 676. • wiring: single‑circuit, CLO (page 752)
• linear LED modules, with special protection against aggressive
chemically‑volatile substances, for standard LED technology
• double quick connection
• HACCP versions for use in the food industry
• emergency versions
673
3F Cub VT
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F Cub SP
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
674 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Cub VS
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F Cub 675
3F Cub | Accessories
Code Item
A0213 Ceiling-mounted bracket
Code Item
A0210 Wireguard 3F Cub
Wire‑guard for indoor dry applications, with double fastening (wire‑guard and luminaire), for shocks coming
from any directions, not transmitting the shocks to the luminaire but to the ceiling; in galvanised steel rod Ø
5 mm. To install it, ceiling‑mounted bracket code A0213 is always necessary.
Code Item
A0521 Reducing sealing ring diam.8mm
Reducing sealing ring, dedicated to the use of cables with an external diameter of up to 8 mm.
678
Comparison to 3F Cub 4x55 VT IP64
Design data:
Eco-logical
3F Cub LED has been created according to the principles of Eco Design, and stands out for:
- Manufactured using energy from solar panels and assembled according to our “zero mileage” philosophy.
- Limited use of different materials, facilitating assembly, installation and recycling.
- Recyclable green packaging.
679
/ Waterproof and corrosion-proof
Fischer Italia
Padova
Italia/Italy
680
Retrofit Beta A3F-i3F
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Wide or concentrated direct distribution. Correct installation of the retrofit LED kit, compliant with
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) EN 60598‑1 and CE marked, must be only performed by qualified
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). personnel to ensure compliance with the national installation standards.
SOURCE NOTES
Linear LED modules. Evaluate the use of moulded anti‑glare glass according to the
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. application.
MECHANICAL WARNING
Gear‑tray in hot galvanised steel, painted in white polyester, to be fixed Fixture not suitable for cold stores with an ambient temperature <0°C
to the body by rapid devices "Ribloc". and/or relative humidity >85%.
2x40W version
Methacrylate (PMMA) lenses with external flat surface. ON REQUEST
For installations prior to 2010, the hinge opening is lost.
• linear LED modules, with special protection against aggressive
chemically‑volatile substances, for standard LED technology
ELECTRICAL • retrofit Kit for luminaires of length 655mm (1‑2x18W), power
1x36W ‑ 1x58W, for Beta Stainless A3F 92‑93, for Beta Ice 90
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a temperatures
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • wiring: dimmable, CLO (page 752), twin‑circuit
data sheets of each individual device on our website. • version with asymmetric lighting distribution
• wide flux recuperator to increase luminous flux by 5%
• emergency versions
681
Kit LED Retrofit for polycarbonate diffuser
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
682 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
Kit LED Retrofit for glass diffuser
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Moulded anti‑glare glass for retrofit LED kit, non‑combustible, tempered, mounted and locked by a
galvanised steel mono‑block perimetrical frame with a sealing gasket. For installations prior to 2010, the
hinge opening is lost. On request: versions with stainless steel frame for Beta 2x A3F91 A3F93.
Bon Prix
Valdengo (BI)
Italia/Italy
686
Retrofit Beta 430
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Wide or concentrated direct distribution. Correct installation of the retrofit LED kit, compliant with
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) EN 60598‑1 and CE marked, must be only performed by qualified
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). personnel to ensure compliance with the national installation standards.
SOURCE NOTES
Linear LED modules. Evaluate the use of moulded anti‑glare glass according to the
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. application.
MECHANICAL WARNING
Gear‑tray unit hot‑galvanised steel, painted in white polyester. Fixture not suitable for cold stores with an ambient temperature <0°C
Methacrylate (PMMA) lenses with external flat surface. and/or relative humidity >85%.
ELECTRICAL ON REQUEST
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • different powers
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a • wiring: CLO (page 752), dimmable
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • linear LED modules, with special protection against aggressive
data sheets of each individual device on our website. chemically‑volatile substances, for standard LED technology
Twin‑circuit. • emergency versions
687
Kit Retrofit 2X
Kit Retrofit 3X
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
688 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
Retrofit Beta 430 | Accessories
Code Item
A5322 Moulded glass with frame Beta 430-L1551
Moulded anti‑glare glass for retrofit LED kit, non‑combustible, tempered, mounted and locked by a
galvanised steel mono‑block perimetrical frame with a sealing gasket. For installations prior to 2010, the
hinge opening is lost.
Code Item
A0521 Reducing sealing ring diam.8mm
Reducing sealing ring, dedicated to the use of cables with an external diameter of up to 8 mm.
Pratic
Fagagna (UD)
Italia/Italy
690
Retrofit 3F Cub IP64
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL INSTALLATION
Wide symmetric distribution. Retrofit.
Lifetime (L70/B20): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Correct installation of the retrofit LED kit, compliant with
Lifetime (L70/B10): 50000 h. (tq+40°C) EN 60598‑1 and CE marked, inside the 3F Filippi ‑ 3F Cub Fluorescent
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). luminaires must be only performed by qualified personnel to ensure
compliance with the national installation standards.
SOURCE
NOTES
Linear LED modules.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 3. Evaluate the use of moulded anti‑glare glass according to the
application.
MECHANICAL
WARNING
Aluminium gear‑tray unit.
Tamper‑proof closures (2 pieces) to replace the two existing ones. Fixture not suitable for cold stores with an ambient temperature <0°C
and/or relative humidity >85%.
In order to maintain the degree of protection of the device and for the
ELECTRICAL purposes of validity of the guarantee of the new retrofit kits, it is
imperative:
In compliance with EN 60598‑1. • follow the safety and operating instructions described in the
Compliance with the EN 60598‑2‑22 standard for power supply from a installation instructions
centralised CPSS emergency system must be verified in the technical • the use of the two self‑drilling screws supplied (one for each driver),
data sheets of each individual device on our website. will perform the dual function of drilling the body and fixing the driver,
The luminaires with EP permanent emergency wiring on board comply while maintaining the fixture's degree of protection
with EN 60598‑2‑22 standard, high risk areas excluded. • the replacement of existing tamper‑proof closures with new ones
• clean the screen glass to improve efficiency
691
Kit LED Retrofit 3F Cub IP64
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
692 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
Kit LED Retrofit 3F Cub IP64 CR
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
_Outdoor
/ 3F Filippi
694
Update New
3F Manta 3F 66
3F Manta 3F 66
Page 696 Page 708 Page 714 Page 714
695
3F Manta
www.3F-Filippi.com/3F Manta
Overview
3F Manta was created to bring the outstanding lighting technology • Luminous efficacy up to 139 lumen/watt.
that our company has been offering for over 60 years inside • Luminous fluxes from 6193 to 22451 lumens.
production facilities, retail areas, and architectural spaces outdoors. • Extensive installation pitch.
Thanks to the intense activity in its research laboratories, 3F Filippi • 3 different photometric distributions.
is launching its first lighting fixture for outdoor work areas, a cutting • Available on request with integrated sensors.
edge solution dedicated to lighting private areas where vehicles and • Quick and easy cleaning.
pedestrians pass through such as parking lots, perimeter areas of • Essential and functional design.
production facilities, loading/unloading docks, and other areas that • LED sources with colour rendering: >70, >80.
refer to regulation EN 12464-2 "Lighting of outdoor work areas". • Class wiring: Class I, Class II.
3F Manta is the result of precise design covering every facet, from • EcoDesign: power supplies and sources replaceable at the end
the mechanical elements to the use of cutting-edge technological of product life.
components. • Ease of assembly and maintenance.
The sum of the individual details makes this fixture the ideal answer
to the expectations of those who are looking for perfect, durable
outdoor lighting.
697
Product range
Pole
440
3F Manta
Pole
installation
166
3F HD
3F HD R
Direct Emission
Wide Medium
Mechanical strength
IK08
to impact
Photometric
distribution
698
Wall
3F Manta
(Acc. A01479)
Wall
installation
(Acc. A01480)
660
3F HD
Direct / Indirect
Emission
Front
Mechanical strength
IK08
to impact
Photometric
distribution
699
Precision optics
For 3F Manta we developed an ad hoc multifaceted optics, with total luminous flux recovery cells, entirely made of semi-specular
high reflection aluminium with titanium and magnesium surface treatment, without iridescence and luminous contrasts.
Asymmetric distribution with wide bilateral emission. 3FFILIPPI 7003 3F Manta AN 100/730 AMPIO L660 / CDL (polare)
3FFILIPPI 7003 3F Manta AN 100/730 AMPIO L660 / Diagramma della luminanza
Lampada: 3FFILIPPI 7003 3F Manta AN 100/730 AMPIO L660 Lampada: 3FFILIPPI 7003 3F Manta AN 100/730 AMPIO L660
Lampadine: 1 x LED Q 100W - 1x100W - 730 Lampadine: 1 x LED Q 100W - 1x100W - 730
Asymmetric distribution with medium bilateral emission. 3FFILIPPI 7011 3F Manta AN 100/730 MEDIO L660 / CDL (polare)
3FFILIPPI 7011 3F Manta AN 100/730 MEDIO L660 / Diagramma della luminanza
DIALux 4.13 by DIAL GmbH DIALux44.13 by DIAL GmbH
Pagina Pagina 5
Lampada: 3FFILIPPI 7011 3F Manta AN 100/730 MEDIO L660 Lampada: 3FFILIPPI 7011 3F Manta AN 100/730 MEDIO L660
Lampadine: 1 x LED Q 100W - 1x100W - 730 Lampadine: 1 x LED Q 100W - 1x100W - 730
Asymmetric distribution with wide bilateral and front emission. 3F FILIPPI 7053 3F Manta AN 100/730 FRONT / CDL (polare) 3F FILIPPI 7053 3F Manta AN 100/730 FRONT / Diagramma della luminanza
Lampada:
DIALux 3F
4.13 by FILIPPI
DIAL GmbH 7053 3F Manta AN 100/730 FRONT Lampada:
DIALux
Pagina 3FDIAL
24.13 by FILIPPI
GmbH7053 3F Manta AN 100/730 FRONT Pagina 3
Lampadine: 1 x LED Lampadine: 1 x LED
701
DIALux 4.13 by DIAL GmbH Pagina
DIALux 64.13 by DIAL GmbH Pagina 7
Design examples
702
Product advantages
SAFETY AND RELIABILITY
3F Manta is made with top quality components to ensure excellent performance in every aspect.
The cutting-edge technology also make 3F Manta a reliable technical solution that maintains its performance over time.
Since 1952 we have been working to facilitate the work of planners and installers, even through very strict tests that we perform
in our CTFs Level 2 certified laboratories under the supervision of a recognised Third Party: 3F Manta followed strict internal
protocols to minimise any faults over the longest possible period of time.
Aluminium optics
They allow the photometric performance to remain constant over
time.
Gasket in polyurethane
The watertight seal and IP66 protection rating are also
guaranteed by the gaskets made of polyurethane, which is
particularly resistant to weather and pollution.
SPD System
The SPD (Surge Protective Device) technology ensures adequate
protection against atmospheric or electrical surges.
NTC System
The LED module is equipped with a thermistor to prevent
exceeding the expected operating temperatures.
704
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE
The 3F Filippi Team has designed and developed 3F Manta considering many technical and practical aspects.
Among these, our technicians were very attentive to installation and maintenance of the fixture in order to facilitate the installers’
work, allowing them to reduce work times and operate with maximum safety.
INSULATION CLASSES
3F Manta is available in two insulation Classes:
Class I - connection to the earth system is necessary and mandatory.
Class II - connection to the earth system is prohibited.
This version is simplified for installation in systems without the earthing system.
During the design phase of 3F Manta fundamental factors to support work in external areas were taken into consideration:
• correct perception of space and objects to identify possible dangers and workers working alone
• maximum light diffusion in work areas and attenuation of shadows and glare to reduce visual adaptation time when moving
from lit to dark environments and vice versa
• compliance with regulations on limiting upward dispersion of luminous flux in Zone 1 (UNI 10819) and sources with
temperatures of 3000K (to align ourselves with recommendations from main regional regulations)
For this reason we equipped our fixtures with the best LED sources available with different colour rendering indexes:
706
Virtual midnight
In order to further increase energy savings when lighting outdoor areas (and others), when the light does not need to be
operating at full power, the “virtual midnight” system allows the creation of a stand-alone control of the fixtures without the need
for an external control infrastructure or any change to the existing system.
It consists of activating a multi-level power reduction on the luminaire through a self-learning process that, based on previous
times when switched on or off, determines the hypothetical “virtual midnight” between when it was switched on (sunset) and off
(sunrise).
“Virtual midnight” is the reference point for applying the reduction of the output power according to the selected profile.
The default setting regulates it on two power levels: 100% and 50%.
A microprocessor calculates the reduction time starting from “virtual midnight”. The default setting calls for 2 hours before and 4
hours after “virtual midnight” as follows:
100
Output Level (%)
50
0
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 00 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Time (h)
The system allows the implementation of customised adjustment profiles (optionals to be requested specifically during the order
process), which allow even greater control flexibility. In fact, it is possible to:
1. Set the output levels in an interval between 10% and 100%, with 1% increases divided over 5 different time intervals.
2. Create the passage from one adjustment level to the next by means of a fade with a programmed duration.
3. Switch the light on and off through a fade. This function allows further energy savings during the twilight stages.
4. Activate an adjustments that also takes into account the sunrise and sunset in the location described by the geographic
coordinates in order to further optimise the power reduction periods.
The graph below shows an example of a programming profiles that summarizes the possibilities described in points 1, 2, and 3.
100
Output Level (%)
50
0
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 00 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Time (h)
707
UPDATE
/ Outdoor
GAB Tamagnini
Reggio Emilia
Italia/Italy
H
L
A
708
3F Manta
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL ELECTRICAL
Asymmetric distribution with frontal, wide or medium bilateral. In compliance with EN 60598‑1, EN 60598‑2‑3.
No higher ULOR emission. Flicker: <10%.
Lifetime (L80/B10): 100000 h. (tq+25°C) Safety break switch to shut off the power supply when opening the
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). device.
Insulation voltage 6kV via Sourge Protector.
SPD type 2+3 (combined) device to protect against voltage surges up
SOURCE to 10 kV in common and differential mode.
Thermal protection of the LED module via NTC sensor (Negative
Squared LED module with special protection against aggressive Temperature Coefficient).
chemically‑volatile substances, for standard LED technology. M20x1.5 IP68 nylon cable gland for feeding input (cables with an
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 5. min‑max diameter 6‑13mm).
Pressure compensating valve with anti‑condensation effect.
MECHANICAL
INSTALLATION
Aerodynamically‑shaped die‑cast aluminium double‑shell body for low
wind resistance, equipped with fins to optimize the cooling of the Pole or wall mounted using always necessary accessories (see on page
internal components. 713).
Shell closure using stainless steel screws on stainless steel bushings,
with hinged opening for easy access to the wiring compartment,
equipped with system against accidental closure. APPLICATIONS
Polyester powder coating with degreasing pre‑treatment and phosphate
layer deposit on the metal, UV stabilised, corrosion resistant, anthracite Ambient temperature from ‑30°C to +45°C.
colour, salt spray resistance ISO 9227 >1000 h. Outdoor environments, general lighting, work and roadway lighting,
Parabolic cellular optics with total recovery, entirely made of transit areas and building perimeters, parking lots, trade fairs.
semi‑specular high reflection aluminium with titanium and magnesium Control of light pollution, in accordance with the legislative requirements
surface treatment, to maintain optical performance over time. in force.
Polyurethane foam seals, ecological, anti‑aging, installed using a
continuous automatic process with no joints.
VT extra transparent tempered glass diffuser, 4 mm thick, ON REQUEST
non‑combustible.
Stainless steel internal and external screws. • different power levels, colour rendering indices and colour
temperatures
• wiring: DALI, CLO (page 752), D1‑10V, Wireless
• Customised Virtual Midnight up to 5 independent intervals / levels
• watertight socket / plug connectors
709
3F Manta Wide
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
710 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Manta Medium
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
3F Manta 711
3F Manta Front
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
712 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
3F Manta | Accessories
Code Item
A0439 Pole mounting diameter 60mm
A0440 Pole mounting diameter 76mm
Pole mount in die‑cast aluminium with the same paint treatment as the body (for Ø 60 mm and Ø 76 mm
poles) equipped with special teeth for adjusting the inclination on the head of the device by ± 20° with an
adjustment pitch of 5°. Possibility of installing on vertical pole (pole head) and horizontal pole (arm). Mounting
on the device using the supplied stainless steel screws on self‑locking stainless steel nuts.
Not suitable for fixing on fibreglass pole.
Code Item
A0441 Reducer from 76 mm to 60 mm
Code Item
A01480 Fixed position wall bracket
Galvanised steel bracket for fixing on flat facades. 3 mm thick and 200 mm long arm. Powder coated
polyester paint, anthracite colour. This bracket DOES NOT allow adjustment of the inclination of the product.
Options on request: painting in different RAL colour.
Code Item
A01479 Wall bracket 15° diam 60mm
Galvanised steel bracket for fixing on flat facades. Arm length 250 mm, diameter 60 mm, inclination of 15°.
This bracket allows adjustment of the inclination of the product.
To install this accessory, it is always necessary to use the pole connection code A0439. Options
on request: painting in RAL colours / 500 mm outreach / horizontal pole.
Code Item
A01481 Corner wall bracket 15° diam 60mm
Galvanised steel bracket for fixing on the corner between facades. Arm length 250 mm, diameter 60 mm,
inclination of 15°. This bracket allows adjustment of the inclination of the product.
To install this accessory, it is always necessary to use the pole connection code A0439. Options
on request: painting in RAL colours / 500 mm outreach / horizontal pole.
A B C D
If you require more information, do not hesitate to contact our Sales Network or our Technical Offices.
3F Manta 713
/ Outdoor
3F Filippi
Pianoro (BO)
Italia/Italy
A L
714
3F 66
ILLUMINOTECHNICAL APPLICATIONS
Downward bilateral distribution. Wall mounting, particularly suitable for outdoor lighting of civil and
Lifetime (L70/B10): 50000 h. (tq+25°C) industrial buildings, porticos, underpasses and walkways.
Photobiological safety RG0 (page 16). Downwards bilateral controlled distribution allows to optimise the
perimeter lighting uniformity of buildings.
Control of light pollution, in accordance with the legislative requirements
SOURCE in force.
LED modules.
Colour initial tolerance (MacAdam): SDCM 4. ON REQUEST
• different powers or colour temperatures
MECHANICAL • emergency versions
ELECTRICAL
In compliance with EN 60598‑1.
Double insulated cables.
Line entry at rear through rubber seal or at side after drilling.
Class II.
715
3F 66
S AF E
FL
IC K ER
Code 8357
Performances are measured and certified by our CTFs stage 2 Photometric Laboratory (more information on page 12).
716 Datasheets, product updates and specifications on our website: www.3f-filippi.com
/ catalogue
_Light Management
/ 3F Filippi
718
720 Light Management
720 Overview
726 3F Sensor
726 Overview 3F Sensor / 3F Sensor CF
728 Overview 3F Sensor Bluetooth
730 Overview 3F DALI Sensor
742 3F HCL
742 Overview
745 Accessories
752 3F CLO
752 Overview
754 3F Wireless
754 Overview
719
/ Light Management
Note:
Our sales and technical departments are at your disposal to support you in choosing the best available solutions, which can also be tailor-
made for your application.
720
/ 3F Easy Dim
722
Up to 6 ballasts
ECG DALI
Push-button
ECG DALI
Results obtainable
- Manually turning the luminaire ON/OFF.
- Manual regulation of the luminaire's luminous flux on the basis of user requirements.
Compatible luminaires
Any luminaire from the 3F Filippi range, as long as it is equipped with DALI PUSH DIM ballast.
Components required
- 1 commercial push-button.
Note:
in environments where there is signal interference present, and with dimmer wire lengths of over 20 metres, the installation of a DALI repeater
is advisable.
Up to 25 ballasts
Push-button 1 & 2
Push-button
CT ON DALIECG DALI
/ DALI DT8
DALI
DALI PCU
PCU TW G2
DALIECG DALI
/ DALI DT8
Results obtainable
- Manually turning the luminaire ON/OFF.
- Manual regulation of the luminaire's luminous flux on the basis of user requirements.
- Manual adjustment of luminaire colour according to user requirements (for DALI DT8 drivers only).
Compatible luminaires
Any luminaire from the 3F Filippi range, as long as it is equipped with DALI or DALI DT8 ballast.
Components required
- 1 commercial push-button for flux control and/or 1 button for colour control (DALI DT8 driver only).
- 1 DALI PCU fixture.
Up to 64 ballasts
ECG DALI
DALI REPEATER
ECG DALI
Results obtainable
- Manually turning the luminaire ON/OFF.
- Manual regulation of the luminaire's luminous flux on the basis of user requirements.
Compatible luminaires
Any luminaire from the 3F Filippi range, as long as it is equipped with DALI ballast.
Components required
- 1 commercial push-button.
- 1 DALI repeater.
723
3F Easy Dim | Accessories
Code Item
A3008 DALI ext - Repeater
Signal Repeater for expansion of DALI systems (64 drivers 300 metres of line), size 189x30x21 mm,
integrated installation into the device or into the Box (cod. A3010).
Code Item
A3009 DALI DIN - Repeater
Signal Repeater for expansion of DALI systems (64 drivers 300 metres of line), size 96x72x62 mm, DIN rail
mounting.
Code Item
A3010 DALI - Box for repeater
Box mounted housing DALI Repeater ext (cod. A3008), size 261x71x27 mm.
Code Item
A3064 DALI PCU TW G2 - push button interface
NEW
DALI‑2 control panel for recessed installation, dimensions 48x49x22 mm, allows to regulate the flow power
on/off of a up to a maximum of 25 DALI or DALI DT8 drivers (max 300 m in a line) with just one commercial
button (normally open).
3F Sensor
100%
0%
time T1 T2 T3
presence
Legend:
T1 --> T2 - switch-off delay - default 10s
T2 --> T3 - period of zero luminous flux
726
3F Sensor CF
100%
10%
0%
time T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6
presence
Legend:
T1 --> T2 - luminous flux increase time T4 --> T5 - luminous flux decrease time
T3 --> T4 - switch-off delay - default 10s T5 --> T6 - luminous flux reduced 10%
up to 10 m
2.6 m
1.8 m
up to 10 m
Note:
RADAR technology goes beyond glass, wood and plasterboard, therefore for the correct functioning of the luminaire, the sensor detection field
(see instruction sheet) must be adjusted according to the type of installation/room.
Mounting height Wall installation at max 2.7 metres - Ceiling installation at max 4 metres
Sensitivity/detection field 20% - 30% - 50% - 75% - 100% (default setting 75%)
727
/ 3F Sensor Bluetooth
CHARACTERISTICS ADVANTAGES
We have integrated a high frequency It is not necessary to modify the • Program Mode On / Off,
DALI radar motion detector (HF) existing electrical system, you just Permanent, Corridor.
5.8GHz inside the 3F Linda Sensor need to connect the fixtures to the • Soft-Dim: active / inactive.
DALI-BLE that operates Bluetooth power grid, saving on installation
with other DALI-BLE fixtures. time.
The onboard sensor makes it 3F Sensor DALI-BLE technology
possible to regulate individual or unlike 3F Sensor allows for:
groups of fixtures or profiles for a 1. Bluetooth communication
complete installation. between fixtures.
The distance between the fixtures 2. The creation of groups of fixtures
can be up to 20 m for indoor without any other physical
installations. Fixtures with 3F connections.
Sensor Bluetooth technology can 3. Different function profiles that can
be managed in the following way: be easily programmed by the end
• Individually - every fixture turns user using an APP on a Tablet or
on/off according to movement Smartphone (available for iOS and
and adjusts according to Android) for example:
programmed behaviour on the • Sensitivity 10 ... 100%.
APP. • Hold time 5 seconds ... 60
• Master-Slave configuration minutes.
--- using the APP it is possible • Daylight sensor 1 Lux ... 500 Lux;
to create groups of fixtures to teach in.
manage each area. • DIM level 0 ... 100%.
728
Luminaire with motion Luminaire with motion
sensor sensor
IMPORTANT:
RADAR technology goes beyond glass, wood and plasterboard; therefore for the correct functioning of the luminaire, the sensor detection field
(see instruction sheet) must be adjusted according to the type of installation/room.
729
/ 3F DALI Sensor
CHARACTERISTICS
Luminaires with 3F DALI Sensor 1. Individually - each luminaire In both solutions, the initial
technology are equipped with a switches on/off and regulates its programming of the sensor can be
DALI brightness and presence flow independently with respect performed simply and conveniently
sensor which allows the luminous to the other luminaires, and it is with the use of the DALI IR
flux to be switched on/off and therefore no longer necessary to programmer (code A3020) or the
regulated automatically on the basis create or modify existing electrical IR adapter for Smartphones (code
of the natural light (to exclude the systems, only to connect the A3022).
presence detection, accessory luminaires to the mains supply, For technical specifications and
A3022 and the BEG APP are thus reducinginstallation times. for further information, see the
required). details in the “3F Smart Dimming
accessories” chapter, or contact
2. Master - Slave configuration –
Luminaires with 3F DALI Sensor our technical department.
each 3F DALI Sensor luminaire
technology can be installed in the can be connected to other
two following ways: standard 3F dimmable DALI
luminaires by following the
method given in the application
examples. In this case, switching
on/off and regulation of the
luminous flux will be managed
in zones/groups of luminaires,
saving on the number of sensors
in the field.
730
Typical application example for 3F LEM DALI Sensor:
Connection diagram for broadcast operation, between the 3F Travetta LED DALI LS luminaire (with
integrated DALI presence and brightness sensor - MASTER function) and 3F Travetta LED DALI luminaires
(equipped with DALI drivers - SLAVE function).
Allows the level of lighting to be kept constant between all connected luminaires, on the basis of the natural
light, as well as centralised on/off commands when motion is detected and with the twilight threshold set.
(to exclude the presence detection, accessory A3022 and the BEG APP are required).
IMPORTANT:
the DALI line of the MASTER luminaires cannot be connected to buttons! If you require manual regulation, contact our technical department.
731
/ 3F Smart Dimming
732
Installation Reference - Office / Open space
Up to 50 drivers/ballasts - Installation height up to 4 metres
Results obtainable
• Manual ON/OFF/regulation of the luminaire via optional remote control or push-button.
• Automatic regulation of the luminaire's light flow depending on the amount of natural light and/or presence of personnel.
• Extension of the presence detection area through the use of slave sensors.
Compatible luminaires
Any luminaire from the 3F Filippi range, as long as it is equipped with DALI ballast.
On request, can also be implemented with 1-10V components (drivers and sensors).
Components required
• 1 commercially available push-button (optional).
• Luminaire with DALI driver.
• 1 DALI Sensor A (recessed) or DALI ext Sensor A (ceiling mount).
• IR adaptor for Smartphones (optional).
• DALI IR programmer (optional).
• DALI IR remote control (optional).
• 1 Sensor A SLAVE or 1 Sensor A SLAVE-ext (optional for extending the presence detection area).
Wiring diagram
ECG DALI
Push-button
ECG DALI
DALI sensor
(with Master function)
Recommended max
SLAVE sensor
5 SLAVE
Note: to deactivate presence sensing, accessory A3022 and the BEG APP are required.
733
/ 3F Smart Dimming
Installation Reference - Industrial / Gymnasiums
Up to 50 ballasts - Installation height between 4 and 9 metres
Results obtainable
• Manual ON/OFF/regulation of the luminaire via optional remote control or push-button.
• Automatic regulation of the luminaire's light flow depending on the amount of natural light and/or presence of personnel.
• Extension of the presence detection area through the use of slave sensors.
Compatible luminaires
Any luminaire from the 3F Filippi range, as long as it is equipped with DALI ballast.
On request, can also be implemented with 1-10V components (drivers and sensors).
Components required
• 1 commercially available push-button (optional).
• Luminaire with DALI driver.
• 1 DALI Sensor B (recessed) or DALI ext Sensor B (ceiling mount).
• IR adaptor for Smartphones (optional).
• DALI IR programmer (optional).
• DALI IR remote control (optional).
• 1 Sensor B SLAVE or 1 Sensor B SLAVE-ext (optional for extending the presence detection area).
Wiring diagram
ECG DALI
Push-button
ECG DALI
DALI sensor
(with Master function)
Recommended max
SLAVE sensor
5 SLAVE
N.b.: to deactivate presence sensing, accessory A3022 and the BEG APP are required.
734
Installation Reference - School classroom
Up to 50 ballasts
Results obtainable
• Manual ON/OFF/regulation of the luminaire via optional remote control or push-button.
• Automatic regulation of the luminous flux of the luminaires in a differentiated manner depending on the natural light present in
two different areas: the sensor measures the brightness at two points (for example, near the window and in the darkest area of the
classroom), and adjusts the fluxes of the luminaires lighting those areas as a consequence.
• Extension of the presence detection area through the use of slave sensors.
Compatible luminaires
Any luminaire from the 3F Filippi range, as long as it is equipped with DALI ballast.
On request, can also be implemented with 1-10V components (drivers and sensors).
Components required
• 1 commercially available push-button (optional).
• Luminaire with DALI driver.
• 1 Dual-DALI Sensor B.
• IR adaptor for Smartphones (optional).
• DALI IR programmer (optional).
• DALI IR remote control (optional).
• 1 Sensor B SLAVE or 1 Sensor B SLAVE-ext (optional for extending the presence detection area).
Wiring diagram
Channel 1
ECG DALI
Push-button
ECG DALI
DALI sensor
(with Master function)
Channel 2
Recommended max
SLAVE sensor 5 SLAVE
N.b.: to deactivate presence sensing, accessory A3022 and the BEG APP are required.
735
3F Smart Dimming | Accessories
Type A sensors (H max = 5mt)
Code Item
A3013 A on/off - Sensor
Presence detector On/Off, recessed, single channel (normally open, potential free) with a maximum load
of 2 kW (with power factor 0.9), can be controlled remotely, circular detection area Ø 10 m, with Master
function. Integrated twilight sensor. IP20 protection degree.
On request: programming with remote control code A3023 or with smartphone via accessory
code A3022.
Code Item
A3014 A on/off-ext - Sensor
Presence detector On/Off, ceiling mounted, single channel (normally open, potential free) with a maximum
load of 2 kW (with power factor 0.9), can be controlled remotely, circular detection area Ø 10 m, with Master
function. Integrated twilight sensor. IP20/IP54 rated (exposed part).
On request: programming with remote control code A3023 or with smartphone via accessory
code A3022.
Code Item
A3039 A DALI-2 - Sensor
Presence detector On/Off, recessed, with one DALI‑2 interface, can be controlled remotely, circular
detection area Ø 10 m, with Master function. Integrated light sensor for automatic constant light control.
Drive up to 40 DALI drivers. IP20 protection degree.
On request: programming/regulation with remote control code A3020 and A3021 or with
Smartphone via accessory code A3022.
Code Item
A3040 IP54 ceiling base for A DALI-2 sensor
Code Item
A3025 A SLAVE - Sensor
Recessed Slave presence detector, compatible with sensors with Master function, such as Sensor A
DALI‑2 and Sensor A on/off, circular detection area Ø 10 m. IP20 protection degree.
Code Item
A3026 A SLAVE-ext - Sensor
Ceiling mounted Slave presence detector, compatible with sensors with Master function, such as Sensor A
DALI‑2 and Sensor A on/off, circular detection area Ø 10 m. IP20/IP54 rated (exposed part).
On request: IP54 cap code A3024, to obtain total IP54 rating.
Code Item
A3018 B on/off - Sensor
Presence detector On/Off, recessed, single channel (normally open, potential free) with a maximum load
of 2 kW (with power factor 0.9), can be controlled remotely, circular detection area Ø 24 m, with Master
function. Integrated twilight sensor. IP20 protection degree.
On request: programming with remote control code A3023 or with smartphone via accessory
code A3022.
Code Item
A3019 B on/off-ext - Sensor
Presence detector On/Off, ceiling mounted, single channel (normally open, potential free) with a maximum
load of 2 kW (with power factor 0.9), can be controlled remotely, circular detection area Ø 24 m, with Master
function. Integrated twilight sensor. IP20/IP54 rated (exposed part).
On request: IP54 cap code A3024, to obtain total IP54 rating. On request: programming with
remote control code A3023 or with smartphone via accessory code A3022.
Code Item
A3041 B DALI-2 - Sensor
Presence detector On/Off, recessed, with one DALI‑2 interface, can be controlled remotely, circular
detection area Ø 24 m, with Master function. Integrated light sensor for automatic constant light control.
Drive up to 40 DALI drivers. IP20 protection degree.
On request: programming/regulation with remote control code A3020 and A3021 or with
Smartphone via accessory code A3022.
Code Item
A3042 IP54 ceiling base for B DALI-2 sensor
Code Item
A3027 B SLAVE - Sensor
Recessed Slave presence detector, compatible with sensors with Master function, such as Sensor B
DALI‑2 and Sensor B on/off, circular detection area Ø 24 m. IP20 protection degree.
Code Item
A3028 B SLAVE-ext - Sensor
Ceiling mounted Slave presence detector, compatible with sensors with Master function, such as Sensor B
DALI‑2 and Sensor B on/off, circular detection area Ø 24 m. IP54 protection degree.
Code Item
A3015 B Dual-DALI - Sensor
Presence detector, recessed, with two DALI interfaces, can be controlled remotely, circular detection area
Ø 24 m, with Master function. Two integrated light sensors for automatic constant light control. Drive up to
50 digital electronic drivers for each channel. IP20 protection degree.
On request: programming/regulation with remote control code A3020 and A3021 or with
Smartphone via accessory code A3022.
Code Item
A3043 DALI-2 Sensor - Type B - GH
Presence detector with one DALI‑2 interface, ceiling mounted, for mounting at great heights, transverse
detection area Ø 30 m, with Master function. Maximum installation height 16 m. Telescopic external light
sensor for precise light measurement in a single application. Integrated twilight sensor. IP54 protection
degree.
Code Item
A3038 IR DALI GH - Programmer
IR remote control for programmer, compatible with DALI sensors (incompatible with On‑Off and Slave
sensors), especially for long distances.
Code Item
A3029 Corridor on/off - Sensor
Presence detector On/Off, recessed, special for corridors, single channel (normally open, potential free) with
a maximum load of 2 kW (with power factor 0.9), can be controlled remotely, detection area tangential Ø
40 m, frontal Ø 20 m, with Master function. Maximum installation height 2.70 m. Integrated twilight sensor.
IP20 protection degree.
On request: programming with remote control code A3023 or with smartphone via accessory
code A3022.
Code Item
A3030 Corridor on/off-ext - Sensor
Presence detector On/Off, ceiling mounted, special for corridors, single channel (normally open, potential
free) with a maximum load of 2 kW (with power factor 0.9), can be controlled remotely, detection area
tangential Ø 40 m, frontal Ø 20 m, with Master function. Maximum installation height 2.70 m. Integrated
twilight sensor. IP54 protection degree.
On request: programming with remote control code A3023 or with smartphone via accessory
code A3022.
Code Item
A3044 Corridor det. lens for B DALI-2 sensor
Corridors detection area lens for B DALI‑2 recessed and/or surface mounted sensors.
Code Item
A3033 Corridor SLAVE - Sensor
Recessed Slave presence detector, special for corridors, compatible with sensors with Master function,
such as Sensor Corr DALI and Sensor Corr on/off, tangential detection area Ø 40 m, frontal Ø 20 m.
IP20 protection degree. Maximum installation height 2.70 m.
Code Item
A3034 Corridor SLAVE-ext - Sensor
Ceiling mounted Slave presence detector, special for corridors, compatible with sensors with Master
function, such as DALI Corr sensor and Corr sensor on/off, tangential detection area Ø 40 m, frontal Ø
20 m. IP54 protection degree. Maximum installation height 2.70 m.
Code Item
A3024 IP54 White fixing
Cap for ceiling mounted sensors, to obtain IP54 rating (total) for H 15 mm. Compatible with the following
sensors:
• Sensor A on/off ext code A3014
• Sensor B on/off ext code A3019
• Sensor A SLAVE ext code A3026
Sensor programmers
Code Item
A3020 IR DALI - Programmer
IR remote control for programmer, compatible with DALI sensors (incompatible with On‑Off and Slave
sensors).
Code Item
A3021 IR DALI - Remote controller
IR remote control for user, compatible with DALI sensors (incompatible with On‑Off and Slave sensors).
Code Item
A3022 IR - Adapter for Smartphone
IR adapter for Smartphones, compatible with all programmable sensors. Free App available for Android and
iOS devices.
Code Item
A3023 IR on/off - Programmer
IR remote control for programming on/off sensors incompatible with DALI and Slave sensors).
Note:
If you require more information, do not hesitate to contact our Sales Network or our Technical Offices.
742
In order to take proper advantage of HCL technology allows for:
these luminaires, it is essential that: • Control of variation of the white
• The artificial light follows the cycle colour temperature (Tunable-
of the natural light. white).
• The management systems can • Simulated changing of daylight
also be manually adjusted, over the course of the day.
according to each user’s • Modulation of the colour
sensitivity. temperature along the Planck
• Right from the lighting design curve from 2700K to 6500K.
stage, factors such as exposure • Colour rendering index CRI >80.
of the environment to natural light, • Colour tolerance: 3 MacAdam
the users’ biological situations ellipses.
and the tasks they must perform • LED source luminous efficiency -
are taken into account. up to 155 lm/W.
• Always consult a qualified and
reliable lighting designer.
743
Detection scheme
The HCL DT8 presence and light sensors allow
the management of a group of Tunable White (TW)
devices, up to a maximum of 50 drivers.
L
N
L1
L
N EVG / BE / EB
DEVICE TYPE 8
DA Colour Type TC
DA
optional
L
N PS-DALILINK
DA+ 92846
DA-
DA
PD4-S-DAA4G
DA
744
3F HCL | Accessories
Code Item
A3045 HCL2 DT8 - Sensor
Recessed presence detector with integrated clock for the management and control of Tunable White (TW)
devices, remotely controllable, circular detection area Ø 24 m, equipped with Master function. Integrated
light sensor for automatic regulation of constant light n. 3 output channels for HCL control of n. 3 groups of
TW appliances, n. 1 DALI output channel, n. 1 relay output channel (max 300 W LED). Drive up to 50 DALI
drivers. Maximum installation height 10 m.
Code Item
A3046 HCL2 DT8-ext - Sensor
Ceiling presence detector with integrated clock for the management and control of Tunable White (TW)
devices, remotely controllable, circular detection area Ø 24 m, equipped with Master function. Integrated
light sensor for automatic regulation of constant light n. 3 output channels for HCL control of n. 3 groups of
TW appliances, n. 1 DALI output channel, n. 1 relay output channel (max 300 W LED). Drive up to 50 DALI
drivers. Maximum installation height 10 m.
Code Item
A3022 IR - Adapter for Smartphone
IR adapter for Smartphones, compatible with all programmable sensors. Free App available for Android and
iOS devices.
Mandatory accessory for programming the HCL DT8 sensors.
3F HCL 745
/ 3F & Casambi
FUNCTIONS
Control Type: Animation: Adaptable:
Casambi control can be done using: It is possible to create dynamic The Casambi system is adaptable
• Buttons and switches (manual scenes with fades from scene to both simple as well as more
control). to scene. Animated scenes can complex projects. It is based on the
• App (manual digital control). be recalled again or repeated as possibility to create an unlimited
• Sensors and timers (automatic required. It is possible to set both number of networks that can be
digital control). the duration of each scene and fade turned on and off.
times between scenes.
Grouping: Calendar:
Different fixtures can be grouped Gallery: With the calendar and timer function
together to be managed all together The exclusive gallery function it is possible to activate and
or individually. Grouping is easy makes control intuitive. Taking deactivate scenes and animated
a photo of an environment or scenes based on parameters
and the same as grouping apps on
uploading a floor plan on the app it such as: timetables, weekly
smart devices.
is possible to mark the fixtures and scheduling, seasonality etc. This
then recall them. Images are saved makes it possible to meet the
Scenes: in a special gallery on the app with needs of different users and the
It is possible to: the fixtures displayed. Users only environments to be lit. All Casambi
• Create lighting scenes for have to touch the ones they want to units keep track of time.
different occasions. manage.
• Manage several fixtures with just
one touch to create the perfect Gateway:
atmosphere for specific needs. With the gateway function it is
• Use the same fixture in different possible to access a Casambi
scenes. network remotely. Casambi enabled
fixtures can be managed and
Tunable control: network settings (administration
Casambi provides complete colour rights required) can be changed. To
temperature control for those enable the remote access feature,
permitted in the range for LED an iOS or Android device must
sources. Just swipe your finger over act as a gateway on the Casambi
the icon for the source to change network.
the colour temperature.
746
Single Groups
Unit control
Gateway
Cloud
Wifi / Bluetooth
INSTALLATION SEQUENCE
1 2 3 4
Choose 3F Filippi fixtures Download the Casambi Launch the App: the Create one or two
by opting for the iOS or Android App fixtures in operation networks depending on
3F Filippi Casambi depending on the device will be detected the characteristics of
Ready package or used. automatically. the environment.
Casambi accessory
components.
5 6 7
Create groups of devices Program scenes and/or Set the level of network
as needed. sequences. sharing.
747
3F & Casambi | Accessories
Code Item
A3090 BLE DALI Radio Module
BLE DALI radio module, a wireless control unit with a DALI interface. The module can only be used in a
closed system and must not be connected to an existing DALI network. The module is controlled using
an app for Smartphones and Tablets using Bluetooth 4.0 technology. The fixtures automatically create an
adaptive, robust and reliable Bluetooth mesh network allowing a large number of devices to be controlled in
a simple and efficient way.
For further details regarding all the functions obtainable from Bluetooth accessories, please
contact our technical offices.
Code Item
A3091 BLE DALI Radio push-button panel
BLE radio panel, Bluetooth user interface for wall installation. The BLE radio panel in addition to switching
the light fixtures on and off allows to dim, change the colour temperature in the case of fixtures equipped
with such technology, individual control of fixtures and to manage lighting or animation scenes.
Code Item
A3092 NEW BLE DALI DT8 radio module
BLE DALI DT8 radio module, a wireless control unit with a DALI DT8 interface for TW fixtures. The module
can only be used in a closed system and must not be connected to an existing DALI network. The module
is controlled using an app for Smartphones and Tablets using Bluetooth 4.0 technology. The fixtures
automatically create an adaptive, robust and reliable Bluetooth mesh network allowing a large number of
devices to be controlled in a simple and efficient way.
For further details regarding all the functions obtainable from Bluetooth accessories, please
contact our technical offices.
Code Item
A3099 BLE Radio control
BLE radio control, flat four button command with a 2.4 GHz radio transmitter, standard Bluetooth Low
Energy, energy harvesting power supplied by the integrated electrodynamic generator, optional version
with dedicated colour buttons Eikon 20506 or 20506.2, Arké 19506 or 19506.2 or Plana 14506 or
14506.2 2 modules.
Code Item
A3100 Kit ArkE support buttons plate for A3099
Arkè support kit, 2 buttons (4 switches) and a terminal panel to control the transmitter (code A3099).
BUILDING management.
CHARACTERISTICS
KNX is a worldwide open standard KNX improves comfort and security, 3F Filippi really believes in this
which meets the most important as well as providing a strong standard, and it is for this reason
European and international contribution to energy savings (up that we offer a range of luminaires
standards and offers automated to 50% for lighting and heating equipped with DALI ballasts which
and decentralised management management) and to reducing are able to interface with KNX
of technological systems for: environmental impact. systems seamlessly: the connection
commercial, industrial, public and The KNX system can be used both between the network and the
office buildings, schools and many in new and existing buildings. luminaire occurs via gateways
other structures besides. which allow information and
KNX installations can be easily commands to be transmitted via the
KNX can be used in all applications expanded and adapted to meet LAN network.
and for control functions in new requirements, quickly and with
minimal financial investment (for
buildings: from lighting to blinds,
example when new tenants enter a
security, HVAC supervision, control
commercial building).
of plumbing and alarms, energy
management, electricity meters,
domestic appliances, audio systems
etc.
750
751
/ 3F CLO
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
Luminous flux
20%
10%
Lifetime 100.000 h
The task of the lighting designer is Fixtures equipped with this function
to look at all possible systems that initially emit, and subsequently in
can achieve energy savings for the a constant way, a luminous output
final customer. decreased by 15% in consideration
of the decay of the light.
Note:
(*) data extrapolated from LM-80 (IES - Illuminating Engineering Society of North America) tests, performed as per standards after 6,000
hours of operation and calculated on the basis of the IESNA TM-21-11 guideline “Projecting Long Term Lumen Maintenance of LED Light
Sources”.
752
THE ADVANTAGES OF CLO CLO AND LIGHTING DESIGN
• Constant L100 luminous output • Energy savings The light fixtures will be constant
for the entire life of the fixture. The drivers are designed in the throughout their entire life.
Thanks to this technology adopted Company to feed the LED sources Drivers with the CLO function are
by 3F Filippi, it is no longer initially at reduced power to then able to compensate for the decay
necessary to oversize from the first increase gradually over time. in luminous output of the LED
day of use the lighting system (on Using the CLO function the energy sources and avoid output peaks/
average 15%) as was done in the savings that can be achieved over excess power at the beginning of
past, with an unprovoked energy the life of the fixture is around 10% the installation while maintaining the
expenditure. without any manual or system required luminance values constant
This makes it possible to design maintenance. You save simply over time.
lighting projects with K=1.00 without realising it. Energy consumption will increase
maintenance factors, given that the over time to reach maximum
fixture considers this integrated consumption which would normally
decay factor right from the first time occur when first turned on, only
it is turned on. after 100,000 operating hours.
Lighting levels required by regulations are ensured from the first to the last day without wasting any energy.
If you require more information, do not hesitate to contact our Sales Network or our Technical Offices.
753
/ 3F Wireless
RTLS Applications
Configuration App
for Bluetooth LE tags
of ZETAQLAB wireless systems
and beacons
3F & ZETAQLAB.
CHARACTERISTICS SAVINGS
Thanks to the 3F Wireless control between the 3F Wireless system The advantages are real and
modules, it is possible to manage modules takes place via radio tangible in these aspects for the end
DALI digital dimmable luminaires frequency signals with extremely customer:
and sensors directly via wireless. robust and encrypted 868 MHz • Installation.
Mesh Network technology. • Integration with existing
ADVANTAGES • Supervision and Control: installations.
3F Wireless technology is Configuration through manual • Energy savings.
particularly suitable for retrofitting and automatic, calendar-based • Quicker return on investment.
to existing networks which do not algorithms to control each
have regulation systems; by simply connected device.
installing new LED luminaires with • Smartphone configuration: For
wireless kits, without modifying the configuration and control of
the existing electrical system, it is the sensors, the dedicated web-
possible to obtain a management app can be used from any mobile
and regulation system with features device.
such as:
• Cloud Lighting: Management of
devices on a local network or via
the cloud.
• Monitoring of consumption:
Monitored energy consumption in
building automation contexts.
• Mesh Network: Communication
754
RTLS Server Light360 Server Light360 Cloud
Ethernet Ethernet
DALI-2 DMX
Ethernet WiFi
Configuration Applications
of ZETAQLAB wireless systems
Wireless Technology 2.4 GHz Mesh Network Bluetooth/Zigbee compatible, transmission power +10 dBm
PIR motion sensor - Hmax 10m - FOV 108° Hmax 17m - FOV 69°
Brightness sensor - Range 5-500 lux (direct) - Note: Hmax for constant light control 10-12m
755
/ catalogue
_Infopoint
/ 3F Filippi
756
758 Infopoint
758 Overview
800 Mechanics
800 Mechanics and Design
802 Ball throw resistance certification (DIN 18032-3)
804 Mechanics: Marks and Standards
805 Resistance to corrosive substances
757
/ Infopoint
Notes:
The original technical features of LED lighting will change according to the operating conditions of each luminaire, and as such, it is incorrect
to assume that every LED has the same characteristics in terms of service life, decrease of luminous flux (L) life expectancy (B), etc.
758
/ 3F LED Technology
Note:
Table supposes electricity cost of €0.18 per kWh and total annual operation of 4,000 hours.
760
/ 3F LED Technology
762
Luminous flux %
Life expectancy B0 B 10
Note:
Graph correlating performance values at different junction temperatures Tj.
763
/ 3F LED Technology
Auto:
ref.illuminant -
Planckian radiator
CCT=4159 K
Ra=94
Re=91
99 98 100
100 95 96 95 97
93 94 95 92 Ra=94
90 84 Ra=91
80 72
70 64
60
50
40
30
20
10
R 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Note:
All 3F Filippi LEDs have an average colour rendering index Ra of 85. it is possible to request high colour rendering index Ra>90 on some
products.
764
CRI 80 CRI 90
140
1 2 1 Approx, limits for
Ref sources on the
Planckian locus.
Test 130 2 Approx, limits for
pratical light
sources.
120
110
90
80
70
60
50 60 70 80 90 100
Fidelity Index, Rf
766
Typical light spectrum of fluorescence Typical light spectrum of LED
6,25E-3
6,00E-3
5,75E-3
5,50E-3
5,25E-3
5,00E-3
4,75E-3
4,50E-3
4,25E-3
Irradiance [W/(sqm*nm)]
4,00E-3
3,75E-3
3,50E-3
3,25E-3
3,00E-3
2,75E-3
2,50E-3
2,25E-3
2,00E-3
1,75E-3
1,50E-3
1,25E-3
1,00E-3
7,50E-4
5,00E-4
2,50E-4
0,00E+0
380 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 540 560 580 600 620 640 660 680 700 720 740 760 780
λ [nm]
A warm light normally hovers around 3,000K, a neutral white hovers around 4,000K while a cold white hovers around
6,000K.
Note:
Combined with each other, “Rf” and “Rg” allow you to define the color rendering of a light source in a differentiated but more complete way.
767
/ Glossary
Luminous flux
The luminous flux, or light flow, coming from the luminaire represents the quantity of light actually coming out of the device, as its value is
defined having already taken into account the luminous efficiency of the luminaire.
Relative humidity UR
For correct maintenance and operation of traditional LED modules over time, the maximum permissible humidity on the component is
85%.
For specific applications, UR95 LED modules may be required, guaranteeing correct operation at humidity values of up to 95%.
Lifetime (L value)
As previously mentioned, LED sources, unlike traditional lighting, do not tend to suddenly blow at the end of their lifetime; LEDs rather
have a gradual reduction of their luminous output overtime before completely running out after a very long time.
The percentage decline of the luminous flux with reference to the useful number of operating hours (usually 50,000 hours) is therefore
determined with the parameter “L”.
L85:50000h therefore means that, having reached 50,000 h of operation, the LED module still provides 85% of its initial luminous flux.
An LED with declared values of L85/B10=50,000h indicates that on reaching 50,000h, 90% (B10) of the components will have a residual
luminous flux of at least 85% of the initial value (L85).
If, in the listed characteristics of the LED luminaire, the value B is not indicated, this is considered to be a B50 device - or in other words,
50% of the LEDs do not guarantee the average useful life value indicated.
We should clarify that this parameter is strongly influenced by the operating conditions of the LED inside the luminaire, and the result is
therefore a combination of the quality of the component and good research.
All LEDs used by 3F Filippi have a failure rate C0 after 50,000 hours. If this value is not indicated, it should be considered C0.
768
/ 3F LED Technology
FLICKER
Flicker is defined as “the rapid This phenomenon became This fluctuation in light intensity,
variation of the intensity of a light increasingly important following according to the frequency,
source over time”; in particular that the introduction of LED light intensity, viewing angle, level of
relating to the frequency range sources for general lighting given light in the environment, age of the
between 0-80Hz. the combination of the following observer and their sensitivity level,
aspects: can be perceptible on a conscious
When fluctuations on the other • LED sources are characterised and/or unconscious level and
hand belong to the interval by a high speed response to generate a series of side effects
between 80Hz-2KHz this are called fluctuations in the power supply depending on the sensitivity level
“Stroboscopic effects” in which light which translate into variations of such as: headaches, visual fatigue,
fluctuation produces an incorrect the light emitted. distraction etc.
perception of the movement of • Unwanted residual fluctuations of
objects lit by the same source by a the driving current of LED sources In order to mitigate the risks on
static observer. generated by the electronic power health in lighting contexts using LED
supplies used. sources, recommendations have
• Modulation of the driving current been developed for the American
of LED sources for example market (see: IEEE Std 1789™- 015),
PWM (Pulse Width Modulation), and the European market with
necessary to adjust the emission Technical Reports IEC TR 61547-1
level. and IEC TR 63158.
• Any instability in the operation of
dimmers connected externally to
the LED source power supplies.
Note:
The graph on the opposite page summarises the limits set by the two different ‘regulatory’ frameworks, based on different evaluation
mechanisms, for determining when a device is ‘SAFE’ for the observer.
770
100
Magnetically Ballasted HPS SVM=1
Incandescent
10
IEEE 1789 Low Risk
Modulation (%)
1
Pst =1
0.1
1 10 100 1000
Frequency
Frequency (Hz) (Hz)
Fixtures with the “SAFE FLICKER” logo have parameters of Pst LM=1 and SVM≤0,4, in compliance with
regulations IEC TR 61547-1 and IEC TR 63158, to ensure a more comfortable and safe light.
Pst LM (Short-Term flicker) Quantifies visible Flicker that is harmful to human health caused by the modulation
of light in the frequency range between 0.3Hz and 80Hz. The recommended threshold is Pst LM =1.
Note – This value was determined based on a representative test group of people and identifies the average
perception threshold of visible flicker.
SVM (Stroboscopic Visibility Measure) Quantifies stroboscopic effects that can occur in situations relating to
objects in movement in the presence of modulation of light in the frequency range between 80Hz and 20KHz.
SVM=0,4 represents the visibility threshold in a test group of people that quantifies the stroboscopic effect
in defined laboratory conditions.
Fixtures that do not bear the “SAFE FLICKER” logo on the other hand show the flicker value declared by the
driver manufacturer which is not determined according to IEC criteria.
Constant renewal of drivers will bring about the introduction of new models in line with IEC requirements.
For more details and/or specific needs please contact our technical department.
SA F E
FL
IC KER
771
/ Emergency
772
CENTRALISED EMERGENCY ADJUSTABLE drivers maintain To check compliance with EN
LIGHTING POWER SUPPLY their power and as a result their 60598-2-22 and AC/DC operating
Fixtures in compliance with EN output flow at a maximum level. see the datasheets that can be
60598-2-22 to power a centralised downloaded from the website.
emergency system CPSS 230Vac Centralised power supply Assessment of compatibility
(Central Power Supply System), (As an example and subject to between the centralised source and
not integrated into the fixture – change without notice) drivers as well as compliance with
excluding high risk areas. When the centralised source is switching times between normal
in 230Vac alternating current, in and emergency power supplies
230Vdc Centralised power supply emergency lighting the following and battery life is the exclusive
(As an example and subject to functions occur: responsibility of the electrical
change without notice) • Fixtures equipped with DALI systems designer.
Normally when the centralised drivers by default increase their For more information please do
source is in 230Vdc direct current power and as a result their output not hesitate to contact our Sales
(nominal), in emergency lighting the flow at a maximum level (100%) Network or Technical Department.
following functions occur: (when the DALI system fails).
• Fixtures equipped with DALI • Fixtures equipped with NON
drivers by default reduce their ADJUSTABLE drivers maintain
power and as a consequence their power and as a result their
their output flow by 15%. output flow at a maximum level.
• Fixtures equipped with NON
773
/ Lighting engineering
DIALUX LIGHTING CALCULATION furnishing elements can be placed accordance with the UNI EN
3F Filippi provides its customers inside the program’s simulation 13032 and CIE 121 standards.
with a free lighting design service environment. 3F Filippi has the most advanced
thanks to the Dialux calculation • The software and the 3F Filippi computer programs for research
software by means of which it is plug-in are available free to and optimisation of louvres and flow
possible to process and calculate designers, installers and electrical recuperators in order to achieve
in detail the illuminance level and distributors. maximum efficiency and suitable
uniformity on horizontal and vertical • Updates of photometric files light distribution for the most widely
working planes, and to carry out the and of the lighting engineering varying applications.
calculation on irregularly shaped software can be downloaded free This commitment has been
rooms. of charge from our website. recognised and certified by the
This is possible thanks to a 2D • For further information, contact CSQ (Italian Company Quality
and 3D simulation of the reference our technical consultants. Systems Certification) also for the
environment. entire phase of lighting engineering
3F Filippi is UNI EN ISO 9001 design, thus allowing operation
The advantages of this system are: certified for lighting engineering under a Quality Assurance system
• To make the calculations more design too. that also covers interior lighting
precise and create very realistic The photometric tests are design in accordance with good
environments, architectural and performed by procedures in engineering practice.
Note:
3F Filippi, as further guarantee of the quality of its products and care to meet the strictest standards, is a sustainer of the most lighting
engineering associations in the world.
774
775
Standards - Indoor lighting
EN 12464-1: 2011
Illumination of interior workplaces
This European standard for illumination of interior workplaces replaces the previous one from 2011, with an increase in the importance of
illumination to allow workers to perform their visual tasks efficiently and accurately.
Lighting values are unchanged: the design must include calculation of a maintenance factor that considers both decrease of luminous
flux of lamps and level of dust accumulation in the room.
1) TASK AREA
Task area where mean and maintained illuminances (Em) are required as minimum values and for normal visual conditions.
If the task area cannot be determined, the whole area of the room at an illuminance specified by the designer shall be considered and
the uniformity shall be as indicated in the table of values, always not less than Uo≥ 0.40.
NB: When more than one task is carried out in the area, the requirements for all individual tasks must be met.
Illuminance scale:
5 7,5 10 15 20 30 50 75 100 150 200 300 500 750 1000 1500 2000 3000 5000 7500 10000
Area of at least 50 cm around the task area requiring minimal lighting changes Immediate
to avoid visual stress and discomfort. Task Area
surrounding area
The size and position of the immediate surrounding area must be stated and
documented. ≥ 750 lx 500 lx
500 lx 300 lx
The illuminance of the immediate surrounding area may be lower than the
illuminance on the task area, but shall be not less than the values given below 300 lx 200 lx
for each illuminance scale. 200 lx 150 lx
The uniformity of the area must always be at least U ≥ 0,40. ≤ 150 lx same as task area
3) BACKGROUND AREA
The background area is a horizontal area on floor level and it is adjacent to the immediate surrounding area within the limits of space.
For larger rooms the band shall be at least 3 m wide. To avoid high impact on uniformity from calculation points near the wall, a band
next to the wall can be excluded from the calculation except when the task area is in or extends into this border area. The width of this
band is specified as 15 % of the smallest dimension of the area under consideration or 0,5 m (whichever of the two is smaller).
The required maintained illuminance shall be at least 1/3 of the value of the immediate surrounding area and the illuminance uniformity
must always be at least Uo ≥ 0,10.
The size and position of the background area shall be stated and documented.
776
777
Standards - Indoor lighting
CYLINDRICAL ILLUMINANCE AND MODELLING
For a good visual communication and recognition of objects it becomes very important to assess the volume of space occupied by
people, highlight objects, reveal texture and improve the appearance of people within the space.
The terms that describe this lighting conditions are:
• Cylindrical illuminance;
• Modelling.
Cylindrical illuminance
The cylindrical illuminance Ēz is calculated from the average of the vertical illuminances around the measuring point.
Special attention is given to those spaces where visual recognition and communication is of higher importance.
The required maintained average cylindrical illuminance (Ēm,z) to be determined on a horizontal plane. The height of the horizontal plane
shall be 1,2 m for seated people and 1,6 m for standing people above the floor.
The uniformity of the average cylindrical illuminance shall be Uo ≥ 0,10.
Modelling
The lighting should not be too directional or it will produce harsh shadows, neither should it be too diffuse or the modelling effect will be
lost entirely, resulting in a very dull luminous environment.
Modelling describes the balance between diffuse and directed light and should be considered as ratio of cylindrical to horizontal
illuminance at a point is an indicator of modelling. Good modelling is achieved with a value between 0,3 and 0,6.
Daylight has a large impact on modelling. For this reason, the benefits can compensate the above values.
Surfaces illuminance
Illuminance on walls and ceilings (Em wall e Em ceiling), together with surface reflection factors, contribute to the illuminance value of the
task and to the perception of room brightness.
I valori minimi di illuminamento medio sono riportati dalla norma in tabella e le uniformità delle singole superfici dovrà essere sempre
almeno Uo ≥ 0,10.
In areas with high distance to the ceiling or where the surfaces do not contribute to the perception of brightness (e.g. industrial halls) the
illuminance levels can be accepted with reduced values or exclude the high parts of walls and ceiling.
The average luminance limits of luminaires required by EN 12464-1: 2021 to avoid disturbing reflections on computer screens:
Limits for the average luminaire luminance for radial angles >65°
High luminance Medium luminance
Screen high state luminance screen screen
L > 200 cd.m-2 L ≤ 200 cd.m-2
Case A
(positive polarity and normal requirements concerning colour and details of the shown ≤ 3000 cd.m-2 ≤ 1500 cd.m-2
information, as used in office, education, etc.)
Case B
(negative polarity and/or higher requirements concerning colour and details of the shown ≤ 1500 cd.m-2 ≤ 1000 cd.m-2
information, as used for CAD, colour inspection, etc.)
90° longitudinal
>65° 60°
65°
radial
30°
0°
Luminance <1000/1500/3000 cd/m²
for angles> 65° transverse
778
U.G.R. - Unified Glare Rating
EN 12464-1 requires for each individual application/activity a UGR limit value (RUGL) which can only be determined from the UGR
table provided by the manufacturer of the luminaire for standard reference conditions such as regular room, one type of luminaire and
symmetrical arrangement.
It should be noted that the UGR value required by the standard for compliance with the individual application is an installation value
obtained from various factors (room dimensions, reflections, characteristics and installation orientation of the luminaire, etc.) and
therefore must be calculated for each project.
UGR is a unified international index developed by CIE (Commission Internationale de l'Eclairage) in publication 117 of 1995, to evaluate
direct glare in every specific application based on the position of luminaires, room characteristics (dimensions, reflections), and on the
observation point of workers.
UGR reference values on CIE tables range between 10 and 30 in steps of 3 units (10, 13, 16, 19, 22, 25 and 28) and apply to both
directions of view (transverse and longitudinal) to the luminaire: the lower the value, the less direct glare.
European standard EN 12464-1 for the lighting of indoor workplaces requires a UGR value for every application.
Respecting the UGR value in workplaces with VDTs is a necessary but not sufficient condition because the average luminance
requirement for luminaires (1000-3000 cd/m2) is still in effect (see the tables on the previous pages for specific values).
779
Reflection coefficients to use for lighting calculations
Reflections in % of painted surfaces and materials (ceiling max 85%; walls max 50%; floor max 30%).
The lighting of a room is the result of the interaction between the luminaires, their condition of use, the aging of the sources and the
environment in which they are installed.
The reference standard is certainly ISO/CIE TS 22012 "Light and lighting - Maintenance factor determination - Way of working" which
provides the designer with various information attachments with examples and reference values to be considered during the design
phase.
f =f .f .f .f
M LF S LM SM
fLF (Luminous flux factor) is the decay factor of the luminous flux of the source over time (for LEDs it is the declared factor Lx).
The luminous flux (lumen) of an operating source gradually decreases over time.
This reduction depends on the type of light source and on the operating conditions related to the thermal management of the lighting
luminaire.
This factor is defined on the basis of the drop in luminous flux before performing maintenance (changing the lamp or luminaire).
In the case of CLO (Constant light output) drivers the factor to be considered is 1.
fLM (Luminaire maintenance factor) represents the reduction of the luminous flux of the luminaire due to dirt.
Dirt and dust present in almost all environments accumulate on the lamp, considerably reducing the amount of light emitted.
When they accumulate on the surfaces of the luminaire, the amount of light reflected or transmitted by these surfaces is also reduced.
This factor depends on the environment where the lighting luminaire is located, on the type of construction characteristics (for example:
luminaire with or without screen, indirect lighting with greater dust deposit, degree of protection, any chimney effect that removes dust
from the surfaces reflective), expected cleaning cycle (every 1-2-3-… years).
fSM (Surface maintenance factor) represents the reduction of reflections on the surfaces of the room due to dirt.
Dirt on the surfaces of rooms tends to reduce the amount of reflected light.
Clean surfaces maintain the ambient lighting level more.
This factor depends on the type of activity carried out and the type of processing, for example in an office with weekly cleaning and
repainting at regular intervals, this maintenance factor will be higher than in a factory with monthly cleaning intervals and repainting to be
carried out only in case of real need.
780
Average illuminations maintained by EN 12464-1: 2021 (indoor environments)
Ēm, Ēm,
Ēm,z
Ēm R wall ceiling
Main tasks and activities Uo Ra
lx UGL lx lx lx
Uo≥0,10
TRANSIT AREAS AND ROOMS FOR GENERAL USE IN BUILDINGS
Circulation areas and corridors
100 0,4 40 28 50 50 30
(Illumination on the floor.)
Stairs, escalators, moving walkways, lifts, hoists
100 0,4 40 25 50 50 30
(Illumination on the floor.)
Area in front of lifts, lifts and escalators
200 0,4 40 25 75 75 50
(Illumination on the floor.)
Loading ramps/bays 150 0,4 40 25 50 50 -
Building entrance with canopy 30 0,4 - - - - -
COMMON SPACES IN BUILDINGS
Canteens and break areas 200 0,4 80 22 75 75 50
Rest rooms 100 0,4 80 22 50 50 30
Exercise rooms 300 0,4 80 22 100 100 75
Cloakrooms, toilets, bathrooms, changing rooms, lockers, showers,
200 0,4 80 25 75 75 50
washbasins and toilets
General cleaning 100 0,4 - - 50 50 30
OFFICES
Filing and copying 300 0,4 80 19 100 100 100
Writing, typing, reading, data processing, CAD workstations, conference and
500 0,6 80 19 150 150 100
meeting rooms
Technical drawing 750 0,7 80 16 150 150 100
Reception desk 300 0,6 80 22 100 100 75
Archives 200 0,4 80 25 75 75 50
SCHOOLS
Nurseries: Playroom and crèche 300 0,4 80 22 100 100 75
Kindergartens: classrooms for handicrafts 300 0,6 80 19 100 100 75
Classrooms - general activities, auditorium, reading rooms 500 0,6 80 19 150 150 100
Seating areas in auditoriums and training rooms 200 0,6 80 19 75 75 50
Blackboards and screens
500 0,7 80 19 - - -
(Vertical illuminance.)
Display board
200 0,6 80 19 - - -
(Vertical illuminance.)
Computer room 300 0,6 80 19 100 100 75
Art education classrooms in art schools
750 0,7 90 19 150 150 100
(4 000 K ≤ Tcp ≤ 6 500 K)
Technical drawing rooms 750 0,6 80 19 150 150 100
Classrooms for technical education and handicraft workshops 500 0,6 80 19 150 150 100
Preparation rooms and workshops 500 0,6 80 22 150 150 100
Entrances 200 0,4 80 22 75 75 50
Circulation areas, corridors, storage of teaching materials
100 0,4 80 25 50 50 30
(Illumination on the floor.)
Stairs
150 0,4 80 25 50 50 30
(Illumination on the floor.)
Common rooms for students and lecture hall 200 0,4 80 22 75 75 50
Teachers’ rooms 300 0,6 80 19 100 100 50
Buildings, gyms, swimming pools
300 0,6 80 22 100 75 30
(See also EN 12193.)
Canteen 200 0,4 80 22 75 75 50
Kitchen 500 0,6 80 22 100 100 75
781
Average illuminations maintained by EN 12464-1: 2021 (indoor environments)
Ēm, Ēm,
Ēm,z
Ēm R wall ceiling
Main tasks and activities Uo Ra
lx UGL lx lx lx
Uo≥0,10
LIBRARIES
Shelves
200 0,4 80 19 - - -
(Vertical illumination on shelves.)
Reading areas 500 0,6 80 19 100 100 50
Public service areas 500 0,6 80 19 150 150 50
General lighting 300 0,4 80 22 75 75 50
COMMON SPACES IN PUBLIC PLACES
Inputs 100 0,4 80 22 50 50 30
Wardrobe 200 0,4 80 25 75 75 50
Waiting rooms 200 0,4 80 22 75 75 50
Ticket offices 300 0,6 80 22 75 75 50
RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS
Reception desk, cashier’s desk, doorman’s desk 300 0,6 80 22 100 100 75
Kitchen 500 0,6 80 22 100 100 75
Self-service restaurants 200 0,4 80 22 75 75 50
Buffet 300 0,6 80 22 75 75 50
Conference rooms 500 0,6 80 19 150 150 100
Corridors
100 0,4 80 25 50 50 30
(Illumination on the floor.)
THEATRES, CONCERT HALLS, CINEMAS, PLACES OF
ENTERTAINMENT
Test rooms 300 0,6 80 22 100 100 75
fitting rooms 300 0,6 90 22 100 100 75
Spectator seats - maintenance, cleaning
200 0,5 80 22 50 50 30
(Illumination on the floor.)
Stage area - facilities
300 0,4 80 25 75 75 30
(Illumination on the floor.)
INDOOR PARKING
Entrance/exit ramps (day)
300 0,4 40 25 75 75 50
(Illumination on the floor.)
Traffic lanes, internal ramps, pedestrian paths, entrance/exit ramps (at night)
75 0,4 40 25 50 50 30
(Illumination on the floor.)
Parking areas - not open to the public
75 0,25 40 - 50 30 15
(Illumination on the floor.)
Parking areas - open to the public with a large number of users (shopping
centres, etc.) 150 0,4 40 - 50 50 15
(Illumination on the floor.)
Ticket office 300 0,6 80 19 75 75 50
COMMERCIAL AND/OR EXHIBITION AREAS
Sales areas 300 0,4 80 22 75 75 30
Cash desks 500 0,6 80 19 100 75 30
Packaging desk 500 0,6 80 22 100 - 50
Storage area 300 0,4 80 25 50 - -
Changing room / dressing room 300 0,4 90 - - - -
Trade fairs, exhibition halls (general lighting) 300 0,4 80 22 50 50 30
CONTROL ROOMS
Plant rooms, switch room 200 0,4 80 25 50 50 30
Mail sorting, control panels 500 0,6 80 19 150 150 100
Surveillance station 300 0,6 80 19 100 100 75
782
Average illuminations maintained by EN 12464-1: 2021 (indoor environments)
Ēm, Ēm,
Ēm,z
Ēm R wall ceiling
Main tasks and activities Uo Ra
lx UGL lx lx lx
Uo≥0,10
INDUSTRIAL AND CRAFT ENVIRONMENTS
Refrigerated warehouses
Warehouses, storage areas
100 0,4 80 25 50 50 30
(200 lx if continuously occupied)
Handling, packaging, shipping areas 300 0,6 80 25 100 50 30
Handout 200 0,4 80 25 - - -
Logistics and warehouses
Loading/unloading area 200 0,4 80 25 50 50 30
Packing and grouping area 300 0,5 80 25 100 100 30
Configuration and editing 750 0,6 80 22 150 150 30
Open goods depot 200 0,4 80 25 50 50 30
Warehouse aisles: with staff and storage shelves
150 0,5 80 25 - 30
(Illumination on the floor.)
Storage shelves - front
75 0,4 80 - - - -
(On the shelf side of the corridor.)
Central logistic corridor (heavy traffic) 300 0,6 80 25 100 100 30
Automated areas (unmanned) 75 0,4 80 25
Agriculture
Loading and handling of goods, moving equipment 200 0,4 80 25 50 50 -
Livestock buildings 50 0,4 40 - - - -
Preparation of fodder, dairies, tool washing, sick animal areas, farrowing cells 200 0,6 80 25 50 50 -
Ovens, bakeries and pastry shops
Preparation, baking 300 0,6 80 22 100 100 50
Finishing, glazing, decorating 500 0,7 80 22 150 150 75
Cement, concrete and brick industry
Drying 50 0,4 20 28 - - -
Preparation of materials, oven and mixer work 200 0,4 40 28 50 50 -
General machining, coarse shaping 300 0,6 80 25 100 100 -
Ceramic, tile and glass industry
Drying 50 0,4 20 28 - - -
Preparation, general machining, enamelling, laminating, moulding, forming of
300 0,6 80 25 100 100 -
simple parts, assembly, glassblowing
Glass grinding, engraving, polishing, precision forming, glass instrument
750 0,7 80 19 150 150 100
manufacture
Optical glass and crystal grinding, hand grinding and engraving 750 0,7 80 16 150 150 100
Precision work, e.g. decorative grinding, hand-painting
1 000 0,7 90 16 150 150 100
(4 000 K ≤ Tcp ≤ 6 500 K)
Manufacture of synthetic precious stones
1 500 0,7 90 16 150 150 100
(4 000 K ≤ Tcp ≤ 6 500 K)
Chemical, plastic and rubber industry
Remote controlled process plant 50 0,4 20 - - - -
Process plant with limited manual intervention 150 0,4 40 28 50 50 30
Workstations in process plants with continuous staff presence 300 0,6 80 25 100 100 50
Precision measurement environments, laboratories 500 0,6 80 19 150 150 75
Pharmaceutical and tyre production 500 0,6 80 22 150 150 75
Colour control
1 000 0,7 90 19 150 150 100
(4 000 K ≤ Tcp ≤ 6 500 K)
Cutting, finishing, inspection 750 0,7 80 19 150 150 100
783
Average illuminations maintained by EN 12464-1: 2021 (indoor environments)
Ēm, Ēm,
Ēm,z
Ēm R wall ceiling
Main tasks and activities Uo Ra
lx UGL lx lx lx
Uo≥0,10
INDUSTRIAL AND CRAFT ENVIRONMENTS
Electrical and electronics industry
Large coil winding, cable and wire manufacture, coil impregnation and
300 0,6 80 25 100 100 50
galvanising, coarse assembly (e.g. large transformers)
Medium-sized coil winding, medium assembly (e.g. electrical panels) 500 0,6 80 22 150 150 75
Winding small reels, fine assembly (e.g. telephones, radios and IT equipment
750 0,7 80 19 150 150 100
such as computers)
Precision assembly (e.g. measuring instruments, printed circuit boards) 1 000 0,7 80 16 150 150 100
Electronic laboratory, testing, fine-tuning 1 500 0,7 80 16 150 150 100
Food industries
Workplaces
in breweries, malt fermentation, sugar factories, tobacco fermentation and
200 0,4 80 25 50 50 30
drying, fermentation cellars, washing, barrel filling, cleaning, sieving, peeling,
cooking in canning and chocolate factories
Sorting and washing products, chopping, mixing, packaging, Vegetable and
300 0,6 80 25 100 100 50
fruit cutting and sorting
Workstations and critical areas in slaughterhouses, butchers, dairies, mills,
500 0,6 80 25 150 150 75
filtering in sugar refineries
Gastronomic production, kitchen work, cigar and cigarette production, glass
500 0,6 80 22 150 150 75
and bottle control, product control, garnishing, sorting
Laboratories
500 0,6 80 19 150 150 100
(4 000 K ≤ Tcp ≤ 6 500 K)
Colour inspection 1 000 0,7 90 19 150 150 100
Foundries
Maintenance tunnels, basements, etc. 50 0,4 20 - - - -
Platforms 100 0,4 40 25 50 50 30
Sand preparation, changing rooms, workstations at the cupola and mixer,
200 0,4 80 25 50 50 30
casting area, detaching area, machine moulding
Manual core moulding 300 0,6 80 25 100 100 50
Die-casting 300 0,6 80 25 100 100 50
Model construction 500 0,6 80 22 150 150 75
Laundries and dry cleaners
Garment collection, marking and sorting, dry cleaning and washing, Ironing,
300 0,6 80 25 100 100 50
steam ironing
Inspection and repair 750 0,7 80 19 150 150 100
Leather industry
Interior work, tank, pit 200 0,4 80 25 75 75 30
Fleshing, fulling, pulling, polishing of skins 300 0,4 80 25 100 100 50
Saddlery work, shoe manufacture: stitching, polishing, shaping, cutting,
500 0,6 80 22 150 150 100
drilling, leather dyeing (by machine), shoe and glove manufacture
Selection
500 0,6 90 22 150 150 100
(4 000 K ≤ Tcp ≤ 6 500 K)
Quality control 1 000 0,7 80 19 150 150 100
Colour inspection
1 000 0,7 90 19 150 150 100
(4 000 K ≤ Tcp ≤ 6 500 K)
784
Average illuminations maintained by EN 12464-1: 2021 (indoor environments)
Ēm, Ēm,
Ēm,z
Ēm R wall ceiling
Main tasks and activities Uo Ra
lx UGL lx lx lx
Uo≥0,10
INDUSTRIAL AND CRAFT ENVIRONMENTS
Metal working and transformation
Welding, die forging, drawing workshop, tube construction, cold forming,
300 0,6 80 25 75 75 30
galvanising
Machining: coarse and medium: tolerance ≥ 0.1 mm, sheet processing:
300 0,6 80 22 75 75 30
thickness <5mm
Precision machining; grinding; tolerances < 0.1 mm 500 0,7 80 19 150 150 75
Coarse assembly, free forging and laminate processing: thickness ≥ 5 mm 200 0,6 80 25 50 50 30
Medium assembly 300 0,6 80 25 75 75 30
Fine assembly 500 0,6 80 22 150 150 75
Precision assembly, scribing, inspection, tool making and cutting tools 750 0,7 80 19 150 150 100
Surface preparation and painting 750 0,7 80 25 150 150 100
Equipment, preparation of templates and gauges, precision mechanics,
1 000 0,7 80 19 150 150 100
micromechanics
Paper industry and paper objects
Dough preparation and refining 200 0,4 80 25 50 50 30
Paper manufacturing and converting, paper and corrugated board machinery,
300 0,6 80 25 75 75 50
paperboard manufacture
Binding work, e.g. folding, sorting, gluing, cutting, embossing, sewing 500 0,6 80 22 150 150 100
Power plants
Fuel supply system 50 0,4 20 - - - -
Boiler rooms 100 0,4 40 28 50 50 30
Annexed rooms, e.g.: pump rooms, condenser rooms, internal control panels,
200 0,4 80 25 50 50 30
machine rooms
Control stations 500 0,7 80 19 150 150 100
Printworks
Cutting, gilding, relief printing, stone engraving, stone and plate work, printing
500 0,6 80 19 150 150 75
machines, matrix construction, sheet sorting and hand printing
Character editing, retouching, lithography 1 000 0,7 80 19 150 150 100
Colour control in polychrome prints
1 500 0,7 90 16 150 150 100
(4 000 K ≤ Tcp ≤ 6 500 K)
Engraving on steel and copper 2 000 0,7 80 16 150 150 100
Rolling mills, iron and steel processing
Production systems without manual intervention 50 0,4 20 - - - -
Production plants with occasional manual intervention 150 0,4 40 28 50 50 30
Production equipment with continuous manual intervention, furnace 200 0,6 80 25 50 50 30
Rolling stock, maintenance tunnels, belt section, underground, etc. 50 0,4 20 - - - -
Rolling train, winders, cutting line 300 0,6 40 25 75 75 30
Control platforms, control panels 300 0,6 80 22 75 75 30
Testing, measurement and control 500 0,6 80 22 150 150 100
785
Average illuminations maintained by EN 12464-1: 2021 (indoor environments)
Ēm, Ēm,
Ēm,z
Ēm R wall ceiling
Main tasks and activities Uo Ra
lx UGL lx lx lx
Uo≥0,10
INDUSTRIAL AND CRAFT ENVIRONMENTS
Textile processing and manufacturing
Workstations at the side of the washing tanks, opening of bales 200 0,6 60 25 50 50 30
Carding, washing, ironing, drawing, combing, sizing, gluing, punching cartons,
300 0,6 40 22 100 100 50
pre-spinning, spinning jute and hemp
Warping, weaving, braiding, knitting, spinning, twisting, reeling, bobbinage 500 0,6 60 22 150 150 75
Sewing, fine knitting, linking, darning 750 0,7 80 22 150 150 100
Hand drawing, weft drawing
750 0,7 90 22 150 150 100
(4 000 K ≤ Tcp ≤ 6 500 K)
Finishing, dyeing, manufacturing hair 500 0,6 80 22 150 150 100
Drying chamber 100 0,4 60 28 50 50 30
Automatic fabric printing 500 0,6 90 25 100 100 50
Knotting, weft control, trimmings 1 000 0,7 80 19 150 150 100
Colour control, fabric control
1 000 0,7 90 19 150 150 100
(4 000 K ≤ Tcp ≤ 6 500 K)
Invisible mending
1 500 0,7 90 19 150 150 100
(4 000 K ≤ Tcp ≤ 6 500 K)
Automotive
Bodywork and assembly (automatic line), Large parts printing department 300 0,6 80 25 100 50 30
Bodywork and assembly (manual welding), Printing department visual
500 0,6 80 22 150 50 30
inspection
Painting, spraying chamber, polishing chamber 750 0,7 80 22 150 150 30
Painting, inspection, touching up and polishing, final inspection
1 000 0,7 90 19 150 150 30
(4 000 K ≤ Tcp ≤ 6 500 K)
Upholstery production (manual) 1 000 0,7 80 19 150 50 30
Assembly of sub-parts (doors, dashboard, upholstery, chassis), engine and
750 0,7 80 22 150 50 30
mechanical assembly, transport line final assembly
Working with electronics
750 0,6 90 22 150 50 30
(4 000 K ≤ Tcp ≤ 6 500 K)
General vehicle services, repair and testing 500 0,6 80 22 100 50 30
Lavorazione e manifattura del legno
Processi automatici, per esempio: essiccatura, fabbricazione compensato 50 0,4 40 28 - - -
Camere del vapore 150 0,4 40 28 50 50 30
Lavori al banco di falegnameria, incollaggio, assemblaggio, sega 300 0,6 80 25 100 100 50
Lucidatura, verniciatura, falegnameria di fantasia 750 0,7 80 22 150 150 100
Lavorazioni su macchine per lavorazione del legno, per esempio: tornitura,
500 0,6 80 19 150 150 75
scannellatura, sgrossatura, ribassatura, taglio, segatura, cavatura
Selezione legno per impiallacciatura, intarsio, lavoro di intarsio
750 0,7 90 22 150 150 100
(4 000 K ≤ Tcp ≤ 6 500 K)
Verifica e controllo di qualità
1 000 0,7 90 19 150 150 100
(4 000 K ≤ Tcp ≤ 6 500 K)
786
Average illuminations maintained by EN 12464-1: 2021 (indoor environments)
Ēm, Ēm,
Ēm,z
Ēm R wall ceiling
Main tasks and activities Uo Ra
lx UGL lx lx lx
Uo≥0,10
HEALTHCARE STRUCTURES
General use rooms
Waiting rooms and service lifts 200 0,4 80 22 75 75 30
Corridors: during the day and cleaning
100 0,4 80 22 50 50 30
(Illumination on the floor.)
Corridors: during the night
50 0,4 80 22 - - -
(Illumination on the floor.)
Multi-purpose corridors (e.g. pre-examinations of patients)
200 0,6 80 22 75 75 50
(Illumination at task level.)
Day rooms 300 0,6 80 22 75 75 50
Lifts, passenger and visitor lifts
100 0,6 80 22 50 50 30
(Illumination on the floor.)
Staff rooms 300 0,6 80 19 100 100 50
Night light, surveillance light
(Illumination on the floor. 5 - 80 - - - -
2 200 K ≤ Tcp ≤ 3 000 K)
Toilets, patient toilets 200 0,4 90 22 75 75 50
Maternity wards
Lanes (General lighting)
100 0,4 80 19 50 50 30
(Illumination on the floor.)
Simple visit and reading light 300 0,6 80 19 100 100 75
Delivery rooms (General lighting) 300 0,6 90 19 100 100 75
Diagnostic and examination rooms
Infirmary 500 0,6 80 19 150 150 100
General lighting
500 0,6 90 19 150 150 100
(4 000 K ≤ Tcp ≤ 5 000 K)
Examination and treatment
1 000 0,7 90 19 150 150 100
(4 000 K ≤ Tcp ≤ 5 000 K)
Analysis rooms
General lighting 300 0,6 80 19 100 100 75
Analysis with image amplifiers and television systems 50 - 80 19 - - -
Treatment rooms (general)
Dialysis, plaster cast 500 0,6 80 19 150 150 100
Dermatology 500 0,6 90 19 150 150 100
Endoscopy, medical baths, massage and radiotherapy 300 0,6 80 19 100 100 75
Sterilisation and disinfection 500 0,6 80 22 100 100 75
Operating theatres
Pre-operative local and recovery 500 0,6 90 19 150 150 100
Area surrounding the operating zone 1 000 0,6 90 19 150 150 100
Operating theatre 1 000 0,6 90 19 - - -
Autopsy and dissection table 5 000 0,7 90 - 150 150 100
Resuscitation and intensive care
General lighting
300 0,6 90 19 50 50 30
(Illumination on the floor.)
Simple visit
500 0,6 90 19 100 100 75
(Illumination at bed level)
Examination and treatment
1 000 0,7 90 19 150 150 100
(Illumination at bed level)
Night surveillance 20 - 90 19 - - -
Laboratories and pharmacies
General lighting 500 0,6 80 19 150 150 100
Colour control
1 000 0,7 90 19 150 150 100
(4 000 K ≤ Tcp ≤ 6 500 K)
787
Average illuminations maintained by EN 12464-1: 2021 (indoor environments)
Ēm, Ēm,
Ēm,z
Ēm R wall ceiling
Main tasks and activities Uo Ra
lx UGL lx lx lx
Uo≥0,10
TRANSPORT
Airports
Arrival and departure halls, baggage claim areas 200 0,4 80 22 75 75 30
Connecting zones 150 0,4 80 22 50 50 30
Information desks, reception 500 0,7 80 19 150 150 100
Customs and passport control 500 0,7 80 19 150 150 100
Waiting rooms 200 0,4 80 22 50 50 30
Luggage storage 200 0,4 80 25 50 50 30
Security control zones 300 0,6 80 19 100 100 75
Air traffic control tower 500 0,6 80 16 50 - -
Hangar: Repair and testing, Motor control zones, Measurement zones 500 0,6 80 22 50 50 30
Railway installations
Subways, platforms, stairs and escalators with small number of passengers
50 0,3 80 - - - -
(Illumination on the floor.)
Subways, platforms, stairs and escalators with medium number of
passengers 100 0,4 80 - - - -
(Illumination on the floor.)
Subways, platforms, stairs and escalators with large numbers of passengers
200 0,5 80 - - - -
(Illumination on the floor.)
Atria and counters
200 0,5 80 28 75 75 50
(Illumination on the floor.)
Ticket offices and luggage storage 300 0,5 80 19 100 100 75
Waiting rooms 200 0,4 80 22 75 75 30
Entrances, station halls 200 0,4 80 - 75 75 30
Switch rooms and installations 200 0,5 80 28 50 50 30
Railway control centre (dispatch area) 200 0,5 80 16 - - -
Access tunnels
50 0,4 20 - - - -
(Illumination on the floor.)
Coarse assembly work in maintenance halls 200 0,4 80 - - - -
Medium assembly work in maintenance halls 300 0,5 80 - - - -
Fine assembly work in maintenance halls 500 0,6 80 - - - -
Precision assembly work in maintenance halls 750 0,7 80 - - - -
Traffic zones in railway vehicle maintenance halls (without vehicle traffic) 100 0,25 80 - - - -
Traffic zones in railway vehicle maintenance halls (with vehicle traffic) 150 0,4 80 - - - -
LEGEND
Ēm Average illuminance maintained on the task plane, if not specified, generally referred to a height of 0.85 m from the floor for civil
work areas and 1 m industrial and floor for transit areas.
Uo Illuminance uniformity in the reference plane.
Ra Minimum colour rendering index of the light source (see page 764 and 766).
Tcp Correlated colour temperature of the light source.
RUGL Unified “limit” value of glare within the room based on installation characteristics (room size and reflections, luminaire type,
operator viewing direction, luminaire layout) developed by the CIE and required by European standard EN 12464-1 (See page 779).
Ēm z Average illuminance maintained cylindrical (see page 778).
Ēm wall Average illuminance maintained on the walls of the room.
Ēm ceiling Average illuminance maintained on the ceiling of the room.
788
Emergency lighting EN 1838 : 2013 (indoor environments)
Ēm, Ēm,
Ēm,z
Ēm R wall ceiling
Main tasks and activities Uo Ra
lx UGL lx lx lx
Uo≥0,10
EMERGENCY LIGHTING (EN 1838 : 2013)
General lighting (minimum value)
0,5 - 80 - - - -
(Illumination on the floor.)
Escape routes (minimum value in the middle of the route)
(Illumination on the floor. 1 - 80 - - - -
Escape route width 2m.)
Exit routes in public places such as theatres, cinemas, concert halls,
entertainment (minimum value D.M.) 2 - 80 - - - -
(Illuminance 1m above the floor.)
Stairs and proximity to emergency exits (minimum value D.M.)
5 - 80 - - - -
(Illuminance 1m above the floor.)
High-risk task area (minimum value)
(Illuminance on the floor. 15 0,1 80 - - - -
Illuminance >10% expected under standard power conditions.)
Fire-fighting equipment, call point and first aid point (minimum value)
5 - - - - - -
(Vertical illuminance.)
For all calculations the light contribution from ambient inter-reflections must be ignored. In the case of indirect or upward directed
luminaires only the first surface reflection may be considered.
789
Illuminations in indoor sports environments (EN 12193 : 2019)
Horizontal Vertical
illuminance illuminance
Activities Reference area Category Ra
(PA)
Ēm (lx) Uo Ēm (lx) Uo
III 300 0,50 -- -- 60
Bowls PA 13,7-40 x 1,8-4,5 m II 500 0,80 -- -- 60
I 500 0,80 -- -- 80
III 200 0,50 -- -- 60
School sports competitions (physical PA 10 x 10 m
II 500 0,70 -- -- 60
education) TA 17 x 17 m
I 750 0,70 -- -- 80
III 200 0,50 -- -- 60
PA 10 x 10 m
Judo II 500 0,70 -- -- 60
TA 17 x 17 m
I 750 0,70 -- -- 80
III 200 0,50 1000 0,80 60
PA 9 x 9 m
Freestyle wrestling II 500 0,70 1000 0,80 60
TA 12x 12 m
I 750 0,70 1000 0,80 80
III 200 0,50 -- -- 60
Swim PA 25-50 x 15-22 m II 300 0,70 -- -- 60
I 500 0,70 -- -- 80
III 200 0,50 -- -- 60
PA 28 x 15 m
Basketball II 500 0,70 -- -- 60
TA 32 x 19 m
I 750 0,70 -- -- 80
III 200 0,50 -- -- 60
Volleyball PA 24 x 15 m II 500 0,70 -- -- 60
I 750 0,70 -- -- 80
III 500 0,50 -- -- 60
Boxing
PA 7,1 x 11,1 m II 1000 0,80 -- -- 60
(300 lx for training in all categories.)
I 2000 0,80 -- -- 80
III 300 0,50 -- -- 60
PA 30 x15 m
Tennis II 500 0,70 -- -- 60
TA 36 x18 m
I 750 0,70 -- -- 80
Fencing III 300 0,70 200 0,70 60
PA 14 x 2 m
(Vertical illuminance at 1.5m from floor II 500 0,70 300 0,70 60
TA 18 x 5 m
level) I 750 0,70 500 0,70 80
III 200 0,50 -- -- 60
PA 4 x 4 m
Weight lifting II 500 0,70 -- -- 60
TA 6 x 6 m
I 750 0,70 -- -- 80
III 300 0,70 -- -- 60
Table tennis PA 9 x 4,5 m II 500 0,70 -- -- 60
I 750 0,70 -- -- 80
Archery III 200 0,50 1000 0,80 60
(Vertical illuminance based on 25 m II 200 0,50 1000 0,80 60
PA 18-30 x 1,3 m
distance (for 50 m distance, doubled
illuminance levels)) I 200 0,50 1000 0,80 80
LEGEND
PA: Actual playing area for the performance of a given sport.
TA: Area generally comprising the main area (PA) plus an additional safety area outside the main area. The illuminance and uniformity of
this area should be >75% of that of the main area (PA).
Categories according to the level of competition carried out
Category I : Very high level competition (international and national competitions with many spectators and long viewing distances.
Category II : Intermediate level competition (regional or local competitions with medium spectators and medium viewing distances.
Suitable for high level training.
Category III : Low level competition (local competitions with low presence or absence of spectators. Suitable for general training,
physical education, school sports competitions or recreational activities.
Luminaire installation: No luminaires should be positioned on the part of the ceiling above the main area.
790
Average illuminations maintained by EN 12464-2: 2012 (outdoor environments)
R
Outdoor activities, task and activities Ēm (lx) Ra
Uo UGL
GENERAL AREAS AND CLEANING OF WORKPLACES
Pavements 5 0,25 50 20
Circulation areas with slow vehicles (max. 10 km/h) 10 0,25 50 20
Movement of vehicles (max 40 km/h) 20 0,40 45 20
Pedestrian crossings and loading/unloading from vehicles 50 0,40 50 20
AIRPORTS
Hangar parking 20 0,10 55 20
Terminal parking 20 0,25 50 20
Loading Zone 20 0,25 50 20
Aircraft maintenance area 200 0,50 45 60
INDUSTRIAL SITES AND WAREHOUSES
Loading and unloading of large solid goods 20 0,25 55 20
Loading and unloading of goods, lifting and descending areas for cranes 50 0,40 50 20
Covered loading areas, information reading, use of tools 100 0,50 45 20
Demanding installations and inspections 200 0,50 45 60
PARKING AREAS
Light traffic (parking of shops and homes, bicycle parks) 5 0,25 56 20
Medium traffic (parking of supermarkets, offices, industrial plants, sports and
10 0,25 50 20
multipurpose complexes)
Heavy traffic (parking in large shopping centers and complexes of sports and
20 0,25 50 20
multipurpose buildings)
RAILWAYS AND TRAMWAYS
Open areas, train stops 5 0,20 55 20
Open areas, small number of passengers (e.g. rural and local trains) 10 0,25 50 20
Open areas, average number of passengers (e.g. suburban or regional trains or
20 0,30 45 20
intercity services)
Open areas, large number of passengers (e.g. intercity services) 50 0,40 45 20
Open areas, freight areas 20 0,40 50 20
Covered areas, small number of passengers (e.g. suburban or regional trains or
50 0,40 45 40
intercity services)
Covered areas, large number of passengers (e.g. intercity services) 100 0,50 45 40
Covered areas, goods areas, short-term service 50 0,40 45 20
Covered areas, goods areas, continuous service 100 0,50 45 40
Tracks in passenger station areas, including parking areas 10 0,25 50 20
Sidewalks in railway areas, open pedestrian bridges 10 0,25 50 20
Level crossings 20 0,40 45 20
Maintenance areas for trains and locomotives 20 0,40 50 40
Maintenance areas for railway yards 30 0,40 50 20
Stairways, small number of passengers 50 0,40 45 40
Stairways, large number of passengers 100 0,50 45 40
Inspection pit 100 0,50 40 40
LEGEND
Ēm: Average horizontal illuminances maintained referring to the reference surface of the application.
Ra: Minimum color rendering indexes for sources (see pages 764 and 766).
RUGL: Limit value of the glare Rg (Glare Rating) based on the observation characteristics and the layout of the luminaires, developed by
the CIE and required by the European standard EN 12464-2.
791
/ Electrical engineering
and electronics
*
Main features Safety precautions Symbols
of the material voltage
All 3F Filippi luminaires bear the CE • The Ecodesign directive These must be adopted by all EU
marking. This marking attests to 2009/125/EC. member states by means of national
be fact that the luminaires conform • The 2017/2102/EU directive on regulatory bodies (in
to the requirements set out in the restriction of the use of certain Italy, the CEI).
Community Directives for electrical hazardous substances in electrical For luminaires, the reference
materials and that they may be and electronic equipment. standards are EN IEC 60598-1 and
freely marketed throughout the • The 2012/19/EU directive on IEC 60598-2-22 (luminaires for
European Union. waste electrical and electronic emergency lighting).
Directives applicable to lighting equipment (WEEE). Compliance with these standards
products are: • The 2019/2020/EU directive, ensures that the luminaires are
• The 2014/35/UE low-voltage setting eco-design requirements properly manufactured and can be
directive. for light sources and separate used to build electrical systems that
• The 2014/30/UE electromagnetic ballasts. conform to the requirements
compatibility directive. stipulated by the applicable
• The 2014/34/UE ATEX The acronym EN refers to the legislation (for example, Italian
“ATmosphere EXplosive” European standards issued by Decree Law no. 37 of 22 January
directive. CENELEC (European Committee for 2008).
• The RoHS 2011/65/EU directive. Electrotechnical Standardisation).
792
/ Electrical engineering
and electronics
794
Directive 2014/34/EU classifies and categories on the basis of the level caused by gases, vapours, mists
divides ATEX equipment into two of protection (area of use); the or air/dust mixtures are likely to
groups: categories are identified as number occur occasionally. Equipment
1, 2, 3 followed by the letter G (Gas) in this category must ensure
Group I: equipment for work in or D (Dust). the requisite level of protection,
mines with the presence of mine • Category 1 - equipment or even in the event of frequently
gas and/or combustible dust is systems of protection that occurring disturbances or
included in this group. Group I in guarantee a very high level of equipment faults which normally
turn is divided into 2 categories: protection; for areas in which have to be taken into account.
• M1 - equipment or systems explosive atmospheres caused • Category 3 - equipment or
of protection that guarantee a by mixtures of air and gases, systems of protection that
very high level of protection; vapours or mists or by air/ guarantee a normal level of
they must remain operational dust mixtures are present protection; for use in areas in
in the presence of explosive continuously, for long periods which explosive atmospheres
atmospheres. or frequently. Equipment in caused by gases, vapours,
• M2 - equipment or systems of this category must ensure the mists, or air/dust mixtures are
protection that guarantee a high requisite level of protection, even unlikely to occur or, if they do
level of protection; they must be in the event of rare incidents occur, are likely to do so only
de-energised in the presence of relating to equipment. infrequently and for a short period
gas. • Category 2 - equipment or only. Equipment in this category
systems of protection that must ensure the requisite level
Group II: equipment for work on the guarantee a high level of of protection during normal
surface is included in this group. protection; for use in areas in operation.
Group II in turn is divided into 3 which explosive atmospheres
795
To summarise:
Dust Gas
1D 1G
Suitability in zones 20, 21 and 22 Suitability in zones 0, 1 and 2
2D 2G
Suitability in zones 21 and 22 Suitability in zones 1 and 2
3D 3G
Suitability in zone 22 Suitability in zone 2
Areas classified for the presence of gas, mists or vapours on the basis of the probability of the existence of the explosive atmosphere are
divided into three zones:
Zone 0
In areas classified for the presence of dust the zones are identified on the basis of the frequency and duration of the formation of an
explosive atmosphere:
Zone 22
Zone 20 Zone 21 Zone 22
An area in which an An area in which an An area in which an
explosive mixture explosive mixture of explosive mixture of
of dust in the form dust in the form of a dust in the form of a
of a dust cloud is dust cloud, is likely to dust cloud, is not likely
continuously present or occur occasionally in to occur in normal
Zone 21
frequently present for normal operation. operation and if it
long periods . occurs it will exist only
Zone 20 for a short time.
COMPLIANCE procedures.
Per la marcatura degli apparecchi • All electrical equipment in
For equipment to be marked there Category 3 can be self-certified
are various compliance procedures by the manufacturer (CE marking),
according to the product function with internal manufacturing
and the category they belong to. controls.
796
/ Electrical engineering
and electronics
Electronic WIRING.
The main technical specifications of 3F Filippi uses two constant current DIMMABLE ELECTRONIC WIRING
the typical LED drivers: driver types, depending on the type Adjustable electronic wiring can be
• 230Vac, 50-60Hz power supply, of luminaire: realised with:
with tolerance+/- 10% of line • SELV Safety Extra Low Voltage • Drivers with 1-10V interface, with
voltage. output, below 60Vdc. SELV Driver/ dimming by means of an analogue
• 230Vdc power supply, with LED devices can be used in total signal ranging from 1V DC
tolerance +/- 10%. safety. (minimum light) to 10V (maximum
• Power factor greater than 0.95 (in • NON SELV without output light). For signals <1V the device
general, with exceptions). voltages greater than 60Vdc, switches off.
• Efficiency >90%. which may represent a hazard if
• Suitable for centralised touched. NON SELV Driver/LED
emergency lighting pursuant to luminaires may only be opened by
EN 50172 and EN 60598-2-22. a qualified electrician with special
tools.
• ENEC certification.
• Thermal and short-circuit
protection against overloads and
voltage surges.
• Protection against excess
temperatures.
• Constant current LED power • Drivers with DALI interface
supply. with digital dimming (Digital
• Safe FLICKER (Pst LM≤1; SVM Addressable Lighting Interface
≤0,4). protocol).
Note:
For further information and for use in harsh environments please contact our Technical Offices.
798
DALI - D2 (DALI-2) - D2D (DALI-2 DATI) - D4i
DALI® is the standard protocol for bi-directional digital communication between lighting control devices,
standardised by the global standard IEC 65386.
It is evenly designated by the DALI Alliance (DiiA - Digital Illumination Interface Alliance) and applied
globally.
NB: Luminaires containing DALI-certified drivers are identified by the abbreviation “DALI“ or “D“.
NB: 3F Filippi’s luminaires containing DALI-2 certified drivers are identified by the initials “D2“.
- DATA
Within the DALI-2 certification programme there are drivers that can also include the following features:
Part 251 - Luminaire Data
Drivers can store luminaire information, e.g. ID code, light output, CCT and CRI, light distribution, etc.).
Part 252 - Energy Data Reporting
Drivers provide real time power.
Part 253 - Diagnostics Data
Drivers provide operational data, operating and fault conditions.
NB: 3F Filippi’s luminaires containing DALI-2 certified drivers also with Parts 251, 252, 253 are identified by
the abbreviation “D2D“.
The luminaire, equipped with a D4i driver, in addition to being DALI-2 certified with Parts 251, 252, 253
makes power available on the DALI line (Part 250) and ensures interoperability between nodes and sensors
with the same certification.
NB: 3F Filippi’s luminaires containing those certified drivers are identified by the abbreviation “D4i“.
WARNING!
Devices with DALI, D2 and D2D drivers can be used in systems without a control system (centralized and/or stand-alone) with provided that a “bridge” is made on the
DA-DA terminals of the luminaire or on the DA-DA circuits of the supplied power cable (bridge prohibited in D4i equipment), if present. 3F Filippi however recommends
connecting DALI, D2, D4i devices to control systems (centralized/stand-alone/DALI repeater). 3F Filippi shall therefore bear no responsibility for any “malfunctions”
of DALI luminaires installed in systems without a regulation system, or with a poorly programmed one. Assessing compatibility between regulation systems and
drivers, as well as finding the technical data required for lighting design, are the sole responsibility of the designer of the electrical system. To assist in this task,
when requested 3F Filippi will provide the technical data sheets for the drivers used and specify the quantity for each luminaire. These indications relate to the bill of
materials at the time of communication and thus may be subject to changes due to technical developments and/or provisioning and production requirements; data
should therefore be checked before proceeding with the order.
799
/ Mechanics and Design
For 3F Filippi, attention to detail, the Our products are made with a guarantee constant quality of all
quality of the light and the reliability craftsman’s passion and constant our products over time.
of our products are the starting point innovation, research and attention
on the path we travel alongside our to design and details: they combine Our care for the environment
customers. aesthetics and functionality, goes hand-in-hand with our
Efficiency is the culmination of our elements of precision and new 0-mile production, whereby all our
journey – we create a light that can technologies, maintenance and products are assembled in the
show and give emotion, while hiding reliability facilities, and are excellent same Bologna plant where they are
its technical soul, able to highlight value for money. produced.
what it illuminates. 3F Filippi’s entire production is
performed inside the headquarters
The right product starts first in Pian di Macina (province of
with a discussion, to gain an Bologna, Italy), from moulding of
understanding of the customer’s plastics and metals to machining
needs and expectations. and soldering and painting, all totally
automated.
The thoroughness and precision of
the checks throughout every phase
of the company’s processes
800
Mould
3D modelling
EDM tool
801
/ Mechanics and Design
BALL throw.
BALL THROW RESISTANCE Test for ceiling luminaires
CERTIFICATION (DIN 18032-3) The device is hit 36 times by a
This certification ensures the 3F Filippi for the luminaires handball (almost half a kilo) at a
suitability of the device in gyms, deriving from the standards issues speed of 16.5 ± 0.8 m/s (~ 60 km/h).
environments with gymnastic and an appropriate declaration of 12 times the ball must be thrown
sports activities. conformity and suitability following perpendicularly against the device
scrupulous tests laboratory. and 12 times from two different
3F LEM Sport luminaires (codes The tests are performed in the 3F directions (transversal and
59080 and 59081) are certified Filippi laboratories using a handball longitudinal) at an angle of 60°.
“Resistant to throwing the ball ball-gun.
according to DIN 18032-3” CSI The speed and launch angle of Test for wall luminaires
certification (IMQ group). the gun is adjustable to meet the The device is hit 54 times by a
requirements of DIN 18032-3. handball (almost half a kilo) at a
speed of 23.5 ± 1.2 m/s (~ 85 km/h).
For 30 times the ball must be thrown
at 90° perpendicularly against the
device and for 12 times from two
different directions (transverse and
longitudinal) at an angle of 45°.
Note:
At the end of the tests, the luminaire must not show any alterations that limit its solidity, operation and safety.
802
Marks and standards
Luminaires with Luminaires not suitable Ingress protection of housing (IP rating)
electronic wiring for direct installation IP As per IEC 60598-1.
bearing this mark are on normally flammable
versions with limited surface surfaces (suitable only for 1st number: protection against penetration by solid objects and
temperature installation on non-flammable against contact with live parts.
(EN 60598-2-24), and therefore surfaces).
suitable for installation in 0 No special protection.
Note: the symbol is present in
environments with greater risk in
edition 9 of IEC EN 60598-1.
case of fire as per variant V3 of 1 Protected against solid objects larger than 50 mm. E.g. hands.
IEC 64-8. Unless otherwise indicated by
the above symbol, luminaires 2 Protected against solid objects larger than 12 mm. E.g. fingers.
are suitable for installation on
normally flammable surfaces.
3 Protected against solid objects larger than 2.5 mm. E.g. tools.
A surface is considered
normally flammable if its ignition Protected against solid objects larger than 1 mm. E.g. threads
4
temperature is at least 200°C or tapes.
and if it does not deform or Protected against dust penetration
5
Flame and ignition resistance soften at such a temperature. that could damage the luminaire.
650°C, 850°C, 960°C. The 6 Fully protected against dust.
materials in luminaires bearing
this mark have passed the glow-
wire test at these temperatures 2nd number: protection against penetration by liquids.
in compliance with EN 60598-1
(IEC 34-21). 0 No special protection.
804
Resistance to corrosive substances
Chemical substance Methacrylate Polycarbonate Glass Aluminium Steel Stainless steel
Acetone – – • • • •
Acetic acid up to 10% – ∆ • – ∆ •
Arsenic acid up to 20% • • ∆ – ∆
Citric acid up to 10% • • • ∆ ∆ ∆
Hydrochloric acid up to 20% • • ∆ – – –
Chromic acid ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆
Formic acid up to 30% ∆ – – – ∆ ∆
Nitric acid up to 20% ∆ ∆ ∆ – – ∆
Sulphuric acid up to 30% • • ∆ – – –
Seawater • • ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆
Ethyl alcohol – • • • ∆ ∆
Isopropyl alcohol ∆ – • ∆ ∆ ∆
Ammonia • – ∆ • ∆ •
Aniline – – • • • •
Petrol • ∆ • • • •
Benzole – – • ∆ ∆ ∆
Bromine – ∆ • ∆
White lime • ∆ – • •
Diesel oils • ∆ • • •
Sea climate • • ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆
Liquid chlorine (fumes) – – – • – –
Chloroform – – • • • ∆
Calcium chloride • • • • ∆ ∆
Ferric chloride • ∆ ∆ ∆
Hexane • ∆ • • ∆ ∆
Ether – – • • •
Petroleum ether • ∆ • • •
Ethyl ether • – • • •
Phenols – – • ∆ • •
Glycerine • ∆ • • • •
Hydrocarbons – – • • • •
Methanol – – • ∆ • •
Silicone oils ∆ • • • •
Food oils and fats • ∆ • • •
Mineral oils • – • • • •
Vegetable oils ∆ • • •
Diesel oil - naphtha – – • • • •
Ozone • – • • ∆ •
Potassium permanganate • • • ∆ • •
PVC with plasticizers – – • • •
Soda • • – – – ∆
Caustic soda • – – – •
Zinc sulphate • • • ∆ ∆
Aluminium sulphate • • • • ∆ ∆
Copper sulphate • • • • ∆ ∆
Carbon tetrachloride – – • • • •
Toluene – ∆ • • •
Trichloroethylene – – • ∆ ∆
The table only provides a rough indication of the maximum amount Some versions of 3F luminaires are also proposed with laminated
of various chemical agents in different compositions. glass which, in addition to being resistant to the substances
When using these data, bear in mind that they are the results listed above, allows for these to be used in environments with
of laboratory tests and are therefore only valid under the same food products or with machines with moving parts, with sudden
conditions in which the tests were performed; the data should temperature changes and, in general, in all environments requiring
therefore be considered indicative, and it is advisable to perform tests total protection against falling fragments.
in their actual usage conditions if practical experience is not available.
It is not possible to talk about "compatibility" in general terms, • = resistant
since this depends on: ∆ = relatively resistant, suitability to be evaluated on basis
• Concentration. of application
• Temperature. – = not resistant
• Contact type.
• Contact duration.
• Mechanical action during contact.
• Simultaneous presence of multiple chemical compounds.
• The function of the potentially attacked material, mechanical
stress to which it is exposed and numerous other factors, which
are highly variable, making the indications given in this table
truthful but general, and therefore not exhaustive.
805
/ Get the best
from 3F Filippi
• 3F Filippi can only guarantee Headquarters to request a single plant powered by solar
products exclusively when they technical assessment. panels: these simple measures
are installed according to the • Turning on a luminaire leads to allow us to limit transport and
installation instructions provided an environmental “load” which optimise resources. 3F Filippi
with the luminaires. We therefore is often not justified. Despite 3F invites users to do the same
recommend you do not install our Filippi’s commitment to offering by recycling packaging after
products in any other way than our customers the best energy- installation and correctly disposing
those indicated. In the event that saving systems, using lighting of luminaires at the end of their
you have differing requirements, only when strictly necessary is still life-cycle.
please contact our Sales Network the best way to save money and
or the 3F Filippi Headquarters to respect the environment.
request a technical assessment. • Correct and sensible lighting
• As with installation, maintenance design can help save more money
of 3F Filippi products must than you might think: 3F Filippi
recommends that lighting projects
also be performed according to
are carried out by professional,
the instructions: we therefore
reliable designers who can
recommend keeping these safe so
recommend the best solutions
that you can consult them before both for you and the environment.
performing any kind of work on Lighting should only be used when
the luminaire. necessary.
• 3F Filippi products must only • 3F Filippi strongly believe in
be installed on supports which reusing raw materials, and for
are not subject to vibrations and this reason we are constantly
mechanical stress – this is critical optimising our products to make
for their correct operation. In them more environmentally-
the event that it is not possible friendly. For example, we use
to avoid this kind of installation, a high percentage of recycled
you are invited to contact our board in our packaging, and our
Sales Network or the 3F Filippi luminaires are all produced in a
806
807
/ Analytical guide
Price list
June 2023
VenditaSale
tramite
through
distributori
electrical
di materiale
distributors
elettrico
808
Code Item Pack Page
809
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
810
Code Item Pack Page
811
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
812
Code Item Pack Page
813
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
814
Code Item Pack Page
815
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
816
Code Item Pack Page
817
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
818
Code Item Pack Page
819
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
820
Code Item Pack Page
821
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
822
Code Item Pack Page
823
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
824
Code Item Pack Page
825
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
826
Code Item Pack Page
827
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
828
Code Item Pack Page
829
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
830
Code Item Pack Page
831
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
832
Code Item Pack Page
833
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
834
Code Item Pack Page
835
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
836
Code Item Pack Page
837
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
838
Code Item Pack Page
839
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
840
Code Item Pack Page
841
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
842
Code Item Pack Page
843
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
844
Code Item Pack Page
845
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
846
Code Item Pack Page
847
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
848
Code Item Pack Page
849
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
850
Code Item Pack Page
851
Analytical guide
Code Item Pack Page
852
Code Item Pack Page
853
/Legend
/Catalogue sections
Systems and
3F Architectural Light Management
track-mounted products
/Applications
Architecture Schools
/Symbols
Watertight product suitable for Resistance against ball impacts in
Certification ICE installation in cold rooms accordance with DIN 18032-3
/Colors
WH | White / Matt White AL | Aluminium GR | Grey
854
/Legend
/Acronyms
1x -> 6x Number of sources IND Indirect light output
AB White trim LGS Flat PMMA, with low luminance microprismatic cover
CLO Constant light output ("Management of light" section) OCB Optics Control Black - LEED Compliant
DALI DT8 DALI dimmable cabling for Tunable White RSP Flow recuperator with prismatic screen
DI Direct – indirect light output RVSS Flux recuperator and laminated moulded glass
FCH Version for metal panels with high structures SPOT Concentrated distribution
FCL Version for metal panels with low structures ST Narrow body
FRONT Asymmetric distribution with deep bilateral UR95 Resistent to relative humidity up to 95%
HCL Human centric lighting (section"Management of light") VOP Opal enamelled glass
HS Hard Skin - high chemical resistant body VSS Laminated moulded glass
855
3F Filippi S.p.A.
Via del Savena 28, Z.I. Piastrella
40065 Pian di Macina, Pianoro (Bologna), Italy
Tax Code. 01033260371 - VAT no. IT00529461204
Share Capital € 3,000,000 fully paid up
Bologna Register of Companies no. 01033260371
REA (economic administrative index) No. 234613